A fake relcache entry can "own" a SmgrRelation object, like a regular
relcache entry. But when it was free'd, the owner field in SmgrRelation
was not cleared, so it was left pointing to free'd memory.
Amazingly this apparently hasn't caused crashes in practice, or we would've
heard about it earlier. Andres found this with Valgrind.
Report and fix by Andres Freund, with minor modifications by me. Backpatch
to all supported versions.
In make_ruledef and get_query_def, we have long used AcquireRewriteLocks
to ensure that the querytree we are about to deparse is up-to-date and
the schemas of the underlying relations aren't changing. Howwever, that
function thinks the query is about to be executed, so it acquires locks
that are stronger than necessary for the purpose of deparsing. Thus for
example, if pg_dump asks to deparse a rule that includes "INSERT INTO t",
we'd acquire RowExclusiveLock on t. That results in interference with
concurrent transactions that might for example ask for ShareLock on t.
Since pg_dump is documented as being purely read-only, this is unexpected.
(Worse, it used to actually be read-only; this behavior dates back only
to 8.1, cf commit ba4200246.)
Fix this by adding a parameter to AcquireRewriteLocks to tell it whether
we want the "real" execution locks or only AccessShareLock.
Report, diagnosis, and patch by Dean Rasheed. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
This was already documented a few lines further down, but the comment
just beside the field declaration could be misleading. Per gripe
from Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Author: Pavel Stěhule, editorialized somewhat by Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Tomáš Vondra, Marko Tiikkaja
With input from Fabrízio de Royes Mello, Jim Nasby
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
The regex code didn't have any provision for query cancel; which is
unsurprising given its non-Postgres origin, but still problematic since
some operations can take a long time. Introduce a callback function to
check for a pending query cancel or session termination request, and
call it in a couple of strategic spots where we can make the regex code
exit with an error indicator.
If we ever actually split out the regex code as a standalone library,
some additional work will be needed to let the cancel callback function
be specified externally to the library. But that's straightforward
(certainly so by comparison to putting the locale-dependent character
classification logic on a similar arms-length basis), and there seems
no need to do it right now.
A bigger issue is that there may be more places than these two where
we need to check for cancels. We can always add more checks later,
now that the infrastructure is in place.
Since there are known examples of not-terribly-long regexes that can
lock up a backend for a long time, back-patch to all supported branches.
I have hopes of fixing the known performance problems later, but adding
query cancel ability seems like a good idea even if they were all fixed.
A new MAX_RATE option allows imposing a limit to the network transfer
rate from the server side. This is useful to limit the stress that
taking a base backup has on the server.
pg_basebackup is now able to specify a value to the server, too.
Author: Antonin Houska
Patch reviewed by Stefan Radomski, Andres Freund, Zoltán Böszörményi,
Fujii Masao, and Álvaro Herrera.
The functions in slotfuncs.c don't exist in any released version,
but the changes to xlogfuncs.c represent backward-incompatibilities.
Per discussion, we're hoping that the queries using these functions
are few enough and simple enough that this won't cause too much
breakage for users.
Michael Paquier, reviewed by Andres Freund and further modified
by me.
Change input function error messages to be more consistent with what is
done elsewhere. Remove a bunch of redundant type casts, so that the
compiler will warn us if we screw up. Don't pass LSNs by value on
platforms where a Datum is only 32 bytes, per buildfarm. Move macros
for packing and unpacking LSNs to pg_lsn.h so that we can include
access/xlogdefs.h, to avoid an unsatisfied dependency on XLogRecPtr.
Several functions, mostly type input functions, calculated an allocation
size such that the calculation wrapped to a small positive value when
arguments implied a sufficiently-large requirement. Writes past the end
of the inadvertent small allocation followed shortly thereafter.
Coverity identified the path_in() vulnerability; code inspection led to
the rest. In passing, add check_stack_depth() to prevent stack overflow
in related functions.
Back-patch to 8.4 (all supported versions). The non-comment hstore
changes touch code that did not exist in 8.4, so that part stops at 9.0.
Noah Misch and Heikki Linnakangas, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Security: CVE-2014-0064
Many server functions use the MAXDATELEN constant to size a buffer for
parsing or displaying a datetime value. It was much too small for the
longest possible interval output and slightly too small for certain
valid timestamp input, particularly input with a long timezone name.
The long input was rejected needlessly; the long output caused
interval_out() to overrun its buffer. ECPG's pgtypes library has a copy
of the vulnerable functions, which bore the same vulnerabilities along
with some of its own. In contrast to the server, certain long inputs
caused stack overflow rather than failing cleanly. Back-patch to 8.4
(all supported versions).
Reported by Daniel Schüssler, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Security: CVE-2014-0063
If the name lookups come to different conclusions due to concurrent
activity, we might perform some parts of the DDL on a different table
than other parts. At least in the case of CREATE INDEX, this can be
used to cause the permissions checks to be performed against a
different table than the index creation, allowing for a privilege
escalation attack.
This changes the calling convention for DefineIndex, CreateTrigger,
transformIndexStmt, transformAlterTableStmt, CheckIndexCompatible
(in 9.2 and newer), and AlterTable (in 9.1 and older). In addition,
CheckRelationOwnership is removed in 9.2 and newer and the calling
convention is changed in older branches. A field has also been added
to the Constraint node (FkConstraint in 8.4). Third-party code calling
these functions or using the Constraint node will require updating.
Report by Andres Freund. Patch by Robert Haas and Andres Freund,
reviewed by Tom Lane.
Security: CVE-2014-0062
The primary role of PL validators is to be called implicitly during
CREATE FUNCTION, but they are also normal functions that a user can call
explicitly. Add a permissions check to each validator to ensure that a
user cannot use explicit validator calls to achieve things he could not
otherwise achieve. Back-patch to 8.4 (all supported versions).
Non-core procedural language extensions ought to make the same two-line
change to their own validators.
Andres Freund, reviewed by Tom Lane and Noah Misch.
Security: CVE-2014-0061
These are needed in HEAD to make assorted contrib modules build on Windows.
Now that all the MSVC and Mingw buildfarm members seem to be on the same
page about the need for them, we can have some confidence that future
problems of this ilk will be detected promptly; there seems nothing more
to be learned by delaying this fix further.
I chose to mark QueryCancelPending as well, since it's easy to imagine code
that wants to touch ProcDiePending also caring about QueryCancelPending.
This is needed on Windows to support contrib/postgres_fdw. Although it's
been broken since last March, we didn't notice until recently because there
were no active buildfarm members that complained about missing PGDLLIMPORT
marking. Efforts are underway to improve that situation, in support of
which we're delaying fixing some other cases of global variables that
should be marked PGDLLIMPORT. However, this case affects 9.3, so we
can't wait any longer to fix it.
I chose to mark DateOrder as well, though it's not strictly necessary
for postgres_fdw.
We used to have externs for getopt() and its API variables scattered
all over the place. Now that we find we're going to need to tweak the
variable declarations for Cygwin, it seems like a good idea to have
just one place to tweak.
In this commit, the variables are declared "#ifndef HAVE_GETOPT_H".
That may or may not work everywhere, but we'll soon find out.
Andres Freund
Previously we were piggybacking on transaction ID parameters to freeze
multixacts; but since there isn't necessarily any relationship between
rates of Xid and multixact consumption, this turns out not to be a good
idea.
Therefore, we now have multixact-specific freezing parameters:
vacuum_multixact_freeze_min_age: when to remove multis as we come across
them in vacuum (default to 5 million, i.e. early in comparison to Xid's
default of 50 million)
vacuum_multixact_freeze_table_age: when to force whole-table scans
instead of scanning only the pages marked as not all visible in
visibility map (default to 150 million, same as for Xids). Whichever of
both which reaches the 150 million mark earlier will cause a whole-table
scan.
autovacuum_multixact_freeze_max_age: when for cause emergency,
uninterruptible whole-table scans (default to 400 million, double as
that for Xids). This means there shouldn't be more frequent emergency
vacuuming than previously, unless multixacts are being used very
rapidly.
Backpatch to 9.3 where multixacts were made to persist enough to require
freezing. To avoid an ABI break in 9.3, VacuumStmt has a couple of
fields in an unnatural place, and StdRdOptions is split in two so that
the newly added fields can go at the end.
Patch by me, reviewed by Robert Haas, with additional input from Andres
Freund and Tom Lane.
If you have a GIN query like "rare & frequent", we currently fetch all the
items that match either rare or frequent, call the consistent function for
each item, and let the consistent function filter out items that only match
one of the terms. However, if we can deduce that "rare" must be present for
the overall qual to be true, we can scan all the rare items, and for each
rare item, skip over to the next frequent item with the same or greater TID.
That greatly speeds up "rare & frequent" type queries.
To implement that, introduce the concept of a tri-state consistent function,
where the 3rd value is MAYBE, indicating that we don't know if that term is
present. Operator classes only provide a boolean consistent function, so we
simulate the tri-state consistent function by calling the boolean function
several times, with the MAYBE arguments set to all combinations of TRUE and
FALSE. Testing all combinations is only feasible for a small number of MAYBE
arguments, but it is envisioned that we'll provide a way for operator
classes to provide a native tri-state consistent function, which can be much
more efficient. But that is not included in this patch.
We were already using that trick to for lossy pages, calling the consistent
function with the lossy entry set to TRUE and FALSE. Now that we have the
tri-state consistent function, use it for lossy pages too.
Alexander Korotkov, with fair amount of refactoring by me.
The temporary statistics files don't need to be included in the backup
because they are always reset at the beginning of the archive recovery.
This patch changes pg_basebackup so that it skips all files located in
$PGDATA/pg_stat_tmp or the directory specified by stats_temp_directory
parameter.
Replication slots are a crash-safe data structure which can be created
on either a master or a standby to prevent premature removal of
write-ahead log segments needed by a standby, as well as (with
hot_standby_feedback=on) pruning of tuples whose removal would cause
replication conflicts. Slots have some advantages over existing
techniques, as explained in the documentation.
In a few places, we refer to the type of replication slots introduced
by this patch as "physical" slots, because forthcoming patches for
logical decoding will also have slots, but with somewhat different
properties.
Andres Freund and Robert Haas
This doesn't work for prepared queries, but it's not too easy to get
the information in that case and there's some debate as to exactly
what the right thing to measure is, so just do this for now.
Andreas Karlsson, with slight doc changes by me.
When skipping over some items in a posting tree, re-find the new location
by descending the tree from root, rather than walking the right links.
This can save a lot of I/O.
Heavily modified from Alexander Korotkov's fast scan patch.
If we're skipping past a certain TID, avoid decoding posting list segments
that only contain smaller TIDs.
Extracted from Alexander Korotkov's fast scan patch, heavily modified.
This patch adds an option, huge_tlb_pages, which allows requesting the
shared memory segment to be allocated using huge pages, by using the
MAP_HUGETLB flag in mmap(). This can improve performance.
The default is 'try', which means that we will attempt using huge pages,
and fall back to non-huge pages if it doesn't work. Currently, only Linux
has MAP_HUGETLB. On other platforms, the default 'try' behaves the same as
'off'.
In the passing, don't try to round the mmap() size to a multiple of
pagesize. mmap() doesn't require that, and there's no particular reason for
PostgreSQL to do that either. When using MAP_HUGETLB, however, round the
request size up to nearest 2MB boundary. This is to work around a bug in
some Linux kernel versions, but also to avoid wasting memory, because the
kernel will round the size up anyway.
Many people were involved in writing this patch, including Christian Kruse,
Richard Poole, Abhijit Menon-Sen, reviewed by Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund
and me.
json_build_array() and json_build_object allow for the construction of
arbitrarily complex json trees. json_object() turns a one or two
dimensional array, or two separate arrays, into a json_object of
name/value pairs, similarly to the hstore() function.
json_object_agg() aggregates its two arguments into a single json object
as name value pairs.
Catalog version bumped.
Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Marko Tiikkaja.
It's worth distinguishing these cases from run-of-the-mill wrong-password
problems, since users have been known to waste lots of time pursuing the
wrong theory about what's failing. Now, our longstanding policy about how
to report authentication failures is that we don't really want to tell the
*client* such things, since that might be giving information to a bad guy.
But there's nothing wrong with reporting the details to the postmaster log,
and indeed the comments in this area of the code contemplate that
interesting details should be so reported. We just weren't handling these
particular interesting cases usefully.
To fix, add infrastructure allowing subroutines of ClientAuthentication()
to return a string to be added to the errdetail_log field of the main
authentication-failed error report. We might later want to use this to
report other subcases of authentication failure the same way, but for the
moment I just dealt with password cases.
Per discussion of a patch from Josh Drake, though this is not what
he proposed.
This makes it possible to store lwlocks as part of some other data
structure in the main shared memory segment, or in a dynamic shared
memory segment. There is still a main LWLock array and this patch does
not move anything out of it, but it provides necessary infrastructure
for doing that in the future.
This change is likely to increase the size of LWLockPadded on some
platforms, especially 32-bit platforms where it was previously only
16 bytes.
Patch by me. Review by Andres Freund and KaiGai Kohei.
Fix integer overflow issue noted by Magnus Hagander, as well as a bunch
of other infelicities in commit ee1e5662d8
and its unreasonably large number of followups.
This allows ending recovery as a consistent state has been reached. Without
this, there was no easy way to e.g restore an online backup, without
replaying any extra WAL after the backup ended.
MauMau and me.
Add the ability to specify the objects to move by who those objects are
owned by (as relowner) and change ALL to mean ALL objects. This
makes the command always operate against a well-defined set of objects
and not have the objects-to-be-moved based on the role of the user
running the command.
Per discussion with Simon and Tom.
Since C99, it's been standard for printf and friends to accept a "z" size
modifier, meaning "whatever size size_t has". Up to now we've generally
dealt with printing size_t values by explicitly casting them to unsigned
long and using the "l" modifier; but this is really the wrong thing on
platforms where pointers are wider than longs (such as Win64). So let's
start using "z" instead. To ensure we can do that on all platforms, teach
src/port/snprintf.c to understand "z", and add a configure test to force
use of that implementation when the platform's version doesn't handle "z".
Having done that, modify a bunch of places that were using the
unsigned-long hack to use "z" instead. This patch doesn't pretend to have
gotten everyplace that could benefit, but it catches many of them. I made
an effort in particular to ensure that all uses of the same error message
text were updated together, so as not to increase the number of
translatable strings.
It's possible that this change will result in format-string warnings from
pre-C99 compilers. We might have to reconsider if there are any popular
compilers that will warn about this; but let's start by seeing what the
buildfarm thinks.
Andres Freund, with a little additional work by me
Some cases were still reporting errors and aborting, instead of a NOTICE
that the object was being skipped. This makes it more difficult to
cleanly handle pg_dump --clean, so change that to instead skip missing
objects properly.
Per bug #7873 reported by Dave Rolsky; apparently this affects a large
number of users.
Authors: Pavel Stehule and Dean Rasheed. Some tweaks by Álvaro Herrera
GIN posting lists are now encoded using varbyte-encoding, which allows them
to fit in much smaller space than the straight ItemPointer array format used
before. The new encoding is used for both the lists stored in-line in entry
tree items, and in posting tree leaf pages.
To maintain backwards-compatibility and keep pg_upgrade working, the code
can still read old-style pages and tuples. Posting tree leaf pages in the
new format are flagged with GIN_COMPRESSED flag, to distinguish old and new
format pages. Likewise, entry tree tuples in the new format have a
GIN_ITUP_COMPRESSED flag set in a bit that was previously unused.
This patch bumps GIN_CURRENT_VERSION from 1 to 2. New indexes created with
version 9.4 will therefore have version number 2 in the metapage, while old
pg_upgraded indexes will have version 1. The code treats them the same, but
it might be come handy in the future, if we want to drop support for the
uncompressed format.
Alexander Korotkov and me. Reviewed by Tomas Vondra and Amit Langote.
Unlike our other array functions, this considers the total number of
elements across all dimensions, and returns 0 rather than NULL when the
array has no elements. But it seems that both of those behaviors are
almost universally disliked, so hopefully that's OK.
Marko Tiikkaja, reviewed by Dean Rasheed and Pavel Stehule
Previously the presence of a nextval() prevented the
use of batch-mode COPY. This patch introduces a
special case just for nextval() functions. In future
we will introduce a general case solution for
labelling volatile functions as safe for use.
krb5 has been deprecated since 8.3, and the recommended way to do
Kerberos authentication is using the GSSAPI authentication method
(which is still fully supported).
libpq retains the ability to identify krb5 authentication, but only
gives an error message about it being unsupported. Since all authentication
is initiated from the backend, there is no need to keep it at all
in the backend.
Tablespaces have a few options which can be set on them to give PG hints
as to how the tablespace behaves (perhaps it's faster for sequential
scans, or better able to handle random access, etc). These options were
only available through the ALTER TABLESPACE command.
This adds the ability to set these options at CREATE TABLESPACE time,
removing the need to do both a CREATE TABLESPACE and ALTER TABLESPACE to
get the correct options set on the tablespace.
Vik Fearing, reviewed by Michael Paquier.
Historically, VACUUM has just reported its new_rel_tuples estimate
(the same thing it puts into pg_class.reltuples) to the stats collector.
That number counts both live and dead-but-not-yet-reclaimable tuples.
This behavior may once have been right, but modern versions of the
pgstats code track live and dead tuple counts separately, so putting
the total into n_live_tuples and zero into n_dead_tuples is surely
pretty bogus. Fix it to report live and dead tuple counts separately.
This doesn't really do much for situations where updating transactions
commit concurrently with a VACUUM scan (possibly causing double-counting or
omission of the tuples they add or delete); but it's clearly an improvement
over what we were doing before.
Hari Babu, reviewed by Amit Kapila
This adds a 'MOVE' sub-command to ALTER TABLESPACE which allows moving sets of
objects from one tablespace to another. This can be extremely handy and avoids
a lot of error-prone scripting. ALTER TABLESPACE ... MOVE will only move
objects the user owns, will notify the user if no objects were found, and can
be used to move ALL objects or specific types of objects (TABLES, INDEXES, or
MATERIALIZED VIEWS).
These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability.
A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized
data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and
probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend.
Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least
not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker
at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not
actually part of the text segment.
Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems
no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion
from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly
a subset of this one.
Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
_WIN32 is set by the compiler, whereas our code uses WIN32 that is
normally set through our build system. To make it possible to build
extensions out of tree we cannot rely on that, so set the WIN32
symbol explicitly whenever the compiler has set _WIN32.
Not setting this symbol causes double inclusion of pg_config_os.h,
and possibly other errors as well.
Craig Ringer
Previously, we did this just once per checkpoint, but that could make
Hot Standby take a long time to initialize. To avoid busying an
otherwise-idle system, we don't do this if no WAL has been written
since we did it last.
Andres Freund
In ordinary operation, VACUUM must be careful to take a cleanup lock on
each leaf page of a btree index; this ensures that no indexscans could
still be "in flight" to heap tuples due to be deleted. (Because of
possible index-tuple motion due to concurrent page splits, it's not enough
to lock only the pages we're deleting index tuples from.) In Hot Standby,
the WAL replay process must likewise lock every leaf page. There were
several bugs in the code for that:
* The replay scan might come across unused, all-zero pages in the index.
While btree_xlog_vacuum itself did the right thing (ie, nothing) with
such pages, xlogutils.c supposed that such pages must be corrupt and
would throw an error. This accounts for various reports of replication
failures with "PANIC: WAL contains references to invalid pages". To
fix, add a ReadBufferMode value that instructs XLogReadBufferExtended
not to complain when we're doing this.
* btree_xlog_vacuum performed the extra locking if standbyState ==
STANDBY_SNAPSHOT_READY, but that's not the correct test: we won't open up
for hot standby queries until the database has reached consistency, and
we don't want to do the extra locking till then either, for fear of reading
corrupted pages (which bufmgr.c would complain about). Fix by exporting a
new function from xlog.c that will report whether we're actually in hot
standby replay mode.
* To ensure full coverage of the index in the replay scan, btvacuumscan
would emit a dummy WAL record for the last page of the index, if no
vacuuming work had been done on that page. However, if the last page
of the index is all-zero, that would result in corruption of said page,
since the functions called on it weren't prepared to handle that case.
There's no need to lock any such pages, so change the logic to target
the last normal leaf page instead.
The first two of these bugs were diagnosed by Andres Freund, the other one
by me. Fixes based on ideas from Heikki Linnakangas and myself.
This has been wrong since Hot Standby was introduced, so back-patch to 9.0.
This code provides infrastructure for user backends to communicate
relatively easily with background workers. The message queue is
structured as a ring buffer and allows messages of arbitary length
to be sent and received.
Patch by me. Review by KaiGai Kohei and Andres Freund.
This interface is intended to make it simple to divide a dynamic shared
memory segment into different regions with distinct purposes. It
therefore serves much the same purpose that ShmemIndex accomplishes for
the main shared memory segment, but it is intended to be more
lightweight.
Patch by me. Review by Andres Freund.
On second thought, commit 0c051c9008 was
over-hasty: rather than allowing this case, we ought to reject it for now.
That leaves the field clear for a future feature that allows the target
table to be re-specified in the FROM (or USING) clause, which will enable
left-joining the target table to something else. We can then also allow
LATERAL references to such an explicitly re-specified target table.
But allowing them right now will create ambiguities or worse for such a
feature, and it isn't something we documented 9.3 as supporting.
While at it, add a convenience subroutine to avoid having several copies
of the ereport for disalllowed-LATERAL-reference cases.
Minor improvement to commit daa7527afc:
s_lock.h no longer has any need to mention PGSemaphoreData, so we can
rip out the #include that supplies that. In a non-HAVE_SPINLOCKS
build, this doesn't really buy much since we still need the #include
in spin.h --- but everywhere else, this reduces #include footprint by
some trifle, and helps keep the different locking facilities separate.
Instead of allocating a semaphore from the operating system for every
spinlock, allocate a fixed number of semaphores (by default, 1024)
from the operating system and multiplex all the spinlocks that get
created onto them. This could self-deadlock if a process attempted
to acquire more than one spinlock at a time, but since processes
aren't supposed to execute anything other than short stretches of
straight-line code while holding a spinlock, that shouldn't happen.
One motivation for this change is that, with the introduction of
dynamic shared memory, it may be desirable to create spinlocks that
last for less than the lifetime of the server. Without this change,
attempting to use such facilities under --disable-spinlocks would
quickly exhaust any supply of available semaphores. Quite apart
from that, it's desirable to contain the quantity of semaphores
needed to run the server simply on convenience grounds, since using
too many may make it harder to get PostgreSQL running on a new
platform, which is mostly the point of --disable-spinlocks in the
first place.
Patch by me; review by Tom Lane.
The initial commit of ordered-set aggregates just did all the setup work
afresh each time the aggregate function is started up. But in a GROUP BY
query, the catalog lookups need not be repeated for each group, since the
column datatypes and sort information won't change. When there are many
small groups, this makes for a useful, though not huge, performance
improvement. Per suggestion from Andrew Gierth.
Profiling of these cases suggests that it might be profitable to avoid
duplicate lookups within tuplesort startup as well; but changing the
tuplesort APIs would have much broader impact, so I left that for
another day.
The PGSTAT_NUM_TABENTRIES macro should have been updated when new fields
were added to struct PgStat_MsgTabstat in commit 644828908, but it wasn't.
Fix that.
Also, add a static assertion that we didn't overrun the intended size limit
on stats messages. This will not necessarily catch every mistake in
computing the maximum array size for stats messages, but it will catch ones
that have practical consequences. (The assertion in fact doesn't complain
about the aforementioned error in PGSTAT_NUM_TABENTRIES, because that was
not big enough to cause the array length to increase.)
No back-patch, as there's no actual bug in existing releases; this is just
in the nature of future-proofing.
Mark Dilger and Tom Lane
In pg_multixact/members, relying on modulo-2^32 arithmetic for
wraparound handling doesn't work all that well. Because we don't
explicitely track wraparound of the allocation counter for members, it
is possible that the "live" area exceeds 2^31 entries; trying to remove
SLRU segments that are "old" according to the original logic might lead
to removal of segments still in use. To fix, have the truncation
routine use a tailored SlruScanDirectory callback that keeps track of
the live area in actual use; that way, when the live range exceeds 2^31
entries, the oldest segments still live will not get removed untimely.
This new SlruScanDir callback needs to take care not to remove segments
that are "in the future": if new SLRU segments appear while the
truncation is ongoing, make sure we don't remove them. This requires
examination of shared memory state to recheck for false positives, but
testing suggests that this doesn't cause a problem. The original coding
didn't suffer from this pitfall because segments created when truncation
is running are never considered to be removable.
Per Andres Freund's investigation of bug #8673 reported by Serge
Negodyuck.
We haven't wanted to do this in the past on the grounds that in rare
cases the original xmin value will be needed for forensic purposes, but
commit 37484ad2aa removes that objection,
so now we can.
Per extensive discussion, among many people, on pgsql-hackers.
We don't need make_restrictinfo_from_bitmapqual() anymore at all.
generate_bitmap_or_paths() doesn't need to be exported, and we can
drop its rather klugy restriction_only flag.
It's possible to extract a restriction OR clause from a join clause that
has the form of an OR-of-ANDs, if each sub-AND includes a clause that
mentions only one specific relation. While PG has been aware of that idea
for many years, the code previously only did it if it could extract an
indexable OR clause. On reflection, though, that seems a silly limitation:
adding a restriction clause can be a win by reducing the number of rows
that have to be filtered at the join step, even if we have to test the
clause as a plain filter clause during the scan. This should be especially
useful for foreign tables, where the change can cut the number of rows that
have to be retrieved from the foreign server; but testing shows it can win
even on local tables. Per a suggestion from Robert Haas.
As a heuristic, I made the code accept an extracted restriction clause
if its estimated selectivity is less than 0.9, which will probably result
in accepting extracted clauses just about always. We might need to tweak
that later based on experience.
Since the code no longer has even a weak connection to Path creation,
remove orindxpath.c and create a new file optimizer/util/orclauses.c.
There's some additional janitorial cleanup of now-dead code that needs
to happen, but it seems like that's a fit subject for a separate commit.
Defining this symbol causes OS X 10.5 to use a buggy version of readdir(),
which can sometimes fail with EINVAL if the previously-fetched directory
entry has been deleted or renamed. In later OS X versions that bug has
been repaired, but we still don't need the #define because it's on by
default. So this is just an all-around bad idea, and we can do without it.
This patch introduces generic support for ordered-set and hypothetical-set
aggregate functions, as well as implementations of the instances defined in
SQL:2008 (percentile_cont(), percentile_disc(), rank(), dense_rank(),
percent_rank(), cume_dist()). We also added mode() though it is not in the
spec, as well as versions of percentile_cont() and percentile_disc() that
can compute multiple percentile values in one pass over the data.
Unlike the original submission, this patch puts full control of the sorting
process in the hands of the aggregate's support functions. To allow the
support functions to find out how they're supposed to sort, a new API
function AggGetAggref() is added to nodeAgg.c. This allows retrieval of
the aggregate call's Aggref node, which may have other uses beyond the
immediate need. There is also support for ordered-set aggregates to
install cleanup callback functions, so that they can be sure that
infrastructure such as tuplesort objects gets cleaned up.
In passing, make some fixes in the recently-added support for variadic
aggregates, and make some editorial adjustments in the recent FILTER
additions for aggregates. Also, simplify use of IsBinaryCoercible() by
allowing it to succeed whenever the target type is ANY or ANYELEMENT.
It was inconsistent that it dealt with other polymorphic target types
but not these.
Atri Sharma and Andrew Gierth; reviewed by Pavel Stehule and Vik Fearing,
and rather heavily editorialized upon by Tom Lane
Instead of changing the tuple xmin to FrozenTransactionId, the combination
of HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED and HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, which were previously never
set together, is now defined as HEAP_XMIN_FROZEN. A variety of previous
proposals to freeze tuples opportunistically before vacuum_freeze_min_age
is reached have foundered on the objection that replacing xmin by
FrozenTransactionId might hinder debugging efforts when things in this
area go awry; this patch is intended to solve that problem by keeping
the XID around (but largely ignoring the value to which it is set).
Third-party code that checks for HEAP_XMIN_INVALID on tuples where
HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED might be set will be broken by this change. To fix,
use the new accessor macros in htup_details.h rather than consulting the
bits directly. HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin has been modified to return
FrozenTransactionId when the infomask bits indicate that the tuple is
frozen; use HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin when you already know that the
tuple isn't marked commited or frozen, or want the raw value anyway.
We currently do this in routines that display the xmin for user consumption,
in tqual.c where it's known to be safe and important for the avoidance of
extra cycles, and in the function-caching code for various procedural
languages, which shouldn't invalidate the cache just because the tuple
gets frozen.
Robert Haas and Andres Freund
Just as backends must clean up their shared memory state (releasing
lwlocks, buffer pins, etc.) before exiting, they must also perform
any similar cleanups related to dynamic shared memory segments they
have mapped before unmapping those segments. So add a mechanism to
ensure that.
Existing on_shmem_exit hooks include both "user level" cleanup such
as transaction abort and removal of leftover temporary relations and
also "low level" cleanup that forcibly released leftover shared
memory resources. On-detach callbacks should run after the first
group but before the second group, so create a new before_shmem_exit
function for registering the early callbacks and keep on_shmem_exit
for the regular callbacks. (An earlier draft of this patch added an
additional argument to on_shmem_exit, but that had a much larger
footprint and probably a substantially higher risk of breaking third
party code for no real gain.)
Patch by me, reviewed by KaiGai Kohei and Andres Freund.
Previously, lookups of non-existent user names could return "Success";
it will now return "User does not exist" by resetting errno. This also
centralizes the user name lookup code in libpgport.
Report and analysis by Nicolas Marchildon; patch by me
If a tuple was locked by transaction A, and transaction B updated it,
the new version of the tuple created by B would be locked by A, yet
visible only to B; due to an oversight in HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate, the
lock held by A wouldn't get checked if transaction B later deleted (or
key-updated) the new version of the tuple. This might cause referential
integrity checks to give false positives (that is, allow deletes that
should have been rejected).
This is an easy oversight to have made, because prior to improved tuple
locks in commit 0ac5ad5134 it wasn't possible to have tuples created by
our own transaction that were also locked by remote transactions, and so
locks weren't even considered in that code path.
It is recommended that foreign keys be rechecked manually in bulk after
installing this update, in case some referenced rows are missing with
some referencing row remaining.
Per bug reported by Daniel Wood in
CAPweHKe5QQ1747X2c0tA=5zf4YnS2xcvGf13Opd-1Mq24rF1cQ@mail.gmail.com
Tuple freezing was broken in connection to MultiXactIds; commit
8e53ae025d tried to fix it, but didn't go far enough. As noted by
Noah Misch, freezing a tuple whose Xmax is a multi containing an aborted
update might cause locks in the multi to go ignored by later
transactions. This is because the code depended on a multixact above
their cutoff point not having any lock-only member older than the cutoff
point for Xids, which is easily defeated in READ COMMITTED transactions.
The fix for this involves creating a new MultiXactId when necessary.
But this cannot be done during WAL replay, and moreover multixact
examination requires using CLOG access routines which are not supposed
to be used during WAL replay either; so tuple freezing cannot be done
with the old freeze WAL record. Therefore, separate the freezing
computation from its execution, and change the WAL record to carry all
necessary information. At WAL replay time, it's easy to re-execute
freezing because we don't need to re-compute the new infomask/Xmax
values but just take them from the WAL record.
While at it, restructure the coding to ensure all page changes occur in
a single critical section without much room for failures. The previous
coding wasn't using a critical section, without any explanation as to
why this was acceptable.
In replication scenarios using the 9.3 branch, standby servers must be
upgraded before their master, so that they are prepared to deal with the
new WAL record once the master is upgraded; failure to do so will cause
WAL replay to die with a PANIC message. Later upgrade of the standby
will allow the process to continue where it left off, so there's no
disruption of the data in the standby in any case. Standbys know how to
deal with the old WAL record, so it's okay to keep the master running
the old code for a while.
In master, the old freeze WAL record is gone, for cleanliness' sake;
there's no compatibility concern there.
Backpatch to 9.3, where the original bug was introduced and where the
previous fix was backpatched.
Álvaro Herrera and Andres Freund
WAL records of hint bit updates is useful to tools that want to examine
which pages have been modified. In particular, this is required to make
the pg_rewind tool safe (without checksums).
This can also be used to test how much extra WAL-logging would occur if
you enabled checksums, without actually enabling them (which you can't
currently do without re-initdb'ing).
Sawada Masahiko, docs by Samrat Revagade. Reviewed by Dilip Kumar, with
further changes by me.
When this reloption is set and wal_level=logical is configured,
we'll record the CIDs stamped by inserts, updates, and deletes to
the table just as we would for an actual catalog table. This will
allow logical decoding to use historical MVCC snapshots to access
such tables just as they access ordinary catalog tables.
Replication solutions built around the logical decoding machinery
will likely need to set this operation for their configuration
tables; it might also be needed by extensions which perform table
access in their output functions.
Andres Freund, reviewed by myself and others.
When wal_level=logical, we'll log columns from the old tuple as
configured by the REPLICA IDENTITY facility added in commit
07cacba983. This makes it possible
a properly-configured logical replication solution to correctly
follow table updates even if they change the chosen key columns,
or, with REPLICA IDENTITY FULL, even if the table has no key at
all. Note that updates which do not modify the replica identity
column won't log anything extra, making the choice of a good key
(i.e. one that will rarely be changed) important to performance
when wal_level=logical is configured.
Each insert, update, or delete to a catalog table will also log
the CMIN and/or CMAX values of stamped by the current transaction.
This is necessary because logical decoding will require access to
historical snapshots of the catalog in order to decode some data
types, and the CMIN/CMAX values that we may need in order to judge
row visibility may have been overwritten by the time we need them.
Andres Freund, reviewed in various versions by myself, Heikki
Linnakangas, KONDO Mitsumasa, and many others.
SQL-standard TABLE() is a subset of UNNEST(); they deal with arrays and
other collection types. This feature, however, deals with set-returning
functions. Use a different syntax for this feature to keep open the
possibility of implementing the standard TABLE().
Remove the use of the following macros, which are obsolescent according
to the Autoconf documentation:
- AC_C_CONST
- AC_C_STRINGIZE
- AC_C_VOLATILE
- AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
Commit 9dc842f08 of 8.2 era prevented MultiXact truncation during crash
recovery, because there was no guarantee that enough state had been
setup, and because it wasn't deemed to be a good idea to remove data
during crash recovery anyway. Since then, due to Hot-Standby, streaming
replication and PITR, the amount of time a cluster can spend doing crash
recovery has increased significantly, to the point that a cluster may
even never come out of it. This has made not truncating the content of
pg_multixact/ not defensible anymore.
To fix, take care to setup enough state for multixact truncation before
crash recovery starts (easy since checkpoints contain the required
information), and move the current end-of-recovery actions to a new
TrimMultiXact() function, analogous to TrimCLOG().
At some later point, this should probably done similarly to the way
clog.c is doing it, which is to just WAL log truncations, but we can't
do that for the back branches.
Back-patch to 9.0. 8.4 also has the problem, but since there's no hot
standby there, it's much less pressing. In 9.2 and earlier, this patch
is simpler than in newer branches, because multixact access during
recovery isn't required. Add appropriate checks to make sure that's not
happening.
Andres Freund
While autovacuum dutifully launched anti-multixact-wraparound vacuums
when the multixact "age" was reached, the vacuum code was not aware that
it needed to make them be full table vacuums. As the resulting
partial-table vacuums aren't capable of actually increasing relminmxid,
autovacuum continued to launch anti-wraparound vacuums that didn't have
the intended effect, until age of relfrozenxid caused the vacuum to
finally be a full table one via vacuum_freeze_table_age.
To fix, introduce logic for multixacts similar to that for plain
TransactionIds, using the same GUCs.
Backpatch to 9.3, where permanent MultiXactIds were introduced.
Andres Freund, some cleanup by Álvaro
Prevent handle_sig_alarm from losing control partway through due to a query
cancel (either an asynchronous SIGINT, or a cancel triggered by one of the
timeout handler functions). That would at least result in failure to
schedule any required future interrupt, and might result in actual
corruption of timeout.c's data structures, if the interrupt happened while
we were updating those.
We could still lose control if an asynchronous SIGINT arrives just as the
function is entered. This wouldn't break any data structures, but it would
have the same effect as if the SIGALRM interrupt had been silently lost:
we'd not fire any currently-due handlers, nor schedule any new interrupt.
To forestall that scenario, forcibly reschedule any pending timer interrupt
during AbortTransaction and AbortSubTransaction. We can avoid any extra
kernel call in most cases by not doing that until we've allowed
LockErrorCleanup to kill the DEADLOCK_TIMEOUT and LOCK_TIMEOUT events.
Another hazard is that some platforms (at least Linux and *BSD) block a
signal before calling its handler and then unblock it on return. When we
longjmp out of the handler, the unblock doesn't happen, and the signal is
left blocked indefinitely. Again, we can fix that by forcibly unblocking
signals during AbortTransaction and AbortSubTransaction.
These latter two problems do not manifest when the longjmp reaches
postgres.c, because the error recovery code there kills all pending timeout
events anyway, and it uses sigsetjmp(..., 1) so that the appropriate signal
mask is restored. So errors thrown outside any transaction should be OK
already, and cleaning up in AbortTransaction and AbortSubTransaction should
be enough to fix these issues. (We're assuming that any code that catches
a query cancel error and doesn't re-throw it will do at least a
subtransaction abort to clean up; but that was pretty much required already
by other subsystems.)
Lastly, ProcSleep should not clear the LOCK_TIMEOUT indicator flag when
disabling that event: if a lock timeout interrupt happened after the lock
was granted, the ensuing query cancel is still going to happen at the next
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, and we want to report it as a lock timeout not a user
cancel.
Per reports from Dan Wood.
Back-patch to 9.3 where the new timeout handling infrastructure was
introduced. We may at some point decide to back-patch the signal
unblocking changes further, but I'll desist from that until we hear
actual field complaints about it.
Although user-defined relations can't be directly created in
pg_catalog, it's possible for them to end up there, because you can
create them in some other schema and then use ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA
to move them there. Previously, such relations couldn't afterwards
be manipulated, because IsSystemRelation()/IsSystemClass() rejected
all attempts to modify objects in the pg_catalog schema, regardless
of their origin. With this patch, they now reject only those
objects in pg_catalog which were created at initdb-time, allowing
most operations on user-created tables in pg_catalog to proceed
normally.
This patch also adds new functions IsCatalogRelation() and
IsCatalogClass(), which is similar to IsSystemRelation() and
IsSystemClass() but with a slightly narrower definition: only TOAST
tables of system catalogs are included, rather than *all* TOAST tables.
This is currently used only for making decisions about when
invalidation messages need to be sent, but upcoming logical decoding
patches will find other uses for this information.
Andres Freund, with some modifications by me.
When acquiring a lock in fast-path mode, we must reset the locallock
object's lock and proclock fields to NULL. They are not necessarily that
way to start with, because the locallock could be left over from a failed
lock acquisition attempt earlier in the transaction. Failure to do this
led to all sorts of interesting misbehaviors when LockRelease tried to
clean up no-longer-related lock and proclock objects in shared memory.
Per report from Dan Wood.
In passing, modify LockRelease to elog not just Assert if it doesn't find
lock and proclock objects for a formerly fast-path lock, matching the code
in FastPathGetRelationLockEntry and LockRefindAndRelease. This isn't a
bug but it will help in diagnosing any future bugs in this area.
Also, modify FastPathTransferRelationLocks and FastPathGetRelationLockEntry
to break out of their loops over the fastpath array once they've found the
sole matching entry. This was inconsistently done in some search loops
and not others.
Improve assorted related comments, too.
Back-patch to 9.2 where the fast-path mechanism was introduced.
Replace it with an approach similar to what GiST uses: when a page is split,
the left sibling is marked with a flag indicating that the parent hasn't been
updated yet. When the parent is updated, the flag is cleared. If an insertion
steps on a page with the flag set, it will finish split before proceeding
with the insertion.
The post-recovery cleanup mechanism was never totally reliable, as insertion
to the parent could fail e.g because of running out of memory or disk space,
leaving the tree in an inconsistent state.
This also divides the responsibility of WAL-logging more clearly between
the generic ginbtree.c code, and the parts specific to entry and posting
trees. There is now a common WAL record format for insertions and deletions,
which is written by ginbtree.c, followed by tree-specific payload, which is
returned by the placetopage- and split- callbacks.
Separate the insertion payload from the more static portions of GinBtree.
GinBtree now only contains information related to searching the tree, and
the information of what to insert is passed separately.
Add root block number to GinBtree, instead of passing it around all the
functions as argument.
Split off ginFinishSplit() from ginInsertValue(). ginFinishSplit is
responsible for finding the parent and inserting the downlink to it.
Reviewed-by: Ali Dar <ali.munir.dar@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Khandekar <amit.khandekar@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Rodolfo Campero <rodolfo.campero@anachronics.com>
Change SET LOCAL/CONSTRAINTS/TRANSACTION behavior outside of a
transaction block from error (post-9.3) to warning. (Was nothing in <=
9.3.) Also change ABORT outside of a transaction block from notice to
warning.
The previous coding labeled expressions such as pg_index.indkey[1:3] as
being of int2vector type; which is not right because the subscript bounds
of such a result don't, in general, satisfy the restrictions of int2vector.
To fix, implicitly promote the result of slicing int2vector to int2[],
or oidvector to oid[]. This is similar to what we've done with domains
over arrays, which is a good analogy because these types are very much
like restricted domains of the corresponding regular-array types.
A side-effect is that we now also forbid array-element updates on such
columns, eg while "update pg_index set indkey[4] = 42" would have worked
before if you were superuser (and corrupted your catalogs irretrievably,
no doubt) it's now disallowed. This seems like a good thing since, again,
some choices of subscripting would've led to results not satisfying the
restrictions of int2vector. The case of an array-slice update was
rejected before, though with a different error message than you get now.
We could make these cases work in future if we added a cast from int2[]
to int2vector (with a cast function checking the subscript restrictions)
but it seems unlikely that there's any value in that.
Per report from Ronan Dunklau. Back-patch to all supported branches
because of the crash risks involved.
This patch adds the ability to write TABLE( function1(), function2(), ...)
as a single FROM-clause entry. The result is the concatenation of the
first row from each function, followed by the second row from each
function, etc; with NULLs inserted if any function produces fewer rows than
others. This is believed to be a much more useful behavior than what
Postgres currently does with multiple SRFs in a SELECT list.
This syntax also provides a reasonable way to combine use of column
definition lists with WITH ORDINALITY: put the column definition list
inside TABLE(), where it's clear that it doesn't control the ordinality
column as well.
Also implement SQL-compliant multiple-argument UNNEST(), by turning
UNNEST(a,b,c) into TABLE(unnest(a), unnest(b), unnest(c)).
The SQL standard specifies TABLE() with only a single function, not
multiple functions, and it seems to require an implicit UNNEST() which is
not what this patch does. There may be something wrong with that reading
of the spec, though, because if it's right then the spec's TABLE() is just
a pointless alternative spelling of UNNEST(). After further review of
that, we might choose to adopt a different syntax for what this patch does,
but in any case this functionality seems clearly worthwhile.
Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Zoltán Böszörményi and Heikki Linnakangas, and
significantly revised by me
This creates a new gin-btree callback function for creating a downlink for
a page. Previously, ginxlog.c duplicated the logic used during normal
operation.
This patch improves performance of most built-in aggregates that formerly
used a NUMERIC or NUMERIC array as their transition type; this includes
not only aggregates on numeric inputs, but some aggregates on integer
inputs where overflow of an int8 value is a possibility. The code now
uses a special-purpose data structure to avoid array construction and
deconstruction overhead, as well as packing and unpacking overhead for
numeric values.
These aggregates' transition type is now declared as INTERNAL, since
it doesn't correspond to any SQL data type. To keep the planner from
thinking that that means a lot of storage will be used, we make use
of the just-added pg_aggregate.aggtransspace feature. The space estimate
is set to 128 bytes, which is at least in the right ballpark.
Hadi Moshayedi, reviewed by Pavel Stehule and Tomas Vondra
Formerly the planner had a hard-wired rule of thumb for guessing the amount
of space consumed by an aggregate function's transition state data. This
estimate is critical to deciding whether it's OK to use hash aggregation,
and in many situations the built-in estimate isn't very good. This patch
adds a column to pg_aggregate wherein a per-aggregate estimate can be
provided, overriding the planner's default, and infrastructure for setting
the column via CREATE AGGREGATE.
It may be that additional smarts will be required in future, perhaps even
a per-aggregate estimation function. But this is already a step forward.
This is extracted from a larger patch to improve the performance of numeric
and int8 aggregates. I (tgl) thought it was worth reviewing and committing
this infrastructure separately. In this commit, all built-in aggregates
are given aggtransspace = 0, so no behavior should change.
Hadi Moshayedi, reviewed by Pavel Stehule and Tomas Vondra
Bug #8591 from Claudio Freire demonstrates that get_eclass_for_sort_expr
must be able to compute valid em_nullable_relids for any new equivalence
class members it creates. I'd worried about this in the commit message
for db9f0e1d9a, but claimed that it wasn't a
problem because multi-member ECs should already exist when it runs. That
is transparently wrong, though, because this function is also called by
initialize_mergeclause_eclasses, which runs during deconstruct_jointree.
The example given in the bug report (which the new regression test item
is based upon) fails because the COALESCE() expression is first seen by
initialize_mergeclause_eclasses rather than process_equivalence.
Fixing this requires passing the appropriate nullable_relids set to
get_eclass_for_sort_expr, and it requires new code to compute that set
for top-level expressions such as ORDER BY, GROUP BY, etc. We store
the top-level nullable_relids in a new field in PlannerInfo to avoid
computing it many times. In the back branches, I've added the new
field at the end of the struct to minimize ABI breakage for planner
plugins. There doesn't seem to be a good alternative to changing
get_eclass_for_sort_expr's API signature, though. There probably aren't
any third-party extensions calling that function directly; moreover,
if there are, they probably need to think about what to pass for
nullable_relids anyway.
Back-patch to 9.2, like the previous patch in this area.
If a page is deleted, and reused for something else, just as a search is
following a rightlink to it from its left sibling, the search would continue
scanning whatever the new contents of the page are. That could lead to
incorrect query results, or even something more curious if the page is
reused for a different kind of a page.
To fix, modify the search algorithm to lock the next page before releasing
the previous one, and refrain from deleting pages from the leftmost branch
of the tree.
Add a new Concurrency section to the README, explaining why this works.
There is a lot more one could say about concurrency in GIN, but that's for
another patch.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
Pending patches for logical replication will use this to determine
which columns of a tuple ought to be considered as its candidate key.
Andres Freund, with minor, mostly cosmetic adjustments by me
Merge the isEnoughSpace and placeToPage functions in the b-tree interface
into one function that tries to put a tuple on page, and returns false if
it doesn't fit.
Move createPostingTree function to gindatapage.c, and change its contract
so that it can be passed more items than fit on the root page. It's in a
better position than the callers to know how many items fit.
Move ginMergeItemPointers out of gindatapage.c, into a separate file.
These changes make no difference now, but reduce the footprint of Alexander
Korotkov's upcoming patch to pack item pointers more tightly.
These variables no longer have any useful purpose, since there's no reason
to special-case brute force timezones now that we have a valid
session_timezone setting for them. Remove the variables, and remove the
SET/SHOW TIME ZONE code that deals with them.
The user-visible impact of this is that SHOW TIME ZONE will now show a
POSIX-style zone specification, in the form "<+-offset>-+offset", rather
than an interval value when a brute-force zone has been set. While perhaps
less intuitive, this is a better definition than before because it's
actually possible to give that string back to SET TIME ZONE and get the
same behavior, unlike what used to happen.
We did not previously mention the angle-bracket syntax when describing
POSIX timezone specifications; add some documentation so that people
can figure out what these strings do. (There's still quite a lot of
undocumented functionality there, but anybody who really cares can
go read the POSIX spec to find out about it. In practice most people
seem to prefer Olsen-style city names anyway.)
Formerly, when using a SQL-spec timezone setting with a fixed GMT offset
(called a "brute force" timezone in the code), the session_timezone
variable was not updated to match the nominal timezone; rather, all code
was expected to ignore session_timezone if HasCTZSet was true. This is
of course obviously fragile, though a search of the code finds only
timeofday() failing to honor the rule. A bigger problem was that
DetermineTimeZoneOffset() supposed that if its pg_tz parameter was
pointer-equal to session_timezone, then HasCTZSet should override the
parameter. This would cause datetime input containing an explicit zone
name to be treated as referencing the brute-force zone instead, if the
zone name happened to match the session timezone that had prevailed
before installing the brute-force zone setting (as reported in bug #8572).
The same malady could affect AT TIME ZONE operators.
To fix, set up session_timezone so that it matches the brute-force zone
specification, which we can do using the POSIX timezone definition syntax
"<abbrev>offset", and get rid of the bogus lookaside check in
DetermineTimeZoneOffset(). Aside from fixing the erroneous behavior in
datetime parsing and AT TIME ZONE, this will cause the timeofday() function
to print its result in the user-requested time zone rather than some
previously-set zone. It might also affect results in third-party
extensions, if there are any that make use of session_timezone without
considering HasCTZSet, but in all cases the new behavior should be saner
than before.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
With these, one need no longer manipulate large object descriptors and
extract numeric constants from header files in order to read and write
large object contents from SQL.
Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Rushabh Lathia.
When we are using a C99-compliant vsnprintf implementation (which should be
most places, these days) it is worth the trouble to make use of its report
of how large the buffer needs to be to succeed. This patch adjusts
stringinfo.c and some miscellaneous usages in pg_dump to do that, relying
on the logic recently added in libpgcommon's psprintf.c. Since these
places want to know the number of bytes written once we succeed, modify the
API of pvsnprintf() to report that.
There remains near-duplicate logic in pqexpbuffer.c, but since that code
is in libpq, psprintf.c's approach of exit()-on-error isn't appropriate
for use there. Also note that I didn't bother touching the multitude
of places that call (v)snprintf without any attempt to provide a resizable
buffer.
Release-note-worthy incompatibility: the API of appendStringInfoVA()
changed. If there's any third-party code that's calling that directly,
it will need tweaking along the same lines as in this patch.
David Rowley and Tom Lane
asprintf(), aside from not being particularly portable, has a fundamentally
badly-designed API; the psprintf() function that was added in passing in
the previous patch has a much better API choice. Moreover, the NetBSD
implementation that was borrowed for the previous patch doesn't work with
non-C99-compliant vsnprintf, which is something we still have to cope with
on some platforms; and it depends on va_copy which isn't all that portable
either. Get rid of that code in favor of an implementation similar to what
we've used for many years in stringinfo.c. Also, move it into libpgcommon
since it's not really libpgport material.
I think this patch will be enough to turn the buildfarm green again, but
there's still cosmetic work left to do, namely get rid of pg_asprintf()
in favor of using psprintf(). That will come in a followon patch.
This avoids an assumption about the signed number representation. It is
anticipated to have no functional changes on supported configurations;
many two's complement assumptions remain elsewhere.
Per a suggestion from Andres Freund.
Previously, unless all columns were auto-updateable, we wouldn't
inserts, updates, or deletes, or at least not without a rule or trigger;
now, we'll allow inserts and updates that target only the auto-updateable
columns, and deletes even if there are no auto-updateable columns at
all provided the view definition is otherwise suitable.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Marko Tiikkaja
Although previously-introduced APIs allow the process that registers a
background worker to obtain the worker's PID, there's no way to prevent
a worker that is not currently running from being restarted. This
patch introduces a new API TerminateBackgroundWorker() that prevents
the background worker from being restarted, terminates it if it is
currently running, and causes it to be unregistered if or when it is
not running.
Patch by me. Review by Michael Paquier and KaiGai Kohei.
Development of IRIX has been discontinued, and support is scheduled
to end in December of 2013. Therefore, there will be no supported
versions of this operating system by the time PostgreSQL 9.4 is
released. Furthermore, we have no maintainer for this platform.
All of these platforms are very much obsolete.
As far as I can determine, the last version of SINIX, later renamed
Reliant, occurred some time between 2002 and 2005.
The last release of SunOS that would run on a sun3 was released in
November of 1991; the last release of OpenBSD which supported that
platform was in 2001. The highest clock speed of any processor in
the family was 25MHz.
The NS32K (national semiconductor 320xx) architecture was retired
in 1990.
Support can be re-added if a maintainer emerges for any of these
platforms, but it seems unlikely.
Reviewed by Andres Freund.
Add asprintf(), pg_asprintf(), and psprintf() to simplify string
allocation and composition. Replacement implementations taken from
NetBSD.
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Asif Naeem <anaeem.it@gmail.com>
The existing renegotiation code was home for several bugs: it might
erroneously report that renegotiation had failed; it might try to
execute another renegotiation while the previous one was pending; it
failed to terminate the connection if the renegotiation never actually
took place; if a renegotiation was started, the byte count was reset,
even if the renegotiation wasn't completed (this isn't good from a
security perspective because it means continuing to use a session that
should be considered compromised due to volume of data transferred.)
The new code is structured to avoid these pitfalls: renegotiation is
started a little earlier than the limit has expired; the handshake
sequence is retried until it has actually returned successfully, and no
more than that, but if it fails too many times, the connection is
closed. The byte count is reset only when the renegotiation has
succeeded, and if the renegotiation byte count limit expires, the
connection is terminated.
This commit only touches the master branch, because some of the changes
are controversial. If everything goes well, a back-patch might be
considered.
Per discussion started by message
20130710212017.GB4941@eldon.alvh.no-ip.org
make maintainer-check was obscure and rarely called in practice, and
many breakages were missed. Fold everything that make maintainer-check
used to do into the normal build. Specifically:
- Call duplicate_oids when genbki.pl is called.
- Check for tabs in SGML files when the documentation is built.
- Run msgfmt with the -c option during the regular build. Add an
additional configure check to see whether we are using the GNU
version. (make maintainer-check probably used to fail with non-GNU
msgfmt.)
Keep maintainer-check as around as phony target for the time being in
case anyone is calling it. But it won't do anything anymore.
Change the input/output format to {A,B,C}, to match the internal
representation.
Complete the implementations of line_in, line_out, line_recv, line_send.
Remove comments and error messages about the line type not being
implemented. Add regression tests for existing line operators and
functions.
Reviewed-by: rui hua <365507506hua@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeevan Chalke <jeevan.chalke@enterprisedb.com>
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW CONCURRENTLY was broken for any matview
containing a column of a type without a default btree operator
class. It also did not produce results consistent with a non-
concurrent REFRESH or a normal view if any column was of a type
which allowed user-visible differences between values which
compared as equal according to the type's default btree opclass.
Concurrent matview refresh was modified to use the new operators
to solve these problems.
Documentation was added for record comparison, both for the
default btree operator class for record, and the newly added
operators. Regression tests now check for proper behavior both
for a matview with a box column and a matview containing a citext
column.
Reviewed by Steve Singer, who suggested some of the doc language.
The TYPEALIGN macro, and the related ones like MAXALIGN, don't work with
values larger than intptr_t, because TYPEALIGN casts the argument to
intptr_t to do the arithmetic. That's not a problem when dealing with
pointers or lengths or offsets related to pointers, but the XLogInsert
scaling patch added a call to MAXALIGN with an XLogRecPtr argument.
To fix, add wider variants of the macros, called TYPEALIGN64 and MAXALIGN64,
which are just like the existing variants but work with uint64 instead of
intptr_t.
Report and patch by David Rowley, analysis by Andres Freund.
If a tuple was frozen while its predicate locks mattered,
read-write dependencies could be missed, resulting in failure to
detect conflicts which could lead to anomalies in committed
serializable transactions.
This field was added to the tag when we still thought that it was
necessary to carry locks forward to a new version of an updated
row. That was later proven to be unnecessary, which allowed
simplification of the code, but elimination of xmin from the tag
was missed at the time.
Per report and analysis by Heikki Linnakangas.
Backpatch to 9.1.
DISCARD ALL will now discard cached sequence information, as well.
Fabrízio de Royes Mello, reviewed by Zoltán Böszörményi, with some
further tweaks by me.
It makes for cleaner code to have separate Get/Add functions for PostingItems
and ItemPointers. A few callsites that have to deal with both types need to
be duplicated because of this, but all the callers have to know which one
they're dealing with anyway. Overall, this reduces the amount of casting
required.
Extracted from Alexander Korotkov's larger patch to change the data page
format.
It seems to make more sense to use "cutoff multixact" terminology
throughout the backend code; "freeze" is associated with replacing of an
Xid with FrozenTransactionId, which is not what we do for MultiXactIds.
Andres Freund
Some adjustments by Álvaro Herrera
Commit 95ef6a3448 removed the
ability to create rules on an individual column as of 7.3, but
left some residual code which has since been useless. This cleans
up that dead code without any change in behavior other than
dropping the useless column from the catalog.
If the hash table backing a catalog cache becomes too full (fillfactor > 2),
enlarge it. A new buckets array, double the size of the old, is allocated,
and all entries in the old hash are moved to the right bucket in the new
hash.
This has two benefits. First, cache lookups don't get so expensive when
there are lots of entries in a cache, like if you access hundreds of
thousands of tables. Second, we can make the (initial) sizes of the caches
much smaller, which saves memory.
This patch dials down the initial sizes of the catcaches. The new sizes are
chosen so that a backend that only runs a few basic queries still won't need
to enlarge any of them.
This reverts commit 269e780822
and commit 5b571bb8c8.
Unfortunately, the initial patch had insufficient performance testing,
and resulted in a regression.
Per report by Thom Brown.
Performance testing shows that if the insertpos_lck spinlock and the fields
that it protects are on the same cache line with other variables that are
frequently accessed, the false sharing can hurt performance a lot. Keep
them apart by adding some padding.
This GUC context value was once only used by ALTER DATABASE SET and
ALTER USER SET. That's not true anymore, though, so rewrite the
comments to be a bit more general.
Patch in HEAD only, since this is just an internal documentation issue.
There's no inherent reason why an aggregate function can't be variadic
(even VARIADIC ANY) if its transition function can handle the case.
Indeed, this patch to add the feature touches none of the planner or
executor, and little of the parser; the main missing stuff was DDL and
pg_dump support.
It is true that variadic aggregates can create the same sort of ambiguity
about parameters versus ORDER BY keys that was complained of when we
(briefly) had both one- and two-argument forms of string_agg(). However,
the policy formed in response to that discussion only said that we'd not
create any built-in aggregates with varying numbers of arguments, not that
we shouldn't allow users to do it. So the logical extension of that is
we can allow users to make variadic aggregates as long as we're wary about
shipping any such in core.
In passing, this patch allows aggregate function arguments to be named, to
the extent of remembering the names in pg_proc and dumping them in pg_dump.
You can't yet call an aggregate using named-parameter notation. That seems
like a likely future extension, but it'll take some work, and it's not what
this patch is really about. Likewise, there's still some work needed to
make window functions handle VARIADIC fully, but I left that for another
day.
initdb forced because of new aggvariadic field in Aggref parse nodes.
Failing to do so can cause queries to return wrong data, error out or crash.
This requires adding a new binaryheap_reset() method to binaryheap.c,
but that probably should have been there anyway.
Per bug #8410 from Terje Elde. Diagnosis and patch by Andres Freund.
Testing done in 2011 by Tom Lane concluded that this is a win on Intel Xeons
and AMD Opterons, but it was not changed back then, because of an old
comment in tas() that suggested that it's a huge loss on older Opterons.
However, didn't have separate TAS() and TAS_SPIN() macros back then, so the
comment referred to doing a non-locked initial test even on the first
access, in uncontended case. I don't have access to older Opterons, but I'm
pretty sure that doing an initial unlocked test is unlikely to be a loss
while spinning, even though it might be for the first access.
We probably should do the same on 32-bit x86, but I'm afraid of changing it
without any testing. Hence just add a note to the x86 implementation
suggesting that we probably should do the same there.
Using the infrastructure provided by this patch, it's possible either
to wait for the startup of a dynamically-registered background worker,
or to poll the status of such a worker without waiting. In either
case, the current PID of the worker process can also be obtained.
As usual, worker_spi is updated to demonstrate the new functionality.
Patch by me. Review by Andres Freund.
It's possible that inlining of SQL functions (or perhaps other changes?)
has exposed typmod information not known at parse time. In such cases,
Vars generated by query_planner might have valid typmod values while the
original grouping columns only have typmod -1. This isn't a semantic
problem since the behavior of grouping only depends on type not typmod,
but it breaks locate_grouping_columns' use of tlist_member to locate the
matching entry in query_planner's result tlist.
We can fix this without an excessive amount of new code or complexity by
relying on the fact that locate_grouping_columns only gets called when
make_subplanTargetList has set need_tlist_eval == false, and that can only
happen if all the grouping columns are simple Vars. Therefore we only need
to search the sub_tlist for a matching Var, and we can reasonably define a
"match" as being a match of the Var identity fields
varno/varattno/varlevelsup. The code still Asserts that vartype matches,
but ignores vartypmod.
Per bug #8393 from Evan Martin. The added regression test case is
basically the same as his example. This has been broken for a very long
time, so back-patch to all supported branches.
This change will only apply to mingw compilers, and has been found
necessary by late versions of the mingw-w64 compiler. It's the same as
what is done elsewhere for the Microsoft compilers.
If this doesn't upset older compilers in the buildfarm, it will be
backpatched to 9.1.
Problem reported by Michael Cronenworth, although not his patch.
When upgrading from servers of versions 9.2 and older, and MultiXactIds
have been used in the old server beyond the first page (that is, 2048
multis or more in the default 8kB-page build), pg_upgrade would set the
next multixact offset to use beyond what has been allocated in the new
cluster. This would cause a failure the first time the new cluster
needs to use this value, because the pg_multixact/offsets/ file wouldn't
exist or wouldn't be large enough. To fix, ensure that the transient
server instances launched by pg_upgrade extend the file as necessary.
Per report from Jesse Denardo in
CANiVXAj4c88YqipsyFQPboqMudnjcNTdB3pqe8ReXqAFQ=HXyA@mail.gmail.com
The planner largely failed to consider the possibility that a
PlaceHolderVar's expression might contain a lateral reference to a Var
coming from somewhere outside the PHV's syntactic scope. We had a previous
report of a problem in this area, which I tried to fix in a quick-hack way
in commit 4da6439bd8, but Antonin Houska
pointed out that there were still some problems, and investigation turned
up other issues. This patch largely reverts that commit in favor of a more
thoroughly thought-through solution. The new theory is that a PHV's
ph_eval_at level cannot be higher than its original syntactic level. If it
contains lateral references, those don't change the ph_eval_at level, but
rather they create a lateral-reference requirement for the ph_eval_at join
relation. The code in joinpath.c needs to handle that.
Another issue is that createplan.c wasn't handling nested PlaceHolderVars
properly.
In passing, push knowledge of lateral-reference checks for join clauses
into join_clause_is_movable_to. This is mainly so that FDWs don't need
to deal with it.
This patch doesn't fix the original join-qual-placement problem reported by
Jeremy Evans (and indeed, one of the new regression test cases shows the
wrong answer because of that). But the PlaceHolderVar problems need to be
fixed before that issue can be addressed, so committing this separately
seems reasonable.
The planner logic that attempted to make a preliminary estimate of the
ph_needed levels for PlaceHolderVars seems to be completely broken by
lateral references. Fortunately, the potential join order optimization
that this code supported seems to be of relatively little value in
practice; so let's just get rid of it rather than trying to fix it.
Getting rid of this allows fairly substantial simplifications in
placeholder.c, too, so planning in such cases should be a bit faster.
Issue noted while pursuing bugs reported by Jeremy Evans and Antonin
Houska, though this doesn't in itself fix either of their reported cases.
What this does do is prevent an Assert crash in the kind of query
illustrated by the added regression test. (I'm not sure that the plan for
that query is stable enough across platforms to be usable as a regression
test output ... but we'll soon find out from the buildfarm.)
Back-patch to 9.3. The problem case can't arise without LATERAL, so
no need to touch older branches.
We've seen multiple cases of people looking at the postmaster's original
stderr output to try to diagnose problems, not realizing/remembering that
their logging configuration is set up to send log messages somewhere else.
This seems particularly likely to happen in prepackaged distributions,
since many packagers patch the code to change the factory-standard logging
configuration to something more in line with their platform conventions.
In hopes of reducing confusion, emit a LOG message about this at the point
in startup where we are about to switch log output away from the original
stderr, providing a pointer to where to look instead. This message will
appear as the last thing in the original stderr output. (We might later
also try to emit such link messages when logging parameters are changed
on-the-fly; but that case seems to be both noticeably harder to do nicely,
and much less frequently a problem in practice.)
Per discussion, back-patch to 9.3 but not further.
Formerly, query_planner returned one or possibly two Paths for the topmost
join relation, so that grouping_planner didn't see the join RelOptInfo
(at least not directly; it didn't have any hesitation about examining
cheapest_path->parent, though). However, correct selection of the Paths
involved a significant amount of coupling between query_planner and
grouping_planner, a problem which has gotten worse over time. It seems
best to give up on this API choice and instead return the topmost
RelOptInfo explicitly. Then grouping_planner can pull out the Paths it
wants from the rel's path list. In this way we can remove all knowledge
of grouping behaviors from query_planner.
The only real benefit of the old way is that in the case of an empty
FROM clause, we never made any RelOptInfos at all, just a Path. Now
we have to gin up a dummy RelOptInfo to represent the empty FROM clause.
That's not a very big deal though.
While at it, simplify query_planner's API a bit more by having the caller
set up root->tuple_fraction and root->limit_tuples, rather than passing
those values as separate parameters. Since query_planner no longer does
anything with either value, requiring it to fill the PlannerInfo fields
seemed pretty arbitrary.
This patch just rearranges code; it doesn't (intentionally) change any
behaviors. Followup patches will do more interesting things.
My tweak of these error messages in commit c359a1b082 contained the
thinko that a query would always have rowMarks set for a query
containing a locking clause. Not so: when declaring a cursor, for
instance, rowMarks isn't set at the point we're checking, so we'd be
dereferencing a NULL pointer.
The fix is to pass the lock strength to the function raising the error,
instead of trying to reverse-engineer it. The result not only is more
robust, but it also seems cleaner overall.
Per report from Robert Haas.
We now use MVCC catalog scans, and, per discussion, have eliminated
all other remaining uses of SnapshotNow, so that we can now get rid of
it. This will break third-party code which is still using it, which
is intentional, as we want such code to be updated to do things the
new way.
As pointed out by Tom Lane, we can allow other users of the error
handler callbacks to provide their own memory context by adding
the context to use to ErrorData and using that instead of explicitly
using ErrorContext.
This then allows GetErrorContextStack() to be called from inside
exception handlers, so modify plpgsql to take advantage of that and
add an associated regression test for it.
plpgsql often just remembers SPI-result tuple tables in local variables,
and has no mechanism for freeing them if an ereport(ERROR) causes an escape
out of the execution function whose local variable it is. In the original
coding, that wasn't a problem because the tuple table would be cleaned up
when the function's SPI context went away during transaction abort.
However, once plpgsql grew the ability to trap exceptions, repeated
trapping of errors within a function could result in significant
intra-function-call memory leakage, as illustrated in bug #8279 from
Chad Wagner.
We could fix this locally in plpgsql with a bunch of PG_TRY/PG_CATCH
coding, but that would be tedious, probably slow, and prone to bugs of
omission; moreover it would do nothing for similar risks elsewhere.
What seems like a better plan is to make SPI itself responsible for
freeing tuple tables at subtransaction abort. This patch attacks the
problem that way, keeping a list of live tuple tables within each SPI
function context. Currently, such freeing is automatic for tuple tables
made within the failed subtransaction. We might later add a SPI call to
mark a tuple table as not to be freed this way, allowing callers to opt
out; but until someone exhibits a clear use-case for such behavior, it
doesn't seem worth bothering.
A very useful side-effect of this change is that SPI_freetuptable() can
now defend itself against bad calls, such as duplicate free requests;
this should make things more robust in many places. (In particular,
this reduces the risks involved if a third-party extension contains
now-redundant SPI_freetuptable() calls in error cleanup code.)
Even though the leakage problem is of long standing, it seems imprudent
to back-patch this into stable branches, since it does represent an API
semantics change for SPI users. We'll patch this in 9.3, but live with
the leakage in older branches.
This adds the ability to get the call stack as a string from within a
PL/PgSQL function, which can be handy for logging to a table, or to
include in a useful message to an end-user.
Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Rushabh Lathia and rather heavily whacked
around by Stephen Frost.
Previously one had to use slist_delete(), implying an additional scan of
the list, making this infrastructure considerably less efficient than
traditional Lists when deletion of element(s) in a long list is needed.
Modify the slist_foreach_modify() macro to support deleting the current
element in O(1) time, by keeping a "prev" pointer in addition to "cur"
and "next". Although this makes iteration with this macro a bit slower,
no real harm is done, since in any scenario where you're not going to
delete the current list element you might as well just use slist_foreach
instead. Improve the comments about when to use each macro.
Back-patch to 9.3 so that we'll have consistent semantics in all branches
that provide ilist.h. Note this is an ABI break for callers of
slist_foreach_modify().
Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Use of this function has spread into the parser and rewriter, so it seems
like time to pull it out of the optimizer and put it into the more central
nodeFuncs module. This eliminates the need to #include optimizer/clauses.h
in most of the calling files, demonstrating that this function was indeed a
bit outside the normal code reference patterns.
It's possible to drop a column from an input table of a JOIN clause in a
view, if that column is nowhere actually referenced in the view. But it
will still be there in the JOIN clause's joinaliasvars list. We used to
replace such entries with NULL Const nodes, which is handy for generation
of RowExpr expansion of a whole-row reference to the view. The trouble
with that is that it can't be distinguished from the situation after
subquery pull-up of a constant subquery output expression below the JOIN.
Instead, replace such joinaliasvars with null pointers (empty expression
trees), which can't be confused with pulled-up expressions. expandRTE()
still emits the old convention, though, for convenience of RowExpr
generation and to reduce the risk of breaking extension code.
In HEAD and 9.3, this patch also fixes a problem with some new code in
ruleutils.c that was failing to cope with implicitly-casted joinaliasvars
entries, as per recent report from Feike Steenbergen. That oversight was
because of an inadequate description of the data structure in parsenodes.h,
which I've now corrected. There were some pre-existing oversights of the
same ilk elsewhere, which I believe are now all fixed.
In commit 0ac5ad5134 I changed some error messages from "FOR
UPDATE/SHARE" to a rather long gobbledygook which nobody liked. Then,
in commit cb9b66d31 I changed them again, but the alternative chosen
there was deemed suboptimal by Peter Eisentraut, who in message
1373937980.20441.8.camel@vanquo.pezone.net proposed an alternative
involving a dynamically-constructed string based on the actual locking
strength specified in the SQL command. This patch implements that
suggestion.
Per discussion on pgsql-hackers, these aren't really needed. Interim
versions of the background worker patch had the worker starting with
signals already unblocked, which would have made this necessary.
But the final version does not, so we don't really need it; and it
doesn't work well with the new facility for starting dynamic background
workers, so just rip it out.
Also per discussion on pgsql-hackers, back-patch this change to 9.3.
It's best to get the API break out of the way before we do an
official release of this facility, to avoid more pain for extension
authors later.
Previously, these functions took a HeapTupleHeader, but upcoming
patches for logical replication will introduce new a new snapshot
type under which the tuple's TID will be used to lookup (CMIN, CMAX)
for visibility determination purposes. This makes that information
available. Code churn is minimal since HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility
took the HeapTuple anyway, and deferenced it before calling the
satisfies function.
Independently of logical replication, this allows t_tableOid and
t_self to be cross-checked via assertions in tqual.c. This seems
like a useful way to make sure that all callers are setting these
values properly, which has been previously put forward as
desirable.
Andres Freund, reviewed by Álvaro Herrera
Future patches are expected to introduce logical replication that
works by decoding WAL. WAL contains relfilenodes rather than relation
OIDs, so this infrastructure will be needed to find the relation OID
based on WAL contents.
If logical replication does not make it into this release, we probably
should consider reverting this, since it will add some overhead to DDL
operations that create new relations. One additional index insert per
pg_class row is not a large overhead, but it's more than zero.
Another way of meeting the needs of logical replication would be to
the relation OID to WAL, but that would burden DML operations, not
only DDL.
Andres Freund, with some changes by me. Design review, in earlier
versions, by Álvaro Herrera.
The new JSON API uses a bit of an unusual typedef scheme, where for
example OkeysState is a pointer to okeysState. And that's not applied
consistently either. Change that to the more usual PostgreSQL style
where struct typedefs are upper case, and use pointers explicitly.
For simple views which are automatically updatable, this patch allows
the user to specify what level of checking should be done on records
being inserted or updated. For 'LOCAL CHECK', new tuples are validated
against the conditionals of the view they are being inserted into, while
for 'CASCADED CHECK' the new tuples are validated against the
conditionals for all views involved (from the top down).
This option is part of the SQL specification.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
This is more efficient and simpler . It does mean that an untyped NULL
can no longer be used in such cases, which should be mentioned in
Release Notes, but doesn't seem a terrible loss. The workaround is to
cast the NULL to some array type.
Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Jeevan Chalke.
On HPPA, implement pg_memory_barrier() as pg_compiler_barrier(), which
should be correct since this arch doesn't do memory access reordering,
and is anyway better than the completely-nonfunctional-on-this-arch
dummy_spinlock code. (But note this patch only fixes things for gcc,
not for builds with HP's compiler.)
Also, fix incorrect default definition of pg_memory_barrier as a macro
requiring an argument.
Also, fix incorrect spelling of "#elif" as "#else if" in icc code path
(spotted by pgindent).
This doesn't come close to fixing all of the functional and stylistic
deficiencies in barrier.h, but at least it un-breaks my personal build.
Now that we're actually using barriers in the code, this file is going
to need some serious attention.
This is SQL-standard with a few extensions, namely support for
subqueries and outer references in clause expressions.
catversion bump due to change in Aggref and WindowFunc.
David Fetter, reviewed by Dean Rasheed.
This allows reads to continue without any blocking while a REFRESH
runs. The new data appears atomically as part of transaction
commit.
Review questioned the Assert that a matview was not a system
relation. This will be addressed separately.
Reviewed by Hitoshi Harada, Robert Haas, Andres Freund.
Merged after review with security patch f3ab5d4.
There is a new API, RegisterDynamicBackgroundWorker, which allows
an ordinary user backend to register a new background writer during
normal running. This means that it's no longer necessary for all
background workers to be registered during processing of
shared_preload_libraries, although the option of registering workers
at that time remains available.
When a background worker exits and will not be restarted, the
slot previously used by that background worker is automatically
released and becomes available for reuse. Slots used by background
workers that are configured for automatic restart can't (yet) be
released without shutting down the system.
This commit adds a new source file, bgworker.c, and moves some
of the existing control logic for background workers there.
Previously, there was little enough logic that it made sense to
keep everything in postmaster.c, but not any more.
This commit also makes the worker_spi contrib module into an
extension and adds a new function, worker_spi_launch, which can
be used to demonstrate the new facility.
This is like shared_preload_libraries except that it takes effect at
backend start and can be changed without a full postmaster restart. It
is like local_preload_libraries except that it is still only settable by
a superuser. This can be a better way to load modules such as
auto_explain.
Since there are now three preload parameters, regroup the documentation
a bit. Put all parameters into one section, explain common
functionality only once, update the descriptions to reflect current and
future realities.
Reviewed-by: Dimitri Fontaine <dimitri@2ndQuadrant.fr>
Itanium doesn't have the mfence instruction - that's a 386 thing. Use the
"mf" instruction instead.
This reverts the previous commit to add "#include <emmintrinsic.h>"; the
problem was not with a missing #include.
This patch replaces WALInsertLock with a number of WAL insertion slots,
allowing multiple backends to insert WAL records to the WAL buffers
concurrently. This is particularly useful for parallel loading large amounts
of data on a system with many CPUs.
This has one user-visible change: switching to a new WAL segment with
pg_switch_xlog() now fills the remaining unused portion of the segment with
zeros. This potentially adds some overhead, but it has been a very common
practice by DBA's to clear the "tail" of the segment with an external
pg_clearxlogtail utility anyway, to make the WAL files compress better.
With this patch, it's no longer necessary to do that.
This patch adds a new GUC, xloginsert_slots, to tune the number of WAL
insertion slots. Performance testing suggests that the default, 8, works
pretty well for all kinds of worklods, but I left the GUC in place to allow
others with different hardware to test that easily. We might want to remove
that before release.
Reviewed by Andres Freund.
This function is more efficient than actually writing out zeroes to
the new file, per microbenchmarks by Jon Nelson. Also, it may reduce
the likelihood of WAL file fragmentation.
Jon Nelson, with review by Andres Freund, Greg Smith and me.
This value, now pg_stat_all_tables.n_mod_since_analyze, was already
tracked and used by autovacuum, but not exposed to the user.
Mark Kirkwood, review by Laurenz Albe
Commit 263865a489 switched tuplesort.c and
tuplestore.c variables representing memory usage from type "long" to
type "Size". This was unnecessary; I thought doing so avoided overflow
scenarios on 64-bit Windows, but guc.c already limited work_mem so as to
prevent the overflow. It was also incomplete, not touching the logic
that assumed a signed data type. Change the affected variables to
"int64". This is perfect for 64-bit platforms, and it reduces the need
to contemplate platform-specific overflow scenarios. It also puts us
close to being able to support work_mem over 2 GiB on 64-bit Windows.
Per report from Andres Freund.
In 9.3, there's no particular limit on the number of bgworkers;
instead, we just count up the number that are actually registered,
and use that to set MaxBackends. However, that approach causes
problems for Hot Standby, which needs both MaxBackends and the
size of the lock table to be the same on the standby as on the
master, yet it may not be desirable to run the same bgworkers in
both places. 9.3 handles that by failing to notice the problem,
which will probably work fine in nearly all cases anyway, but is
not theoretically sound.
A further problem with simply counting the number of registered
workers is that new workers can't be registered without a
postmaster restart. This is inconvenient for administrators,
since bouncing the postmaster causes an interruption of service.
Moreover, there are a number of applications for background
processes where, by necessity, the background process must be
started on the fly (e.g. parallel query). While this patch
doesn't actually make it possible to register new background
workers after startup time, it's a necessary prerequisite.
Patch by me. Review by Michael Paquier.
Treat TOAST index just the same as normal one and get the OID
of TOAST index from pg_index but not pg_class.reltoastidxid.
This change allows us to handle multiple TOAST indexes, and
which is required infrastructure for upcoming
REINDEX CONCURRENTLY feature.
Patch by Michael Paquier, reviewed by Andres Freund and me.
To that end, support tags rather than lengths for external datums.
As an example of how this can be used, add support or "indirect"
tuples which point to some externally allocated memory containing
a toast tuple. Similar infrastructure could be used for other
purposes, including, perhaps, support for alternative compression
algorithms.
Andres Freund, reviewed by Hitoshi Harada and myself
SnapshotNow scans have the undesirable property that, in the face of
concurrent updates, the scan can fail to see either the old or the new
versions of the row. In many cases, we work around this by requiring
DDL operations to hold AccessExclusiveLock on the object being
modified; in some cases, the existing locking is inadequate and random
failures occur as a result. This commit doesn't change anything
related to locking, but will hopefully pave the way to allowing lock
strength reductions in the future.
The major issue has held us back from making this change in the past
is that taking an MVCC snapshot is significantly more expensive than
using a static special snapshot such as SnapshotNow. However, testing
of various worst-case scenarios reveals that this problem is not
severe except under fairly extreme workloads. To mitigate those
problems, we avoid retaking the MVCC snapshot for each new scan;
instead, we take a new snapshot only when invalidation messages have
been processed. The catcache machinery already requires that
invalidation messages be sent before releasing the related heavyweight
lock; else other backends might rely on locally-cached data rather
than scanning the catalog at all. Thus, making snapshot reuse
dependent on the same guarantees shouldn't break anything that wasn't
already subtly broken.
Patch by me. Review by Michael Paquier and Andres Freund.
This results in a slightly less specific error message when OVER
is used in a context where we don't accept window functions, but
per discussion, it's worth it to get the benefit of not needing
to reserve this keyword any more. This same refactoring will
also let us avoid reserving some other keywords that we expect
to add in upcoming patches (specifically, IGNORE, RESPECT, and
FILTER).
Troels Nielsen, with minor changes by me
In some cases, the use of these macros may be preferable to Assert()
or AssertMacro(), since this way the caller can set the trap message.
Andres Freund and Robert Haas
The MaxAllocSize guard is convenient for most callers, because it
reduces the need for careful attention to overflow, data type selection,
and the SET_VARSIZE() limit. A handful of callers are happy to navigate
those hazards in exchange for the ability to allocate a larger chunk.
Introduce MemoryContextAllocHuge() and repalloc_huge(). Use this in
tuplesort.c and tuplestore.c, enabling internal sorts of up to INT_MAX
tuples, a factor-of-48 increase. In particular, B-tree index builds can
now benefit from much-larger maintenance_work_mem settings.
Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Simon Riggs and Jeff Janes.
Valgrind "client requests" in aset.c and mcxt.c teach Valgrind and its
Memcheck tool about the PostgreSQL allocator. This makes Valgrind
roughly as sensitive to memory errors involving palloc chunks as it is
to memory errors involving malloc chunks. Further client requests in
PageAddItem() and printtup() verify that all bits being added to a
buffer page or furnished to an output function are predictably-defined.
Those tests catch failures of C-language functions to fully initialize
the bits of a Datum, which in turn stymie optimizations that rely on
_equalConst(). Define the USE_VALGRIND symbol in pg_config_manual.h to
enable these additions. An included "suppression file" silences nominal
errors we don't plan to fix.
Reviewed in earlier versions by Peter Geoghegan and Korry Douglas.
GNU gettext selects a default encoding for the messages it emits in a
platform-specific manner; it uses the Windows ANSI code page on Windows
and follows LC_CTYPE on other platforms. This is inconvenient for
PostgreSQL server processes, so realize consistent cross-platform
behavior by calling bind_textdomain_codeset() on Windows each time we
permanently change LC_CTYPE. This primarily affects SQL_ASCII databases
and processes like the postmaster that do not attach to a database,
making their behavior consistent with PostgreSQL on non-Windows
platforms. Messages from SQL_ASCII databases use the encoding implied
by the database LC_CTYPE, and messages from non-database processes use
LC_CTYPE from the postmaster system environment. PlatformEncoding
becomes unused, so remove it.
Make write_console() prefer WriteConsoleW() to write() regardless of the
encodings in use. In this situation, write() will invariably mishandle
non-ASCII characters.
elog.c has assumed that messages conform to the database encoding.
While usually true, this does not hold for SQL_ASCII and MULE_INTERNAL.
Introduce MessageEncoding to track the actual encoding of message text.
The present consumers are Windows-specific code for converting messages
to UTF16 for use in system interfaces. This fixes the appearance in
Windows event logs and consoles of translated messages from SQL_ASCII
processes like the postmaster. Note that SQL_ASCII inherently disclaims
a strong notion of encoding, so non-ASCII byte sequences interpolated
into messages by %s may yet yield a nonsensical message. MULE_INTERNAL
has similar problems at present, albeit for a different reason: its lack
of libiconv support or a conversion to UTF8.
Consequently, one need no longer restart Windows with a different
Windows ANSI code page to broadly test backend logging under a given
language. Changing the user's locale ("Format") is enough. Several
accounts can simultaneously run postmasters under different locales, all
correctly logging localized messages to Windows event logs and consoles.
Alexander Law and Noah Misch
In some cases with higher numbers of subtransactions
it was possible for us to incorrectly initialize
subtrans leading to complaints of missing pages.
Bug report by Sergey Konoplev
Analysis and fix by Andres Freund
MarkBufferDirtyHint() writes WAL, and should know if it's got a
standard buffer or not. Currently, the only callers where buffer_std
is false are related to the FSM.
In passing, rename XLOG_HINT to XLOG_FPI, which is more descriptive.
Back-patch to 9.3.
This is just neatnik-ism, since all the tests in the code are #ifdefs,
but we shouldn't specify symbols as "Define to 1 ..." and then not
actually define them that way.
SP-GiST's original scheme for avoiding deadlocks during concurrent index
insertions doesn't work, as per report from Hailong Li, and there isn't any
evident way to make it work completely. We could possibly lock individual
inner tuples instead of their whole pages, but preliminary experimentation
suggests that the performance penalty would be huge. Instead, if we fail
to get a buffer lock while descending the tree, just restart the tree
descent altogether. We keep the old tuple positioning rules, though, in
hopes of reducing the number of cases where this can happen.
Teodor Sigaev, somewhat edited by Tom Lane
pg_filedump and other external utility programs are likely to want to be
able to check Postgres page checksums. To avoid messy duplication of code,
move the checksumming functionality into an exported header file, much as
we did awhile back for the CRC code.
In passing, get rid of an unportable assumption that a static char[] array
will be word-aligned, and do some other minor code beautification.
Extend the FDW API (which we already changed for 9.3) so that an FDW can
report whether specific foreign tables are insertable/updatable/deletable.
The default assumption continues to be that they're updatable if the
relevant executor callback function is supplied by the FDW, but finer
granularity is now possible. As a test case, add an "updatable" option to
contrib/postgres_fdw.
This patch also fixes the information_schema views, which previously did
not think that foreign tables were ever updatable, and fixes
view_is_auto_updatable() so that a view on a foreign table can be
auto-updatable.
initdb forced due to changes in information_schema views and the functions
they rely on. This is a bit unfortunate to do post-beta1, but if we don't
change this now then we'll have another API break for FDWs when we do
change it.
Dean Rasheed, somewhat editorialized on by Tom Lane
Use the same gcc atomic functions as we do on newer ARM chips.
(Basically this is a copy and paste of the __arm__ code block,
but omitting the SWPB option since that definitely won't work.)
Back-patch to 9.2. The patch would work further back, but we'd also
need to update config.guess/config.sub in older branches to make them
build out-of-the-box, and there hasn't been demand for it.
Mark Salter
This reverts commit a475c60367.
Erik Rijkers reported back in January 2013 that after the patch, if you do
"pg_dump -t myschema.mytable" to dump a single table, and restore that in
a database where myschema does not exist, the table is silently created in
pg_catalog instead. That is because pg_dump uses
"SET search_path=myschema, pg_catalog" to set schema the table is created
in. While allow_system_table_mods is not a very elegant solution to this,
we can't leave it as it is, so for now, revert it back to the way it was
previously.
What we have implemented is a radix tree (or a radix trie or a patricia
trie), but the docs and code comments incorrectly called it a "suffix tree".
Alexander Korotkov
Previously this state was represented by whether the view's disk file had
zero or nonzero size, which is problematic for numerous reasons, since it's
breaking a fundamental assumption about heap storage. This was done to
allow unlogged matviews to revert to unpopulated status after a crash
despite our lack of any ability to update catalog entries post-crash.
However, this poses enough risk of future problems that it seems better to
not support unlogged matviews until we can find another way. Accordingly,
revert that choice as well as a number of existing kluges forced by it
in favor of creating a pg_class.relispopulated flag column.
This patch gets rid of the concept of, and infrastructure for,
non-canonical PathKeys; we now only ever create canonical pathkey lists.
The need for non-canonical pathkeys came from the desire to have
grouping_planner initialize query_pathkeys and related pathkey lists before
calling query_planner. However, since query_planner didn't actually *do*
anything with those lists before they'd been made canonical, we can get rid
of the whole mess by just not creating the lists at all until the point
where we formerly canonicalized them.
There are several ways in which we could implement that without making
query_planner itself deal with grouping/sorting features (which are
supposed to be the province of grouping_planner). I chose to add a
callback function to query_planner's API; other alternatives would have
required adding more fields to PlannerInfo, which while not bad in itself
would create an ABI break for planner-related plugins in the 9.2 release
series. This still breaks ABI for anything that calls query_planner
directly, but it seems somewhat unlikely that there are any such plugins.
I had originally conceived of this change as merely a step on the way to
fixing bug #8049 from Teun Hoogendoorn; but it turns out that this fixes
that bug all by itself, as per the added regression test. The reason is
that now get_eclass_for_sort_expr is adding the ORDER BY expression at the
end of EquivalenceClass creation not the start, and so anything that is in
a multi-member EquivalenceClass has already been created with correct
em_nullable_relids. I am suspicious that there are related scenarios in
which we still need to teach get_eclass_for_sort_expr to compute correct
nullable_relids, but am not eager to risk destabilizing either 9.2 or 9.3
to fix bugs that are only hypothetical. So for the moment, do this and
stop here.
Back-patch to 9.2 but not to earlier branches, since they don't exhibit
this bug for lack of join-clause-movement logic that depends on
em_nullable_relids being correct. (We might have to revisit that choice
if any related bugs turn up.) In 9.2, don't change the signature of
make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses nor remove canonicalize_pathkeys, so as
not to risk more plugin breakage than we have to.
Isolate checksum calculation to its own module, so that bufpage
knows little if anything about the details of the calculation.
This implementation is a modified FNV-1a hash checksum, details
of which are given in the new checksum.c header comments.
Basic implementation only, so we fix the output value.
Later related commits will add version numbers to pg_control,
compiler optimization flags and memory barriers.
Ants Aasma, reviewed by Jeff Davis and Simon Riggs
Choose a saner ordering of parameters (adding a new input param after
the output params seemed a bit random), update the function's header
comment to match reality (cmon folks, is this really that hard?),
get rid of useless and sloppily-defined distinction between
PROCESS_UTILITY_SUBCOMMAND and PROCESS_UTILITY_GENERATED.
Move checking for unscannable matviews into ExecOpenScanRelation, which is
a better place for it first because the open relation is already available
(saving a relcache lookup cycle), and second because this eliminates the
problem of telling the difference between rangetable entries that will or
will not be scanned by the query. In particular we can get rid of the
not-terribly-well-thought-out-or-implemented isResultRel field that the
initial matviews patch added to RangeTblEntry.
Also get rid of entirely unnecessary scannability check in the rewriter,
and a bogus decision about whether RefreshMatViewStmt requires a parse-time
snapshot.
catversion bump due to removal of a RangeTblEntry field, which changes
stored rules.
In most cases, these were just references to the SQL standard in
general. In a few cases, a contrast was made between SQL92 and later
standards -- those have been kept unchanged.
This saves some memory from each index relcache entry. At least on a 64-bit
machine, it saves just enough to shrink a typical relcache entry's memory
usage from 2k to 1k. That's nice if you have a lot of backends and a lot of
indexes.
Revert the matview-related changes in explain.c's API, as per recent
complaint from Robert Haas. The reason for these appears to have been
principally some ill-considered choices around having intorel_startup do
what ought to be parse-time checking, plus a poor arrangement for passing
it the view parsetree it needs to store into pg_rewrite when creating a
materialized view. Do the latter by having parse analysis stick a copy
into the IntoClause, instead of doing it at runtime. (On the whole,
I seriously question the choice to represent CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW as a
variant of SELECT INTO/CREATE TABLE AS, because that means injecting even
more complexity into what was already a horrid legacy kluge. However,
I didn't go so far as to rethink that choice ... yet.)
I also moved several error checks into matview parse analysis, and
made the check for external Params in a matview more accurate.
In passing, clean things up a bit more around interpretOidsOption(),
and fix things so that we can use that to force no-oids for views,
sequences, etc, thereby eliminating the need to cons up "oids = false"
options when creating them.
catversion bump due to change in IntoClause. (I wonder though if we
really need readfuncs/outfuncs support for IntoClause anymore.)
The intent was that being populated would, long term, be just one
of the conditions which could affect whether a matview was
scannable; being populated should be necessary but not always
sufficient to scan the relation. Since only CREATE and REFRESH
currently determine the scannability, names and comments
accidentally conflated these concepts, leading to confusion.
Also add missing locking for the SQL function which allows a
test for scannability, and fix a modularity violatiion.
Per complaints from Tom Lane, although its not clear that these
will satisfy his concerns. Hopefully this will at least better
frame the discussion.
The materialized views patch adjusted ExplainOneQuery to take an
additional DestReceiver argument, but failed to add a matching
argument to the definition of ExplainOneQuery_hook. This is a
problem for users of the hook that want to call ExplainOnePlan.
Fix by adding the missing argument.
This works by extracting trigrams from the given regular expression,
in generally the same spirit as the previously-existing support for
LIKE searches, though of course the details are far more complicated.
Currently, only GIN indexes are supported. We might be able to make
it work with GiST indexes later.
The implementation includes adding API functions to backend/regex/
to provide a view of the search NFA created from a regular expression.
These functions are meant to be generic enough to be supportable in
a standalone version of the regex library, should that ever happen.
Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas and Tom Lane
We copy the buffer before inserting an XLOG_HINT to avoid WAL CRC errors
caused by concurrent hint writes to buffer while share locked. To make this work
we refactor RestoreBackupBlock() to allow an XLOG_HINT to avoid the normal
path for backup blocks, which assumes the underlying buffer is exclusive locked.
Resulting code completely changes layout of XLOG_HINT WAL records, but
this isn't even beta code, so this is a low impact change.
In passing, avoid taking WALInsertLock for full page writes on checksummed
hints, remove related cruft from XLogInsert() and improve xlog_desc record for
XLOG_HINT.
Andres Freund
Bug report by Fujii Masao, testing by Jeff Janes and Jaime Casanova,
review by Jeff Davis and Simon Riggs. Applied with changes from review
and some comment editing.
An oversight in commit e710b65c1c allowed
database names beginning with "-" to be treated as though they were secure
command-line switches; and this switch processing occurs before client
authentication, so that even an unprivileged remote attacker could exploit
the bug, needing only connectivity to the postmaster's port. Assorted
exploits for this are possible, some requiring a valid database login,
some not. The worst known problem is that the "-r" switch can be invoked
to redirect the process's stderr output, so that subsequent error messages
will be appended to any file the server can write. This can for example be
used to corrupt the server's configuration files, so that it will fail when
next restarted. Complete destruction of database tables is also possible.
Fix by keeping the database name extracted from a startup packet fully
separate from command-line switches, as had already been done with the
user name field.
The Postgres project thanks Mitsumasa Kondo for discovering this bug,
Kyotaro Horiguchi for drafting the fix, and Noah Misch for recognizing
the full extent of the danger.
Security: CVE-2013-1899
The pg_start_backup() and pg_stop_backup() functions checked the privileges
of the initially-authenticated user rather than the current user, which is
wrong. For example, a user-defined index function could successfully call
these functions when executed by ANALYZE within autovacuum. This could
allow an attacker with valid but low-privilege database access to interfere
with creation of routine backups. Reported and fixed by Noah Misch.
Security: CVE-2013-1901
The JSON parser is converted into a recursive descent parser, and
exposed for use by other modules such as extensions. The API provides
hooks for all the significant parser event such as the beginning and end
of objects and arrays, and providing functions to handle these hooks
allows for fairly simple construction of a wide variety of JSON
processing functions. A set of new basic processing functions and
operators is also added, which use this API, including operations to
extract array elements, object fields, get the length of arrays and the
set of keys of a field, deconstruct an object into a set of key/value
pairs, and create records from JSON objects and arrays of objects.
Catalog version bumped.
Andrew Dunstan, with some documentation assistance from Merlin Moncure.
This event takes place just before ddl_command_end, and is fired if and
only if at least one object has been dropped by the command. (For
instance, DROP TABLE IF EXISTS of a table that does not in fact exist
will not lead to such a trigger firing). Commands that drop multiple
objects (such as DROP SCHEMA or DROP OWNED BY) will cause a single event
to fire. Some firings might be surprising, such as
ALTER TABLE DROP COLUMN.
The trigger is fired after the drop has taken place, because that has
been deemed the safest design, to avoid exposing possibly-inconsistent
internal state (system catalogs as well as current transaction) to the
user function code. This means that careful tracking of object
identification is required during the object removal phase.
Like other currently existing events, there is support for tag
filtering.
To support the new event, add a new pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects()
set-returning function, which returns a set of rows comprising the
objects affected by the command. This is to be used within the user
function code, and is mostly modelled after the recently introduced
pg_identify_object() function.
Catalog version bumped due to the new function.
Dimitri Fontaine and Álvaro Herrera
Review by Robert Haas, Tom Lane
Checksums are set immediately prior to flush out of shared buffers
and checked when pages are read in again. Hint bit setting will
require full page write when block is dirtied, which causes various
infrastructure changes. Extensive comments, docs and README.
WARNING message thrown if checksum fails on non-all zeroes page;
ERROR thrown but can be disabled with ignore_checksum_failure = on.
Feature enabled by an initdb option, since transition from option off
to option on is long and complex and has not yet been implemented.
Default is not to use checksums.
Checksum used is WAL CRC-32 truncated to 16-bits.
Simon Riggs, Jeff Davis, Greg Smith
Wide input and assistance from many community members. Thank you.
I wasn't going to ship this without having at least some example of how
to do that. This version isn't terribly bright; in particular it won't
consider any combinations of multiple join clauses. Given the cost of
executing a remote EXPLAIN, I'm not sure we want to be very aggressive
about doing that, anyway.
In support of this, refactor generate_implied_equalities_for_indexcol
so that it can be used to extract equivalence clauses that aren't
necessarily tied to an index.
Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit
to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable
information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to
OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in
the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on;
but it has usefulness of its own.
Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
Remove use of PageSetTLI() from all page manipulation functions
and adjust README to indicate change in the way we make changes
to pages. Repurpose those bytes into the pd_checksum field and
explain how that works in comments about page header.
Refactoring ahead of actual feature patch which would make use
of the checksum field, arriving later.
Jeff Davis, with comments and doc changes by Simon Riggs
Direction suggested by Robert Haas; many others providing
review comments.
I had thought we weren't using this version of pqsignal() at all on
Windows, but that's wrong --- initdb is using it (and coping with the
POSIX-ish semantics of bare signal() :-(). So allow the file to be
built in WIN32+FRONTEND case, and add it to the MSVC build logic.
We had two copies of this function in the backend and libpq, which was
already pretty bogus, but it turns out that we need it in some other
programs that don't use libpq (such as pg_test_fsync). So put it where
it probably should have been all along. The signal-mask-initialization
support in src/backend/libpq/pqsignal.c stays where it is, though, since
we only need that in the backend.
This GUC allows limiting the time spent waiting to acquire any one
heavyweight lock.
In support of this, improve the recently-added timeout infrastructure
to permit efficiently enabling or disabling multiple timeouts at once.
That reduces the performance hit from turning on lock_timeout, though
it's still not zero.
Zoltán Böszörményi, reviewed by Tom Lane,
Stephen Frost, and Hari Babu
The planner sometimes inserts Result nodes to perform column projections
(ie, arbitrary scalar calculations) above plan nodes that lack projection
logic of their own. However, we did that even if the lower plan node was
in fact producing the required column set already; which is a pretty common
case given the popularity of "SELECT * FROM ...". Measurements show that
the useless plan node adds non-negligible overhead, especially when there
are many columns in the result. So add a check to avoid inserting a Result
node unless there's something useful for it to do.
There are a couple of remaining places where unnecessary Result nodes
could get inserted, but they are (a) much less performance-critical,
and (b) coded in such a way that it's hard to avoid inserting a Result,
because the desired tlist is changed on-the-fly in subsequent logic.
We'll leave those alone for now.
Kyotaro Horiguchi; reviewed and further hacked on by Amit Kapila and
Tom Lane.
The estimates are based on the existing lower bound histogram, and a new
histogram of range lengths.
Bump catversion, because the range length histogram now needs to be present
in statistic slot kind 6, or you get an error on @> and <@ queries. (A
re-ANALYZE would be enough to fix that, though)
Alexander Korotkov, with some refactoring by me.
This adds the following:
json_agg(anyrecord) -> json
to_json(any) -> json
hstore_to_json(hstore) -> json (also used as a cast)
hstore_to_json_loose(hstore) -> json
The last provides heuristic treatment of numbers and booleans.
Also, in json generation, if any non-builtin type has a cast to json,
that function is used instead of the type's output function.
Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Steve Singer.
Catalog version bumped.
This patch adds the core-system infrastructure needed to support updates
on foreign tables, and extends contrib/postgres_fdw to allow updates
against remote Postgres servers. There's still a great deal of room for
improvement in optimization of remote updates, but at least there's basic
functionality there now.
KaiGai Kohei, reviewed by Alexander Korotkov and Laurenz Albe, and rather
heavily revised by Tom Lane.
Instead of just reporting which user failed to log in, log both the
line number in the active pg_hba.conf file (which may not match reality
in case the file has been edited and not reloaded) and the contents of
the matching line (which will always be correct), to make it easier
to debug incorrect pg_hba.conf files.
The message to the client remains unchanged and does not include this
information, to prevent leaking security sensitive information.
Reviewed by Tom Lane and Dean Rasheed
If we were about to enter archive recovery after crash recovery, we scanned
the archive for the latest tli history file, and set the recovery target
timeline to that. However, when we actually tried to read the history file,
we would not fetch the file from the archive, because we were not in archive
recovery yet.
To fix, make readTimeLineHistory and existsTimeLineHistory to always fetch
the file from archive if archive recovery is requested, even if we're not in
archive recovery yet.
Backpatch to 9.2. Mitsumasa KONDO
This saves several catalog lookups per reference. It's not all that
exciting right now, because we'd managed to minimize the number of places
that need to fetch the data; but the upcoming writable-foreign-tables patch
needs this info in a lot more places.
formatting.c used locale-dependent case folding rules in some code paths
where the result isn't supposed to be locale-dependent, for example
to_char(timestamp, 'DAY'). Since the source data is always just ASCII
in these cases, that usually didn't matter ... but it does matter in
Turkish locales, which have unusual treatment of "i" and "I". To confuse
matters even more, the misbehavior was only visible in UTF8 encoding,
because in single-byte encodings we used pg_toupper/pg_tolower which
don't have locale-specific behavior for ASCII characters. Fix by providing
intentionally ASCII-only case-folding functions and using these where
appropriate. Per bug #7913 from Adnan Dursun. Back-patch to all active
branches, since it's been like this for a long time.
A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and
other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to
populate the table, references in queries refer to the
materialized data.
This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in
many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements.
It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates
with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining
what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even
be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of
references to underlying tables, but that requires the other
above-mentioned features to be working first.
Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas.
Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja
Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to
implement sepgsql still pending.
Also make sure other fields of the view's pg_class entry are appropriate
for a view; it shouldn't have relfrozenxid set for instance.
This ancient omission isn't believed to have any serious consequences in
versions 8.4-9.2, so no backpatch. But let's fix it before it does bite
us in some serious way. It's just luck that the case doesn't cause
problems for autovacuum. (It did cause problems in 8.3, but that's out
of support.)
Andres Freund
fmgr_sql had been designed on the assumption that the FmgrInfo it's called
with has only query lifespan. This is demonstrably unsafe in connection
with range types, as shown in bug #7881 from Andrew Gierth. Fix things
so that we re-generate the function's cache data if the (sub)transaction
it was made in is no longer active.
Back-patch to 9.2. This might be needed further back, but it's not clear
whether the case can realistically arise without range types, so for now
I'll desist from back-patching further.
This includes backend "COPY TO/FROM PROGRAM '...'" syntax, and corresponding
psql \copy syntax. Like with reading/writing files, the backend version is
superuser-only, and in the psql version, the program is run in the client.
In the passing, the psql \copy STDIN/STDOUT syntax is subtly changed: if you
the stdin/stdout is quoted, it's now interpreted as a filename. For example,
"\copy foo from 'stdin'" now reads from a file called 'stdin', not from
standard input. Before this, there was no way to specify a filename called
stdin, stdout, pstdin or pstdout.
This creates a new function in pgport, wait_result_to_str(), which can
be used to convert the exit status of a process, as returned by wait(3),
to a human-readable string.
Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Amit Kapila.
This program relies on rm_desc backend routines and the xlogreader
infrastructure to emit human-readable rendering of WAL records.
Author: Andres Freund, with many reworks by Álvaro
Reviewed (in a much earlier version) by Peter Eisentraut
This enables non-backend code, such as pg_xlogdump, to use it easily.
The previous location, in src/backend/catalog/catalog.c, made that
essentially impossible because that file depends on many backend-only
facilities; so this needs to live separately.
It needs to be defined in the backend even when assertions are not
enabled. It's cleaner to put it back, than create a separate #ifdef
section in c.h.
Per trouble report from Jeff Janes
We now write one file per database and one global file, instead of
having the whole thing in a single huge file. This reduces the I/O that
must be done when partial data is required -- which is all the time,
because each process only needs information on its own database anyway.
Also, the autovacuum launcher does not need data about tables and
functions in each database; having the global stats for all DBs is
enough.
Catalog version bumped because we have a new subdir under PGDATA.
Author: Tomas Vondra. Some rework by Álvaro
Testing by Jeff Janes
Other discussion by Heikki Linnakangas, Tom Lane.
This generalizes the existing ALTER ROLE ... SET and ALTER DATABASE
... SET functionality to allow creating settings that apply to all users
in all databases.
reviewed by Pavel Stehule
This is a forward-patch of commit 6f4b8a4f4f,
applied to 9.2 back in August. The plan was to do something else in master,
but it looks like it's not going to happen, so let's just apply the 9.2
solution to master as well.
Fujii Masao
Currently it's only possible for loadable modules to get control during
post-commit cleanup of a transaction. That doesn't work too well if they
want to do something that could throw an error; for example, an FDW might
need to issue a remote commit, which could well fail. To improve matters,
extend the existing APIs for XactCallback and SubXactCallback functions
to provide new pre-commit events for this purpose.
The release notes will need to mention that existing callback functions
should be checked to make sure they don't do something unwanted when one
of the new event types occurs. In the examples within our source tree,
contrib/sepgsql was fine but plpgsql had been a bit too cute.
Revert commit ab0f7b6089 (in HEAD only)
in favor of the proper solution, which is to declare enum_recv() correctly
in the system catalogs. It should be declared to take type "internal"
not "cstring".
Also improve the type_sanity regression test, which should have caught
this typo, so that it actually would. Most of the relevant checks on
the signature of type I/O functions should not have been restricted to
basetypes/pseudotypes, as they should apply to any type's I/O functions.
libpgcommon is a new static library to allow sharing code among the
various frontend programs and backend; this lets us eliminate duplicate
implementations of common routines. We avoid libpgport, because that's
intended as a place for porting issues; per discussion, it seems better
to keep them separate.
The first use case, and the only implemented by this patch, is pg_malloc
and friends, which many frontend programs were already using.
At the same time, we can use this to provide palloc emulation functions
for the frontend; this way, some palloc-using files in the backend can
also be used by the frontend cleanly. To do this, we change palloc() in
the backend to be a function instead of a macro on top of
MemoryContextAlloc(). This was previously believed to cause loss of
performance, but this implementation has been tweaked by Tom and Andres
so that on modern compilers it provides a slight improvement over the
previous one.
This lets us clean up some places that were already with
localized hacks.
Most of the pg_malloc/palloc changes in this patch were authored by
Andres Freund. Zoltán Böszörményi also independently provided a form of
that. libpgcommon infrastructure was authored by Álvaro.
The reason this wasn't supported before was that GiST indexes need an
increasing sequence to detect concurrent page-splits. In a regular WAL-
logged GiST index, the LSN of the page-split record is used for that
purpose, and in a temporary index, we can get away with a backend-local
counter. Neither of those methods works for an unlogged relation.
To provide such an increasing sequence of numbers, create a "fake LSN"
counter that is saved and restored across shutdowns. On recovery, unlogged
relations are blown away, so the counter doesn't need to survive that
either.
Jeevan Chalke, based on discussions with Robert Haas, Tom Lane and me.
This isn't used for anything but a sanity check at the moment, but it could
be highly valuable for debugging purposes. It could also be used to recreate
timeline history by traversing WAL, which seems useful.
Improve comments, rename some variables and functions, slightly simplify
a couple of APIs, in an attempt to make this code readable by people other
than its original author.
Even though this is essentially just cosmetic, back-patch to all active
branches, because otherwise it's going to make back-patching future fixes
in this file very painful.
When considering a non-last column in a multi-column GiST index,
gistsplit.c tries to improve on the split chosen by the opclass-specific
pickSplit function by considering penalties for the next column. However,
there were two bugs in this code: it failed to recompute the union keys for
the leftmost index columns, even though these might well change after
reassigning tuples; and it included the old union keys in the recomputation
for the columns it did recompute, so that those keys couldn't get smaller
even if they should. The first problem could result in an invalid index
in which searches wouldn't find index entries that are in fact present;
the second would make the index less efficient to search.
Both of these errors were caused by misuse of gistMakeUnionItVec, whose
API was designed in a way that just begged such errors to be made. There
is no situation in which it's safe or useful to compute the union keys for
a subset of the index columns, and there is no caller that wants any
previous union keys to be included in the computation; so the undocumented
choice to treat the union keys as in/out rather than pure output parameters
is a waste of code as well as being dangerous.
Hence, rather than just making a minimal patch, I've changed the API of
gistMakeUnionItVec to remove the "startkey" parameter (it now always
processes all index columns) and treat the attr/isnull arrays as purely
output parameters.
In passing, also get rid of a couple of unnecessary and dangerous uses
of static variables in gistutil.c. It's remarkable that the one in
gistMakeUnionKey hasn't given us portability troubles before now, because
in addition to posing a re-entrancy hazard, it was unsafely assuming that
a static char[] array would have at least Datum alignment.
Per investigation of a trouble report from Tomas Vondra. (There are also
some bugs in contrib/btree_gist to be fixed, but that seems like material
for a separate patch.) Back-patch to all supported branches.
The new rmgrlist.h header, containing all necessary data
about built-in resource managers, allows other pieces of code to
access them.
In particular, this allows a future pg_xlogdump program to extract
rm_desc function pointers, without having to keep a duplicate list of
them.
This way, they can be used by frontend and backend code. We already
supported that, but doing it this way allows us to mix true frontend
files with backend files compiled in frontend environment.
Author: Andres Freund
exec_simple_check_plan and exec_eval_simple_expr attempted to call
GetCachedPlan directly. This meant that if an error was thrown during
planning, the resulting context traceback would not include the line
normally contributed by _SPI_error_callback. This is already inconsistent,
but just to be really odd, a re-execution of the very same expression
*would* show the additional context line, because we'd already have cached
the plan and marked the expression as non-simple.
The problem is easy to demonstrate in 9.2 and HEAD because planning of a
cached plan doesn't occur at all until GetCachedPlan is done. In earlier
versions, it could only be an issue if initial planning had succeeded, then
a replan was forced (already somewhat improbable for a simple expression),
and the replan attempt failed. Since the issue is mainly cosmetic in older
branches anyway, it doesn't seem worth the risk of trying to fix it there.
It is worth fixing in 9.2 since the instability of the context printout can
affect the results of GET STACKED DIAGNOSTICS, as per a recent discussion
on pgsql-novice.
To fix, introduce a SPI function that wraps GetCachedPlan while installing
the correct callback function. Use this instead of calling GetCachedPlan
directly from plpgsql.
Also introduce a wrapper function for extracting a SPI plan's
CachedPlanSource list. This lets us stop including spi_priv.h in
pl_exec.c, which was never a very good idea from a modularity standpoint.
In passing, fix a similar inconsistency that could occur in SPI_cursor_open,
which was also calling GetCachedPlan without setting up a context callback.
This patch addresses the problem that applications currently have to
extract object names from possibly-localized textual error messages,
if they want to know for example which index caused a UNIQUE_VIOLATION
failure. It adds new error message fields to the wire protocol, which
can carry the name of a table, table column, data type, or constraint
associated with the error. (Since the protocol spec has always instructed
clients to ignore unrecognized field types, this should not create any
compatibility problem.)
Support for providing these new fields has been added to just a limited set
of error reports (mainly, those in the "integrity constraint violation"
SQLSTATE class), but we will doubtless add them to more calls in future.
Pavel Stehule, reviewed and extensively revised by Peter Geoghegan, with
additional hacking by Tom Lane.
pg_ctl promote -m fast will skip the checkpoint at end of recovery so that we
can achieve very fast failover when the apply delay is low. Write new WAL record
XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY to allow us to switch timeline correctly for downstream log
readers. If we skip synchronous end of recovery checkpoint we request a normal
spread checkpoint so that the window of re-recovery is low.
Simon Riggs and Kyotaro Horiguchi, with input from Fujii Masao.
Review by Heikki Linnakangas
Previously, CREATE TABLE IF EXIST threw an error if the schema was
nonexistent. This was done by passing 'missing_ok' to the function that
looks up the schema oid.
In the initial implementation of plan caching, we saved the active
search_path when a plan was first cached, then reinstalled that path
anytime we needed to reparse or replan. The idea of that was to try to
reselect the same referenced objects, in somewhat the same way that views
continue to refer to the same objects in the face of schema or name
changes. Of course, that analogy doesn't bear close inspection, since
holding the search_path fixed doesn't cope with object drops or renames.
Moreover sticking with the old path seems to create more surprises than
it avoids. So instead of doing that, consider that the cached plan depends
on search_path, and force reparse/replan if the active search_path is
different than it was when we last saved the plan.
This gets us fairly close to having "transparency" of plan caching, in the
sense that the cached statement acts the same as if you'd just resubmitted
the original query text for another execution. There are still some corner
cases where this fails though: a new object added in the search path
schema(s) might capture a reference in the query text, but we'd not realize
that and force a reparse. We might try to fix that in the future, but for
the moment it looks too expensive and complicated.
This ensures that mapping of non-ascii prompts
to the correct code page occurs.
Bug report and original patch from Alexander Law,
reviewed and reworked by Noah Misch.
Backpatch to all live branches.
Tuples marked SELECT FOR UPDATE in a cluster that's later processed by
pg_upgrade would have a different infomask bit pattern than those
produced by 9.3dev; that bit pattern was being seen as "dead" by HEAD
(because they would fail the "is this tuple locked" test, and so the
visibility rules would thing they're updated, even though there's no
HEAP_UPDATED version of them). In other words, some rows could silently
disappear after pg_upgrade.
With this new definition, those tuples become visible again.
This is breakage resulting from my commit 0ac5ad5134.
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
When a standby server follows the master using WAL archive, and it chooses
a new timeline (recovery_target_timeline='latest'), it only fetches the
timeline history file for the chosen target timeline, not any other history
files that might be missing from pg_xlog. For example, if the current
timeline is 2, and we choose 4 as the new recovery target timeline, the
history file for timeline 3 is not fetched, even if it's part of this
server's history. That's enough for the standby itself - the history file
for timeline 4 includes timeline 3 as well - but if a cascading standby
server wants to recover to timeline 3, it needs the history file. To fix,
when a new recovery target timeline is chosen, try to copy any missing
history files from the archive to pg_xlog between the old and new target
timeline.
A second similar issue was with the WAL files. When a standby recovers from
archive, and it reaches a segment that contains a switch to a new timeline,
recovery fetches only the WAL file labelled with the new timeline's ID. The
file from the new timeline contains a copy of the WAL from the old timeline
up to the point where the switch happened, and recovery recovers it from the
new file. But in streaming replication, walsender only tries to read it
from the old timeline's file. To fix, change walsender to read it from the
new file, so that it behaves the same as recovery in that sense, and doesn't
try to open the possibly nonexistent file with the old timeline's ID.
Originally we didn't bother to mark FuncExprs with any indication whether
VARIADIC had been given in the source text, because there didn't seem to be
any need for it at runtime. However, because we cannot fold a VARIADIC ANY
function's arguments into an array (since they're not necessarily all the
same type), we do actually need that information at runtime if VARIADIC ANY
functions are to respond unsurprisingly to use of the VARIADIC keyword.
Add the missing field, and also fix ruleutils.c so that VARIADIC ANY
function calls are dumped properly.
Extracted from a larger patch that also fixes concat() and format() (the
only two extant VARIADIC ANY functions) to behave properly when VARIADIC is
specified. This portion seems appropriate to review and commit separately.
Pavel Stehule
Remove duplicate implementations of catalog munging and miscellaneous
privilege checks. Instead rely on already existing data in
objectaddress.c to do the work.
Author: KaiGai Kohei, changes by me
Reviewed by: Robert Haas, Álvaro Herrera, Dimitri Fontaine
of timeline, take advantage of that in walreceiver.
Startup process is still in control of choosign the target timeline, by
scanning the timeline history files present in pg_xlog, but walreceiver now
uses the next timeline's ID to fetch its history file immediately after it
has finished streaming the old timeline. Before, the standby would first try
to restart streaming on the old timeline, which fetches the missing timeline
history file as a side-effect, and only then restart from the new timeline.
This patch eliminates the extra iteration, which speeds up the timeline
switch and reduces the noise in the log caused by the extra restart on the
old timeline.
The xlogreader refactoring broke the logic to decide which timeline to start
streaming from. XLogPageRead() uses the timeline history to check which
timeline the requested WAL position falls into. However, after the
refactoring, XLogPageRead() is always first called with the first page in
the segment, to verify the segment header, and only then with the actual WAL
position we're interested in. That first read of the segment's header made
XLogPageRead() to always start streaming from the old timeline containing
the segment header, not the timeline containing the actual record, if there
was a timeline switch within the segment.
I thought I fixed this yesterday, but that fix was too narrow and only fixed
this for the corner-case that the timeline switch happened in the first page
of the segment. To fix this more robustly, pass explicitly the position of
the record we're actually interested in to XLogPageRead, and use that to
decide which timeline to read from, rather than deduce it from the page and
offset.
Per report from Fujii Masao.
When relations are dropped, at end of transaction we need to remove the
files and clean the buffer pool of buffers containing pages of those
relations. Previously we would scan the buffer pool once per relation
to clean up buffers. When there are many relations to drop, the
repeated scans make this process slow; so we now instead pass a list of
relations to drop and scan the pool once, checking each buffer against
the passed list. When the number of relations is larger than a
threshold (which as of this patch is being set to 20 relations) we sort
the array before starting, and bsearch the array; when it's smaller, we
simply scan the array linearly each time, because that's faster. The
exact optimal threshold value depends on many factors, but the
difference is not likely to be significant enough to justify making it
user-settable.
This has been measured to be a significant win (a 15x win when dropping
100,000 relations; an extreme case, but reportedly a real one).
Author: Tomas Vondra, some tweaks by me
Reviewed by: Robert Haas, Shigeru Hanada, Andres Freund, Álvaro Herrera
This mirrors the changes done earlier to the server in standby mode. When
receivelog reaches the end of a timeline, as reported by the server, it
fetches the timeline history file of the next timeline, and restarts
streaming from the new timeline by issuing a new START_STREAMING command.
When pg_receivexlog crosses a timeline, it leaves the .partial suffix on the
last segment on the old timeline. This helps you to tell apart a partial
segment left in the directory because of a timeline switch, and a completed
segment. If you just follow a single server, it won't make a difference, but
it can be significant in more complicated scenarios where new WAL is still
generated on the old timeline.
This includes two small changes to the streaming replication protocol:
First, when you reach the end of timeline while streaming, the server now
sends the TLI of the next timeline in the server's history to the client.
pg_receivexlog uses that as the next timeline, so that it doesn't need to
parse the timeline history file like a standby server does. Second, when
BASE_BACKUP command sends the begin and end WAL positions, it now also sends
the timeline IDs corresponding the positions.
The patch that turned XLogRecPtr into a uint64 inadvertently changed the
on-disk format of GiST indexes, because the NSN field in the GiST page
opaque is an XLogRecPtr. That breaks pg_upgrade. Revert the format of that
field back to the two-field struct that XLogRecPtr was before. This is the
same we did to LSNs in the page header to avoid changing on-disk format.
Bump catversion, as this invalidates any existing GiST indexes built on
9.3devel.
This new facility can not only be used by xlog.c to carry out crash
recovery, but also by external programs. By supplying a function to
read XLog pages from somewhere, all the WAL reading can be used for
completely different purposes.
For the standard backend use, the behavior should be pretty much the
same as previously. As for non-backend programs, an hypothetical
pg_xlogdump program is now closer to reality, but some more backend
support is still necessary.
This patch was originally submitted by Andres Freund in a different
form, but Heikki Linnakangas opted for and authored another design of
the concept. Andres has advanced the patch since Heikki's initial
version. Review and some (mostly cosmetics) changes by me.
When attempting to move an object into the schema in which it already
was, for most objects classes we were correctly complaining about
exactly that ("object is already in schema"); but for some other object
classes, such as functions, we were instead complaining of a name
collision ("object already exists in schema"). The latter is wrong and
misleading, per complaint from Robert Haas in
CA+TgmoZ0+gNf7RDKRc3u5rHXffP=QjqPZKGxb4BsPz65k7qnHQ@mail.gmail.com
To fix, refactor the way these checks are done. As a bonus, the
resulting code is smaller and can also share some code with Rename
cases.
While at it, remove use of getObjectDescriptionOids() in error messages.
These are normally disallowed because of translatability considerations,
but this one had slipped through since 9.1. (Not sure that this is
worth backpatching, though, as it would create some untranslated
messages in back branches.)
This is loosely based on a patch by KaiGai Kohei, heavily reworked by
me.
The code in PostPrepare_Locks supposed that it could reassign locks to
the prepared transaction's dummy PGPROC by deleting the PROCLOCK table
entries and immediately creating new ones. This was safe when that code
was written, but since we invented partitioning of the shared lock table,
it's not safe --- another process could steal away the PROCLOCK entry in
the short interval when it's on the freelist. Then, if we were otherwise
out of shared memory, PostPrepare_Locks would have to PANIC, since it's
too late to back out of the PREPARE at that point.
Fix by inventing a dynahash.c function to atomically update a hashtable
entry's key. (This might possibly have other uses in future.)
This is an ancient bug that in principle we ought to back-patch, but the
odds of someone hitting it in the field seem really tiny, because (a) the
risk window is small, and (b) nobody runs servers with maxed-out lock
tables for long, because they'll be getting non-PANIC out-of-memory errors
anyway. So fixing it in HEAD seems sufficient, at least until the new
code has gotten some testing.
In commit 71450d7fd6, we added code to inform
suitably-intelligent compilers that ereport() doesn't return if the elevel
is ERROR or higher. This patch extends that to elog(), and also fixes a
double-evaluation hazard that the previous commit created in ereport(),
as well as reducing the emitted code size.
The elog() improvement requires the compiler to support __VA_ARGS__, which
should be available in just about anything nowadays since it's required by
C99. But our minimum language baseline is still C89, so add a configure
test for that.
The previous commit assumed that ereport's elevel could be evaluated twice,
which isn't terribly safe --- there are already counterexamples in xlog.c.
On compilers that have __builtin_constant_p, we can use that to protect the
second test, since there's no possible optimization gain if the compiler
doesn't know the value of elevel. Otherwise, use a local variable inside
the macros to prevent double evaluation. The local-variable solution is
inferior because (a) it leads to useless code being emitted when elevel
isn't constant, and (b) it increases the optimization level needed for the
compiler to recognize that subsequent code is unreachable. But it seems
better than not teaching non-gcc compilers about unreachability at all.
Lastly, if the compiler has __builtin_unreachable(), we can use that
instead of abort(), resulting in a noticeable code savings since no
function call is actually emitted. However, it seems wise to do this only
in non-assert builds. In an assert build, continue to use abort(), so that
the behavior will be predictable and debuggable if the "impossible"
happens.
These changes involve making the ereport and elog macros emit do-while
statement blocks not just expressions, which forces small changes in
a few call sites.
Andres Freund, Tom Lane, Heikki Linnakangas
Historically we've used a couple of very ad-hoc fudge factors to try to
get the right results when indexes of different sizes would satisfy a
query with the same number of index leaf tuples being visited. In
commit 21a39de580 I tweaked one of these
fudge factors, with results that proved disastrous for larger indexes.
Commit bf01e34b55 fudged it some more,
but still with not a lot of principle behind it.
What seems like a better way to address these issues is to explicitly model
index-descent costs, since that's what's really at stake when considering
diferent indexes with similar leaf-page-level costs. We tried that once
long ago, and found that charging random_page_cost per page descended
through was way too much, because upper btree levels tend to stay in cache
in real-world workloads. However, there's still CPU costs to think about,
and the previous fudge factors can be seen as a crude attempt to account
for those costs. So this patch replaces those fudge factors with explicit
charges for the number of tuple comparisons needed to descend the index
tree, plus a small charge per page touched in the descent. The cost
multipliers are chosen so that the resulting charges are in the vicinity of
the historical (pre-9.2) fudge factors for indexes of up to about a million
tuples, while not ballooning unreasonably beyond that, as the old fudge
factor did (even more so in 9.2).
To make this work accurately for btree indexes, add some code that allows
extraction of the known root-page height from a btree. There's no
equivalent number readily available for other index types, but we can use
the log of the number of index pages as an approximate substitute.
This seems like too much of a behavioral change to risk back-patching,
but it should improve matters going forward. In 9.2 I'll just revert
the fudge-factor change.
SPI_execute() and related functions create a CachedPlan, execute it once,
and immediately discard it, so that the functionality offered by
plancache.c is of no value in this code path. And performance measurements
show that the extra data copying and invalidation checking done by
plancache.c slows down simple queries by 10% or more compared to 9.1.
However, enough of the SPI code is shared with functions that do need plan
caching that it seems impractical to bypass plancache.c altogether.
Instead, let's invent a variant version of cached plans that preserves
99% of the API but doesn't offer any of the actual functionality, nor the
overhead. This puts SPI_execute() performance back on par, or maybe even
slightly better, than it was before. This change should resolve recent
complaints of performance degradation from Dong Ye, Pavel Stehule, and
others.
By avoiding data copying, this change also reduces the amount of memory
needed to execute many-statement SPI_execute() strings, as for instance in
a recent complaint from Tomas Vondra.
An additional benefit of this change is that multi-statement SPI_execute()
query strings are now processed fully serially, that is we complete
execution of earlier statements before running parse analysis and planning
on following ones. This eliminates a long-standing POLA violation, in that
DDL that affects the behavior of a later statement will now behave as
expected.
Back-patch to 9.2, since this was a performance regression compared to 9.1.
(In 9.2, place the added struct fields so as to avoid changing the offsets
of existing fields.)
Heikki Linnakangas and Tom Lane
If you take a base backup from a standby server with "pg_basebackup -X
fetch", and the timeline switches while the backup is being taken, the
backup used to fail with an error "requested WAL segment %s has already
been removed". This is because the server-side code that sends over the
required WAL files would not construct the WAL filename with the correct
timeline after a switch.
Fix that by using readdir() to scan pg_xlog for all the WAL segments in the
range, regardless of timeline.
Also, include all timeline history files in the backup, if taken with
"-X fetch". That fixes another related bug: If a timeline switch happened
just before the backup was initiated in a standby, the WAL segment
containing the initial checkpoint record contains WAL from the older
timeline too. Recovery will not accept that without a timeline history file
that lists the older timeline.
Backpatch to 9.2. Versions prior to that were not affected as you could not
take a base backup from a standby before 9.2.
This makes it possible to include them only where they are used, so
we can avoid the conflict of the uid_t and gid_t datatypes that happened
in plperl (since plperl doesn't need the tar functions)
Commit da07a1e8 was broken for EXEC_BACKEND because I failed to realize
that the MaxBackends recomputation needed to be duplicated by
subprocesses in SubPostmasterMain. However, instead of having the value
be recomputed at all, it's better to assign the correct value at
postmaster initialization time, and have it be propagated to exec'ed
backends via BackendParameters.
MaxBackends stays as zero until after modules in
shared_preload_libraries have had a chance to register bgworkers, since
the value is going to be untrustworthy till that's finished.
Heikki Linnakangas and Álvaro Herrera
Move some of the tar functionality that existed mostly duplicated
in both pg_dump and the walsender basebackup functionality into
port/tar.c instead, so it can be used from both. It will also be
used by pg_basebackup in the future, which would've caused a third
copy of it around.
Zoltan Boszormenyi and Magnus Hagander
The cascading standby patch in 9.2 changed the way WAL files are treated
when restored from the archive. Before, they were restored under a temporary
filename, and not kept in pg_xlog, but after the patch, they were copied
under pg_xlog. This is necessary for a cascading standby to find them, but
it also means that if the archive goes offline and a standby is restarted,
it can recover back to where it was using the files in pg_xlog. It also
means that if you take an offline backup from a standby server, it includes
all the required WAL files in pg_xlog.
However, the same change was not made to timeline history files, so if the
WAL segment containing the checkpoint record contains a timeline switch, you
will still get an error if you try to restart recovery without the archive,
or recover from an offline backup taken from the standby.
With this patch, timeline history files restored from archive are copied
into pg_xlog like WAL files are, so that pg_xlog contains all the files
required to recover. This is a corner-case pre-existing issue in 9.2, but
even more important in master where it's possible for a standby to follow a
timeline switch through streaming replication. To make that possible, the
timeline history files must be present in pg_xlog.
This is again intended to support extensions to the event trigger
functionality. This may go a bit further than we need for that
purpose, but there's some value in being consistent, and the OID
may be useful for other purposes also.
Dimitri Fontaine
This gets rid of XLByteLT, XLByteLE, XLByteEQ and XLByteAdvance.
These were useful for brevity when XLogRecPtrs were split in
xlogid/xrecoff; but now that they are simple uint64's, they are just
clutter. The only downside to making this change would be ease of
backporting patches, but that has been negated by other substantive
changes to the involved code anyway. The clarity of simpler expressions
makes the change worthwhile.
Most of the changes are mechanical, but in a couple of places, the patch
author chose to invert the operator sense, making the code flow more
logical (and more in line with preceding comments).
Author: Andres Freund
Eyeballed by Dimitri Fontaine and Alvaro Herrera
Ensure comments accurately reflect state of code
given new understanding, and recent changes.
Include example code from Noah Misch to
illustrate how rd_newRelfilenodeSubid can be
reset deterministically. No code changes.
Extracted from a larger patch by Dimitri Fontaine. It is hoped that
this will provide infrastructure for enriching the new event trigger
functionality, but it seems possibly useful for other purposes as
well.
transformExpr() is required to cope with already-transformed expression
trees, for various ugly-but-not-quite-worth-cleaning-up reasons. However,
some of its newer subroutines hadn't gotten the memo. This accounts for
bug #7763 from Norbert Buchmuller: transformRowExpr() was overwriting the
previously determined type of a RowExpr during CREATE TABLE LIKE INCLUDING
INDEXES. Additional investigation showed that transformXmlExpr had the
same kind of problem, but all the other cases seem to be safe.
Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Most of the time, the last replayed record comes from the recovery target
timeline, but there is a corner case where it makes a difference. When
the startup process scans for a new timeline, and decides to change recovery
target timeline, there is a window where the recovery target TLI has already
been bumped, but there are no WAL segments from the new timeline in pg_xlog
yet. For example, if we have just replayed up to point 0/30002D8, on
timeline 1, there is a WAL file called 000000010000000000000003 in pg_xlog
that contains the WAL up to that point. When recovery switches recovery
target timeline to 2, a walsender can immediately try to read WAL from
0/30002D8, from timeline 2, so it will try to open WAL file
000000020000000000000003. However, that doesn't exist yet - the startup
process hasn't copied that file from the archive yet nor has the walreceiver
streamed it yet, so walsender fails with error "requested WAL segment
000000020000000000000003 has already been removed". That's harmless, in that
the standby will try to reconnect later and by that time the segment is
already created, but error messages that should be ignored are not good.
To fix that, have walsender track the TLI of the last replayed record,
instead of the recovery target timeline. That way walsender will not try to
read anything from timeline 2, until the WAL segment has been created and at
least one record has been replayed from it. The recovery target timeline is
now xlog.c's internal affair, it doesn't need to be exposed in shared memory
anymore.
This fixes the error reported by Thom Brown. depesz the same error message,
but I'm not sure if this fixes his scenario.
During crash recovery, we remove disk files belonging to temporary tables,
but the system catalog entries for such tables are intentionally not
cleaned up right away. Instead, the first backend that uses a temp schema
is expected to clean out any leftover objects therein. This approach
requires that we be careful to ignore leftover temp tables (since any
actual access attempt would fail), *even if their BackendId matches our
session*, if we have not yet established use of the session's corresponding
temp schema. That worked fine in the past, but was broken by commit
debcec7dc3 which incorrectly removed the
rd_islocaltemp relcache flag. Put it back, and undo various changes
that substituted tests like "rel->rd_backend == MyBackendId" for use
of a state-aware flag. Per trouble report from Heikki Linnakangas.
Back-patch to 9.1 where the erroneous change was made. In the back
branches, be careful to add rd_islocaltemp in a spot in the struct that
was alignment padding before, so as not to break existing add-on code.
Before this patch, streaming replication would refuse to start replicating
if the timeline in the primary doesn't exactly match the standby. The
situation where it doesn't match is when you have a master, and two
standbys, and you promote one of the standbys to become new master.
Promoting bumps up the timeline ID, and after that bump, the other standby
would refuse to continue.
There's significantly more timeline related logic in streaming replication
now. First of all, when a standby connects to primary, it will ask the
primary for any timeline history files that are missing from the standby.
The missing files are sent using a new replication command TIMELINE_HISTORY,
and stored in standby's pg_xlog directory. Using the timeline history files,
the standby can follow the latest timeline present in the primary
(recovery_target_timeline='latest'), just as it can follow new timelines
appearing in an archive directory.
START_REPLICATION now takes a TIMELINE parameter, to specify exactly which
timeline to stream WAL from. This allows the standby to request the primary
to send over WAL that precedes the promotion. The replication protocol is
changed slightly (in a backwards-compatible way although there's little hope
of streaming replication working across major versions anyway), to allow
replication to stop when the end of timeline reached, putting the walsender
back into accepting a replication command.
Many thanks to Amit Kapila for testing and reviewing various versions of
this patch.
In situations where there are over 8MB of empty pages at the end of
a table, the truncation work for trailing empty pages takes longer
than deadlock_timeout, and there is frequent access to the table by
processes other than autovacuum, there was a problem with the
autovacuum worker process being canceled by the deadlock checking
code. The truncation work done by autovacuum up that point was
lost, and the attempt tried again by a later autovacuum worker. The
attempts could continue indefinitely without making progress,
consuming resources and blocking other processes for up to
deadlock_timeout each time.
This patch has the autovacuum worker checking whether it is
blocking any other thread at 20ms intervals. If such a condition
develops, the autovacuum worker will persist the work it has done
so far, release its lock on the table, and sleep in 50ms intervals
for up to 5 seconds, hoping to be able to re-acquire the lock and
try again. If it is unable to get the lock in that time, it moves
on and a worker will try to continue later from the point this one
left off.
While this patch doesn't change the rules about when and what to
truncate, it does cause the truncation to occur sooner, with less
blocking, and with the consumption of fewer resources when there is
contention for the table's lock.
The only user-visible change other than improved performance is
that the table size during truncation may change incrementally
instead of just once.
This problem exists in all supported versions but is infrequently
reported, although some reports of performance problems when
autovacuum runs might be caused by this. Initial commit is just the
master branch, but this should probably be backpatched once the
build farm and general developer usage confirm that there are no
surprising effects.
Jan Wieck
This patch makes "simple" views automatically updatable, without the need
to create either INSTEAD OF triggers or INSTEAD rules. "Simple" views
are those classified as updatable according to SQL-92 rules. The rewriter
transforms INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE commands on such views directly into an
equivalent command on the underlying table, which will generally have
noticeably better performance than is possible with either triggers or
user-written rules. A view that has INSTEAD OF triggers or INSTEAD rules
continues to operate the same as before.
For the moment, security_barrier views are not considered simple.
Also, we do not support WITH CHECK OPTION. These features may be
added in future.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Amit Kapila
Background workers are postmaster subprocesses that run arbitrary
user-specified code. They can request shared memory access as well as
backend database connections; or they can just use plain libpq frontend
database connections.
Modules listed in shared_preload_libraries can register background
workers in their _PG_init() function; this is early enough that it's not
necessary to provide an extra GUC option, because the necessary extra
resources can be allocated early on. Modules can install more than one
bgworker, if necessary.
Care is taken that these extra processes do not interfere with other
postmaster tasks: only one such process is started on each ServerLoop
iteration. This means a large number of them could be waiting to be
started up and postmaster is still able to quickly service external
connection requests. Also, shutdown sequence should not be impacted by
a worker process that's reasonably well behaved (i.e. promptly responds
to termination signals.)
The current implementation lets worker processes specify their start
time, i.e. at what point in the server startup process they are to be
started: right after postmaster start (in which case they mustn't ask
for shared memory access), when consistent state has been reached
(useful during recovery in a HOT standby server), or when recovery has
terminated (i.e. when normal backends are allowed).
In case of a bgworker crash, actions to take depend on registration
data: if shared memory was requested, then all other connections are
taken down (as well as other bgworkers), just like it were a regular
backend crashing. The bgworker itself is restarted, too, within a
configurable timeframe (which can be configured to be never).
More features to add to this framework can be imagined without much
effort, and have been discussed, but this seems good enough as a useful
unit already.
An elementary sample module is supplied.
Author: Álvaro Herrera
This patch is loosely based on prior patches submitted by KaiGai Kohei,
and unsubmitted code by Simon Riggs.
Reviewed by: KaiGai Kohei, Markus Wanner, Andres Freund,
Heikki Linnakangas, Simon Riggs, Amit Kapila
This allows us to do some more rigorous sanity checking for various
incorrect point-in-time recovery scenarios, and provides more information
for debugging purposes. It will also come handy in the upcoming patch to
allow timeline switches to be replicated by streaming replication.
This allows recovery to notice certain incorrect recovery scenarios.
If a server has recovered to point X on timeline 5, and you restart
recovery, it better be on timeline 5 when it reaches point X again, not on
some timeline with a higher ID. This can happen e.g if you a standby server
is shut down, a new timeline appears in the WAL archive, and the standby
server is restarted. It will try to follow the new timeline, which is wrong
because some WAL on the old timeline was already replayed before shutdown.
Requires an initdb (or at least pg_resetxlog), because this adds a field to
the control file.
Rename PGXACT->inCommit flag into delayChkpt flag,
and generalise comments to allow use in other situations,
such as the forthcoming potential use in checksum patch.
Replace wait loop to look for VXIDs with delayChkpt set.
No user visible changes, not behaviour changes at present.
Simon Riggs, reviewed and rebased by Jeff Davis
Allow support only for freezing tuples by explicit
command. Previous coding mistakenly extended
slightly beyond what was agreed as correct on -hackers.
So essentially a partial revoke of earlier work,
leaving just the COPY FREEZE command.
This reverts commit c11130690d in favor of
actually fixing the problem: namely, that we should never have been
modifying the checkpoint record's nextXid at this point to begin with.
The nextXid should match the state as of the checkpoint's logical WAL
position (ie the redo point), not the state as of its physical position.
It's especially bogus to advance it in some wal_levels and not others.
In any case there is no need for the checkpoint record to carry the
same nextXid shown in the XLOG_RUNNING_XACTS record just emitted by
LogStandbySnapshot, as any replay operation will already have adopted
that value as current.
This fixes bug #7710 from Tarvi Pillessaar, and probably also explains bug
#6291 from Daniel Farina, in that if a checkpoint were in progress at the
instant of XID wraparound, the epoch bump would be lost as reported.
(And, of course, these days there's at least a 50-50 chance of a checkpoint
being in progress at any given instant.)
Diagnosed by me and independently by Andres Freund. Back-patch to all
branches supporting hot standby.
Previously we stored all xids mixed together.
Now we store top-level xids first, followed
by all subxids. Also skip logging any subxids
if the snapshot is suboverflowed, since there
are potentially large numbers of them and they
are not useful in that case anyway. Has value
in the envisaged design for decoding of WAL.
No planned effect on Hot Standby.
Andres Freund, reviewed by me
Normally it is unsafe to allow ALTER TYPE ADD VALUE in a transaction block,
because instances of the value could be added to indexes later in the same
transaction, and then they would still be accessible even if the
transaction rolls back. However, we can allow this if the enum type itself
was created in the current transaction, because then any such indexes would
have to go away entirely on rollback.
The reason for allowing this is to support pg_upgrade's new usage of
pg_restore --single-transaction: in --binary-upgrade mode, pg_dump emits
enum types as a succession of ALTER TYPE ADD VALUE commands so that it can
preserve the values' OIDs. The support is a bit limited, so we'll leave
it undocumented.
Andres Freund
When a relfilenode is created in this subtransaction or
a committed child transaction and it cannot otherwise
be seen by our own process, mark tuples committed ahead
of transaction commit for all COPY commands in same
transaction. If FREEZE specified on COPY
and pre-conditions met then rows will also be frozen.
Both options designed to avoid revisiting rows after commit,
increasing performance of subsequent commands after
data load and upgrade. pg_restore changes later.
Simon Riggs, review comments from Heikki Linnakangas, Noah Misch and design
input from Tom Lane, Robert Haas and Kevin Grittner
The length of a socket path name is constrained by the size of struct
sockaddr_un, and there's not a lot we can do about it since that is a
kernel API. However, it would be a good thing if we produced an
intelligible error message when the user specifies a socket path that's too
long --- and getaddrinfo's standard API is too impoverished to do this in
the natural way. So insert explicit tests at the places where we construct
a socket path name. Now you'll get an error that makes sense and even
tells you what the limit is, rather than something generic like
"Non-recoverable failure in name resolution".
Per trouble report from Jeremy Drake and a fix idea from Andrew Dunstan.
There are probably other places where this can be used, but for now,
this just makes MergeAppend use it, so that this code will have test
coverage. There is other work in the queue that will use this, as
well.
Abhijit Menon-Sen, reviewed by Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Álvaro
Herrera, Tom Lane, and others.
Commit 8cb53654db, which introduced DROP
INDEX CONCURRENTLY, managed to break CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY via a poor
choice of catalog state representation. The pg_index state for an index
that's reached the final pre-drop stage was the same as the state for an
index just created by CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY. This meant that the
(necessary) change to make RelationGetIndexList ignore about-to-die indexes
also made it ignore freshly-created indexes; which is catastrophic because
the latter do need to be considered in HOT-safety decisions. Failure to
do so leads to incorrect index entries and subsequently wrong results from
queries depending on the concurrently-created index.
To fix, add an additional boolean column "indislive" to pg_index, so that
the freshly-created and about-to-die states can be distinguished. (This
change obviously is only possible in HEAD. This patch will need to be
back-patched, but in 9.2 we'll use a kluge consisting of overloading the
formerly-impossible state of indisvalid = true and indisready = false.)
In addition, change CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY so that the pg_index
flag changes they make without exclusive lock on the index are made via
heap_inplace_update() rather than a normal transactional update. The
latter is not very safe because moving the pg_index tuple could result in
concurrent SnapshotNow scans finding it twice or not at all, thus possibly
resulting in index corruption. This is a pre-existing bug in CREATE INDEX
CONCURRENTLY, which was copied into the DROP code.
In addition, fix various places in the code that ought to check to make
sure that the indexes they are manipulating are valid and/or ready as
appropriate. These represent bugs that have existed since 8.2, since
a failed CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY could leave a corrupt or invalid
index behind, and we ought not try to do anything that might fail with
such an index.
Also fix RelationReloadIndexInfo to ensure it copies all the pg_index
columns that are allowed to change after initial creation. Previously we
could have been left with stale values of some fields in an index relcache
entry. It's not clear whether this actually had any user-visible
consequences, but it's at least a bug waiting to happen.
In addition, do some code and docs review for DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY;
some cosmetic code cleanup but mostly addition and revision of comments.
This will need to be back-patched, but in a noticeably different form,
so I'm committing it to HEAD before working on the back-patch.
Problem reported by Amit Kapila, diagnosis by Pavan Deolassee,
fix by Tom Lane and Andres Freund.
Files opened with BasicOpenFile or PathNameOpenFile are not automatically
cleaned up on error. That puts unnecessary burden on callers that only want
to keep the file open for a short time. There is AllocateFile, but that
returns a buffered FILE * stream, which in many cases is not the nicest API
to work with. So add function called OpenTransientFile, which returns a
unbuffered fd that's cleaned up like the FILE* returned by AllocateFile().
This plugs a few rare fd leaks in error cases:
1. copy_file() - fixed by by using OpenTransientFile instead of BasicOpenFile
2. XLogFileInit() - fixed by adding close() calls to the error cases. Can't
use OpenTransientFile here because the fd is supposed to persist over
transaction boundaries.
3. lo_import/lo_export - fixed by using OpenTransientFile instead of
PathNameOpenFile.
In addition to plugging those leaks, this replaces many BasicOpenFile() calls
with OpenTransientFile() that were not leaking, because the code meticulously
closed the file on error. That wasn't strictly necessary, but IMHO it's good
for robustness.
The same leaks exist in older versions, but given the rarity of the issues,
I'm not backpatching this. Not yet, anyway - it might be good to backpatch
later, after this mechanism has had some more testing in master branch.
This reverts commit d573e239f0, "Take fewer
snapshots". While that seemed like a good idea at the time, it caused
execution to use a snapshot that had been acquired before locking any of
the tables mentioned in the query. This created user-visible anomalies
that were not present in any prior release of Postgres, as reported by
Tomas Vondra. While this whole area could do with a redesign (since there
are related cases that have anomalies anyway), it doesn't seem likely that
any future patch would be reasonably back-patchable; and we don't want 9.2
to exhibit a behavior that's subtly unlike either past or future releases.
Hence, revert to prior code while we rethink the problem.
In a query such as "SELECT DISTINCT min(x) FROM tab", the DISTINCT is
pretty useless (there being only one output row), but nonetheless it
shouldn't fail. But it could fail if "tab" is an inheritance parent,
because planagg.c's code for fixing up equivalence classes after making the
index-optimized MIN/MAX transformation wasn't prepared to find child-table
versions of the aggregate expression. The least ugly fix seems to be
to add an option to mutate_eclass_expressions() to skip child-table
equivalence class members, which aren't used anymore at this stage of
planning so it's not really necessary to fix them. Since child members
are ignored in many cases already, it seems plausible for
mutate_eclass_expressions() to have an option to ignore them too.
Per bug #7703 from Maxim Boguk.
Back-patch to 9.1. Although the same code exists before that, it cannot
encounter child-table aggregates AFAICS, because the index optimization
transformation cannot succeed on inheritance trees before 9.1 (for lack
of MergeAppend).
When I moved ExecuteRecoveryCommand() from xlog.c to xlogarchive.c, I didn't
realize that it's called from the checkpoint process, not the startup
process. I tried to use InRedo variable to decide whether or not to attempt
cleaning up the archive (must not do so before we have read the initial
checkpoint record), but that variable is only valid within the startup
process.
Instead, let ExecuteRecoveryCommand() always clean up the archive, and add
an explicit argument to RestoreArchivedFile() to say whether that's allowed
or not. The caller knows better.
Reported by Erik Rijkers, diagnosis by Fujii Masao. Only 9.3devel is
affected.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
errcontext() is typically used in an error context callback function, not
within an ereport() invocation like e.g errmsg and errdetail are. That means
that the message domain that the TEXTDOMAIN magic in ereport() determines
is not the right one for the errcontext() calls. The message domain needs to
be determined by the C file containing the errcontext() call, not the file
containing the ereport() call.
Fix by turning errcontext() into a macro that passes the TEXTDOMAIN to use
for the errcontext message. "errcontext" was used in a few places as a
variable or struct field name, I had to rename those out of the way, now
that errcontext is a macro.
We've had this problem all along, but this isn't doesn't seem worth
backporting. It's a fairly minor issue, and turning errcontext from a
function to a macro requires at least a recompile of any external code that
calls errcontext().
If the sleep is interrupted by a signal, we must recompute the remaining
time to wait; otherwise, a steady stream of non-wait-terminating interrupts
could delay return from WaitLatch indefinitely. This has been shown to be
a problem for the autovacuum launcher, and there may well be other places
now or in the future with similar issues. So we'd better make the function
robust, even though this'll add at least one gettimeofday call per wait.
Back-patch to 9.2. We might eventually need to fix 9.1 as well, but the
code is quite different there, and the usage of WaitLatch in 9.1 is so
limited that it's not clearly important to do so.
Reported and diagnosed by Jeff Janes, though I rewrote his patch rather
heavily.
This function currently lacks the option to throw error if the provided
targetlist doesn't have any matching entry for a Var to be replaced.
Two of the four existing call sites would be better off with an error,
as would the usage in the pending auto-updatable-views patch, so it seems
past time to extend the API to support that. To do so, replace the "event"
parameter (historically of type CmdType, though it was declared plain int)
with a special-purpose enum type.
It's unclear whether this function might be called by third-party code.
Since many C compilers wouldn't warn about a call site continuing to use
the old calling convention, rename the function to forcibly break any
such code that hasn't been updated. The old name was none too well chosen
anyhow.
We used to send structs wrapped in CopyData messages, which works as long as
the client and server agree on things like endianess, timestamp format and
alignment. That's good enough for running a standby server, which has to run
on the same platform anyway, but it's useful for tools like pg_receivexlog
to work across platforms.
This breaks protocol compatibility of streaming replication, but we never
promised that to be compatible across versions, anyway.
This case got broken in 8.4 by the addition of an error check that
complains if ALTER TABLE ONLY is used on a table that has children.
We do use ONLY for this situation, but it's okay because the necessary
recursion occurs at a higher level. So we need to have a separate
flag to suppress recursion without making the error check.
Reported and patched by Pavan Deolasee, with some editorial adjustments by
me. Back-patch to 8.4, since this is a regression of functionality that
worked in earlier branches.
In its original conception, it was leaving some objects into the old
schema, but without their proper pg_depend entries; this meant that the
old schema could be dropped, causing future pg_dump calls to fail on the
affected database. This was originally reported by Jeff Frost as #6704;
there have been other complaints elsewhere that can probably be traced
to this bug.
To fix, be more consistent about altering a table's subsidiary objects
along the table itself; this requires some restructuring in how tables
are relocated when altering an extension -- hence the new
AlterTableNamespaceInternal routine which encapsulates it for both the
ALTER TABLE and the ALTER EXTENSION cases.
There was another bug lurking here, which was unmasked after fixing the
previous one: certain objects would be reached twice via the dependency
graph, and the second attempt to move them would cause the entire
operation to fail. Per discussion, it seems the best fix for this is to
do more careful tracking of objects already moved: we now maintain a
list of moved objects, to avoid attempting to do it twice for the same
object.
Authors: Alvaro Herrera, Dimitri Fontaine
Reviewed by Tom Lane
This prevents surprising behavior when a FOR EACH ROW trigger
BEFORE UPDATE or BEFORE DELETE directly or indirectly updates or
deletes the the old row. Prior to this patch the requested action
on the row could be silently ignored while all triggered actions
based on the occurence of the requested action could be committed.
One example of how this could happen is if the BEFORE DELETE
trigger for a "parent" row deleted "children" which had trigger
functions to update summary or status data on the parent.
This also prevents similar surprising problems if the query has a
volatile function which updates a target row while it is already
being updated.
There are related issues present in FOR UPDATE cursors and READ
COMMITTED queries which are not handled by this patch. These
issues need further evalution to determine what change, if any, is
needed.
Where the new error messages are generated, in most cases the best
fix will be to move code from the BEFORE trigger to an AFTER
trigger. Where this is not feasible, the trigger can avoid the
error by re-issuing the triggering statement and returning NULL.
Documentation changes will be submitted in a separate patch.
Kevin Grittner and Tom Lane with input from Florian Pflug and
Robert Haas, based on problems encountered during conversion of
Wisconsin Circuit Court trigger logic to plpgsql triggers.
Views should not have any pg_attribute entries for system columns.
However, we forgot to remove such entries when converting a table to a
view. This could lead to crashes later on, if someone attempted to
reference such a column, as reported by Kohei KaiGai.
Patch in HEAD only. This bug has been there forever, but in the back
branches we will have to defend against existing mis-converted views,
so it doesn't seem worthwhile to change the conversion code too.
... and have sepgsql use it to determine whether to check permissions
during certain operations. Indexes that are being created as a result
of REINDEX, for instance, do not need to have their permissions checked;
they were already checked when the index was created.
Author: KaiGai Kohei, slightly revised by me
dlist_delete, dlist_insert_after, dlist_insert_before, slist_insert_after
do not need access to the list header, and indeed insisting on that negates
one of the main advantages of a doubly-linked list.
In consequence, revert addition of "cache_bucket" field to CatCTup.
Make foreach macros less syntactically dangerous, and fix some typos in
evidently-never-tested ones. Add missing slist_next_node and
slist_head_node functions. Fix broken dlist_check code. Assorted comment
improvements.
If a potential equivalence clause references a variable from the nullable
side of an outer join, the planner needs to take care that derived clauses
are not pushed to below the outer join; else they may use the wrong value
for the variable. (The problem arises only with non-strict clauses, since
if an upper clause can be proven strict then the outer join will get
simplified to a plain join.) The planner attempted to prevent this type
of error by checking that potential equivalence clauses aren't
outerjoin-delayed as a whole, but actually we have to check each side
separately, since the two sides of the clause will get moved around
separately if it's treated as an equivalence. Bugs of this type can be
demonstrated as far back as 7.4, even though releases before 8.3 had only
a very ad-hoc notion of equivalence clauses.
In addition, we neglected to account for the possibility that such clauses
might have nonempty nullable_relids even when not outerjoin-delayed; so the
equivalence-class machinery lacked logic to compute correct nullable_relids
values for clauses it constructs. This oversight was harmless before 9.2
because we were only using RestrictInfo.nullable_relids for OR clauses;
but as of 9.2 it could result in pushing constructed equivalence clauses
to incorrect places. (This accounts for bug #7604 from Bill MacArthur.)
Fix the first problem by adding a new test check_equivalence_delay() in
distribute_qual_to_rels, and fix the second one by adding code in
equivclass.c and called functions to set correct nullable_relids for
generated clauses. Although I believe the second part of this is not
currently necessary before 9.2, I chose to back-patch it anyway, partly to
keep the logic similar across branches and partly because it seems possible
we might find other reasons why we need valid values of nullable_relids in
the older branches.
Add regression tests illustrating these problems. In 9.0 and up, also
add test cases checking that we can push constants through outer joins,
since we've broken that optimization before and I nearly broke it again
with an overly simplistic patch for this problem.
If an SMgrRelation is not "owned" by a relcache entry, don't allow it to
live past transaction end. This design allows the same SMgrRelation to be
used for blind writes of multiple blocks during a transaction, but ensures
that we don't hold onto such an SMgrRelation indefinitely. Because an
SMgrRelation typically corresponds to open file descriptors at the fd.c
level, leaving it open when there's no corresponding relcache entry can
mean that we prevent the kernel from reclaiming deleted disk space.
(While CacheInvalidateSmgr messages usually fix that, there are cases
where they're not issued, such as DROP DATABASE. We might want to add
some more sinval messaging for that, but I'd be inclined to keep this
type of logic anyway, since allowing VFDs to accumulate indefinitely
for blind-written relations doesn't seem like a good idea.)
This code replaces a previous attempt towards the same goal that proved
to be unreliable. Back-patch to 9.1 where the previous patch was added.
This reverts commit fba105b109.
That approach had problems with the smgr-level state not tracking what
we really want to happen, and with the VFD-level state not tracking the
smgr-level state very well either. In consequence, it was still possible
to hold kernel file descriptors open for long-gone tables (as in recent
report from Tore Halset), and yet there were also cases of FDs being closed
undesirably soon. A replacement implementation will follow.
Provide a common implementation of embedded singly-linked and
doubly-linked lists. "Embedded" in the sense that the nodes'
next/previous pointers exist within some larger struct; this design
choice reduces memory allocation overhead.
Most of the implementation uses inlineable functions (where supported),
for performance.
Some existing uses of both types of lists have been converted to the new
code, for demonstration purposes. Other uses can (and probably will) be
converted in the future. Since dllist.c is unused after this conversion,
it has been removed.
Author: Andres Freund
Some tweaks by me
Reviewed by Tom Lane, Peter Geoghegan
In the previous coding, new backend processes would attempt to create their
self-pipe during the OwnLatch call in InitProcess. However, pipe creation
could fail if the kernel is short of resources; and the system does not
recover gracefully from a FATAL error right there, since we have armed the
dead-man switch for this process and not yet set up the on_shmem_exit
callback that would disarm it. The postmaster then forces an unnecessary
database-wide crash and restart, as reported by Sean Chittenden.
There are various ways we could rearrange the code to fix this, but the
simplest and sanest seems to be to split out creation of the self-pipe into
a new function InitializeLatchSupport, which must be called from a place
where failure is allowed. For most processes that gets called in
InitProcess or InitAuxiliaryProcess, but processes that don't call either
but still use latches need their own calls.
Back-patch to 9.1, which has only a part of the latch logic that 9.2 and
HEAD have, but nonetheless includes this bug.
This change ensures that the planner will see implicit and explicit casts
as equivalent for all purposes, except in the minority of cases where
there's actually a semantic difference (as reflected by having a 3-argument
cast function). In particular, this fixes cases where the EquivalenceClass
machinery failed to consider two references to a varchar column as
equivalent if one was implicitly cast to text but the other was explicitly
cast to text, as seen in bug #7598 from Vaclav Juza. We have had similar
bugs before in other parts of the planner, so I think it's time to fix this
problem at the core instead of continuing to band-aid around it.
Remove set_coercionform_dontcare(), which represents the band-aid
previously in use for allowing matching of index and constraint expressions
with inconsistent cast labeling. (We can probably get rid of
COERCE_DONTCARE altogether, but I don't think removing that enum value in
back branches would be wise; it's possible there's third party code
referring to it.)
Back-patch to 9.2. We could go back further, and might want to once this
has been tested more; but for the moment I won't risk destabilizing plan
choices in long-since-stable branches.
Rename replication_timeout to wal_sender_timeout, and add a new setting
called wal_receiver_timeout that does the same at the walreceiver side.
There was previously no timeout in walreceiver, so if the network went down,
for example, the walreceiver could take a long time to notice that the
connection was lost. Now with the two settings, both sides of a replication
connection will detect a broken connection similarly.
It is no longer necessary to manually set wal_receiver_status_interval to
a value smaller than the timeout. Both wal sender and receiver now
automatically send a "ping" message if more than 1/2 of the configured
timeout has elapsed, and it hasn't received any messages from the other end.
Amit Kapila, heavily edited by me.
The idea here is to make sure the planner will evaluate these functions
last not first among the filter conditions in psql pattern search and
tab-completion queries. We've discussed this several times, and there
was consensus to do it back in August, but we didn't want to do it just
before a release. Now seems like a safer time.
No catversion bump, since this catalog change doesn't create a backend
incompatibility nor any regression test result changes.
Do read/write permissions checks at most once per large object descriptor,
not once per lo_read or lo_write call as before. The repeated tests were
quite useless in the read case since the snapshot-based tests were
guaranteed to produce the same answer every time. In the write case,
the extra tests could in principle detect revocation of write privileges
after a series of writes has started --- but there's a race condition there
anyway, since we'd check privileges before performing and certainly before
committing the write. So there's no real advantage to checking every
single time, and we might as well redefine it as "only check the first
time".
On the same reasoning, remove the LargeObjectExists checks in inv_write
and inv_truncate. We already checked existence when the descriptor was
opened, and checking again doesn't provide any real increment of safety
that would justify the cost.
The former name was too likely to conflict with symbols from external
headers; and, as seen in recent buildfarm failures in member spoonbill,
it has now happened at least in plpython.
Fix broken-on-bigendian-machines byte-swapping functions, add missed update
of alternate regression expected file, improve error reporting, remove some
unnecessary code, sync testlo64.c with current testlo.c (it seems to have
been cloned from a very old copy of that), assorted cosmetic improvements.
We already had those, but they forced modules to spell out the function
bodies twice. Eliminate some duplicates we had already grown.
Extracted from a somewhat larger patch from Andres Freund.
Get rid of the fundamentally indefensible assumption that "long long int"
exists and is exactly 64 bits wide on every platform Postgres runs on.
Instead let the configure script select the type to use for "pg_int64".
This is a bit of a pain in the rear since we do not want to pollute client
namespace with all the random symbols that pg_config.h defines; instead
we have to create a separate generated header file, "pg_config_ext.h".
But now that the infrastructure is there, we might have the ability to
add some other stuff that's long been wanting in this area.
4TB large objects (standard 8KB BLCKSZ case). For this purpose new
libpq API lo_lseek64, lo_tell64 and lo_truncate64 are added. Also
corresponding new backend functions lo_lseek64, lo_tell64 and
lo_truncate64 are added. inv_api.c is changed to handle 64-bit
offsets.
Patch contributed by Nozomi Anzai (backend side) and Yugo Nagata
(frontend side, docs, regression tests and example program). Reviewed
by Kohei Kaigai. Committed by Tatsuo Ishii with minor editings.
The regular backend's main loop handles signal handling and error recovery
better than the current WAL sender command loop does. For example, if the
client hangs and a SIGTERM is received before starting streaming, the
walsender will now terminate immediately, rather than hang until the
connection times out.
Per discussion, schema-element subcommands are not allowed together with
this option, since it's not very obvious what should happen to the element
objects.
Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Remove duplicate implementation of catalog munging and miscellaneous
privilege and consistency checks. Instead rely on already existing data
in objectaddress.c to do the work.
Author: KaiGai Kohei
Tweaked by me
Reviewed by Robert Haas
Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging
independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the
existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object
type to support this operation.
Author: KaiGai Kohei
Tweaks by me
Reviewed by Robert Haas
This is just refactoring, to make the functions accessible outside xlog.c.
A followup patch will make use of that, to allow fetching timeline history
files over streaming replication.
On reflection (especially after noticing how many buildfarm critters have
__builtin_types_compatible_p but not _Static_assert), it seems like we
ought to try a bit harder to make these macros do something everywhere.
The initial cut at it would have been no help to code that is compiled only
on platforms without _Static_assert, for instance; and in any case not all
our contributors do their initial coding on the latest gcc version.
Some googling about static assertions turns up quite a bit of prior art
for making it work in compilers that lack _Static_assert. The method
that seems closest to our needs involves defining a struct with a bit-field
that has negative width if the assertion condition fails. There seems no
reliable way to get the error message string to be output, but throwing a
compile error with a confusing message is better than missing the problem
altogether.
In the same spirit, if we don't have __builtin_types_compatible_p we can at
least insist that the variable have the same width as the type. This won't
catch errors such as "wrong pointer type", but it's far better than
nothing.
In addition to changing the macro definitions, adjust a
compile-time-constant Assert in contrib/hstore to use StaticAssertStmt,
so we can get some buildfarm coverage on whether that macro behaves sanely
or not. There's surely more places that could be converted, but this is
the first one I came across.
Currently, the macros only work with fairly recent gcc versions, but there
is room to expand them to other compilers that have comparable features.
Heavily revised and autoconfiscated version of a patch by Andres Freund.
This fixes another error in commit 9e8da0f757.
I neglected to make the mark/restore functionality save and restore the
current set of array key values, which led to strange behavior if an
IndexScan with ScalarArrayOpExpr quals was used as the inner side of a
mergejoin. Per bug #7570 from Melese Tesfaye.
This allows easily splitting configuration into many files, deployed in a
directory.
Magnus Hagander, Greg Smith, Selena Deckelmann, reviewed by Noah Misch.
Produce a NOTICE when the label already exists, for consistency with other
CREATE IF NOT EXISTS commands. Also, fix the code so it produces something
more user-friendly than an index violation when the label already exists.
This not incidentally enables making a regression test that the previous
patch didn't make for fear of exposing an unpredictable OID in the results.
Also some wordsmithing on the documentation.
If the label is already in the enum the statement becomes a no-op.
This will reduce the pain that comes from our not allowing this
operation inside a transaction block.
Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Tom Lane and Magnus Hagander.
The previous scheme had bugs in some corner cases involving tables that had
been renamed since a view was made. This could result in dumped views that
failed to reload or reloaded incorrectly, as seen in bug #7553 from Lloyd
Albin, as well as in some pgsql-hackers discussion back in January. Also,
its behavior for printing EXPLAIN plans was sometimes confusing because of
willingness to use the same alias for multiple RTEs (it was Ashutosh
Bapat's complaint about that aspect that started the January thread).
To fix, ensure that each RTE in the query has a unique unqualified alias,
by modifying the alias if necessary (we add "_" and digits as needed to
create a non-conflicting name). Then we can just print its variables with
that alias, avoiding the confusing and bug-prone scheme of sometimes
schema-qualifying variable names. In EXPLAIN, it proves to be expedient to
take the further step of only assigning such aliases to RTEs that are
actually referenced in the query, since the planner has a habit of
generating extra RTEs with the same alias in situations such as
inheritance-tree expansion.
Although this fixes a bug of very long standing, I'm hesitant to back-patch
such a noticeable behavioral change. My experiments while creating a
regression test convinced me that actually incorrect output (as opposed to
confusing output) occurs only in very narrow cases, which is backed up by
the lack of previous complaints from the field. So we may be better off
living with it in released branches; and in any case it'd be smart to let
this ripen awhile in HEAD before we consider back-patching it.
Similar changes were done to pg_hba.conf earlier already, this commit makes
pg_ident.conf to behave the same as pg_hba.conf.
This has two user-visible effects. First, if pg_ident.conf contains multiple
errors, the whole file is parsed at postmaster startup time and all the
errors are immediately reported. Before this patch, the file was parsed and
the errors were reported only when someone tries to connect using an
authentication method that uses the file, and the parsing stopped on first
error. Second, if you SIGHUP to reload the config files, and the new
pg_ident.conf file contains an error, the error is logged but the old file
stays in effect.
Also, regular expressions in pg_ident.conf are now compiled only once when
the file is loaded, rather than every time the a user is authenticated. That
should speed up authentication if you have a lot of regexps in the file.
Amit Kapila
The planner previously assumed that parameter Vars having the same absolute
query level, varno, and varattno could safely be assigned the same runtime
PARAM_EXEC slot, even though they might be different Vars appearing in
different subqueries. This was (probably) safe before the introduction of
CTEs, but the lazy-evalution mechanism used for CTEs means that a CTE can
be executed during execution of some other subquery, causing the lifespan
of Params at the same syntactic nesting level as the CTE to overlap with
use of the same slots inside the CTE. In 9.1 we created additional hazards
by using the same parameter-assignment technology for nestloop inner scan
parameters, but it was broken before that, as illustrated by the added
regression test.
To fix, restructure the planner's management of PlannerParamItems so that
items having different semantic lifespans are kept rigorously separated.
This will probably result in complex queries using more runtime PARAM_EXEC
slots than before, but the slots are cheap enough that this hardly matters.
Also, stop generating PlannerParamItems containing Params for subquery
outputs: all we really need to do is reserve the PARAM_EXEC slot number,
and that now only takes incrementing a counter. The planning code is
simpler and probably faster than before, as well as being more correct.
Per report from Vik Reykja.
These changes will mostly also need to be made in the back branches, but
I'm going to hold off on that until after 9.2.0 wraps.
The cascading replication code assumed that the current RecoveryTargetTLI
never changes, but that's not true with recovery_target_timeline='latest'.
The obvious upshot of that is that RecoveryTargetTLI in shared memory needs
to be protected by a lock. A less obvious consequence is that when a
cascading standby is connected, and the standby switches to a new target
timeline after scanning the archive, it will continue to stream WAL to the
cascading standby, but from a wrong file, ie. the file of the previous
timeline. For example, if the standby is currently streaming from the middle
of file 000000010000000000000005, and the timeline changes, the standby
will continue to stream from that file. However, the WAL on the new
timeline is in file 000000020000000000000005, so the standby sends garbage
from 000000010000000000000005 to the cascading standby, instead of the
correct WAL from file 000000020000000000000005.
This also fixes a related bug where a partial WAL segment is restored from
the archive and streamed to a cascading standby. The code assumed that when
a WAL segment is copied from the archive, it can immediately be fully
streamed to a cascading standby. However, if the segment is only partially
filled, ie. has the right size, but only N first bytes contain valid WAL,
that's not safe. That can happen if a partial WAL segment is manually copied
to the archive, or if a partial WAL segment is archived because a server is
started up on a new timeline within that segment. The cascading standby will
get confused if the WAL it received is not valid, and will get stuck until
it's restarted. This patch fixes that problem by not allowing WAL restored
from the archive to be streamed to a cascading standby until it's been
replayed, and thus validated.
We can detect whether the planner top level is going to care at all about
cheap startup cost (it will only do so if query_planner's tuple_fraction
argument is greater than zero). If it isn't, we might as well discard
paths immediately whose only advantage over others is cheap startup cost.
This turns out to get rid of quite a lot of paths in complex queries ---
I saw planner runtime reduction of more than a third on one large query.
Since add_path isn't currently passed the PlannerInfo "root", the easiest
way to tell it whether to do this was to add a bool flag to RelOptInfo.
That's a bit redundant, since all relations in a given query level will
have the same setting. But in the future it's possible that we'd refine
the control decision to work on a per-relation basis, so this seems like
a good arrangement anyway.
Per my suggestion of a few months ago.
We previously supposed that any given platform would supply both or neither
of these functions, so that one configure test would be sufficient. It now
appears that at least on AIX this is not the case ... which is likely an
AIX bug, but nonetheless we need to cope with it. So use separate tests.
Per bug #6758; thanks to Andrew Hastie for doing the followup testing
needed to confirm what was happening.
Backpatch to 9.1, where we began using these functions.
This reduces unnecessary exposure of other headers through htup.h, which
is very widely included by many files.
I have chosen to move the function prototypes to the new file as well,
because that means htup.h no longer needs to include tupdesc.h. In
itself this doesn't have much effect in indirect inclusion of tupdesc.h
throughout the tree, because it's also required by execnodes.h; but it's
something to explore in the future, and it seemed best to do the htup.h
change now while I'm busy with it.
Given a query such as
SELECT * FROM foo JOIN LATERAL (SELECT foo.var1) ss(x) ON ss.x = foo.var2
the existence of the join clause "ss.x = foo.var2" encourages indxpath.c to
build a parameterized path for foo using any index available for foo.var2.
This is completely useless activity, though, since foo has got to be on the
outside not the inside of any nestloop join with ss. It's reasonably
inexpensive to add tests that prevent creation of such paths, so let's do
that.
In the initial cut at LATERAL, I kept the rule that cheapest_total_path
was always unparameterized, which meant it had to be NULL if the relation
has no unparameterized paths. It turns out to work much more nicely if
we always have *some* path nominated as cheapest-total for each relation.
In particular, let's still say it's the cheapest unparameterized path if
there is one; if not, take the cheapest-total-cost path among those of
the minimum available parameterization. (The first rule is actually
a special case of the second.)
This allows reversion of some temporary lobotomizations I'd put in place.
In particular, the planner can now consider hash and merge joins for
joins below a parameter-supplying nestloop, even if there aren't any
unparameterized paths available. This should bring planning of
LATERAL-containing queries to the same level as queries not using that
feature.
Along the way, simplify management of parameterized paths in add_path()
and friends. In the original coding for parameterized paths in 9.2,
I tried to minimize the logic changes in add_path(), so it just treated
parameterization as yet another dimension of comparison for paths.
We later made it ignore pathkeys (sort ordering) of parameterized paths,
on the grounds that ordering isn't a useful property for the path on the
inside of a nestloop, so we might as well get rid of useless parameterized
paths as quickly as possible. But we didn't take that reasoning as far as
we should have. Startup cost isn't a useful property inside a nestloop
either, so add_path() ought to discount startup cost of parameterized paths
as well. Having done that, the secondary sorting I'd implemented (in
add_parameterized_path) is no longer needed --- any parameterized path that
survives add_path() at all is worth considering at higher levels. So this
should be a bit faster as well as simpler.
The heapam XLog functions are used by other modules, not all of which
are interested in the rest of the heapam API. With this, we let them
get just the XLog stuff in which they are interested and not pollute
them with unrelated includes.
Also, since heapam.h no longer requires xlog.h, many files that do
include heapam.h no longer get xlog.h automatically, including a few
headers. This is useful because heapam.h is getting pulled in by
execnodes.h, which is in turn included by a lot of files.
This enables selectivity estimation of the <<, >>, &<, &> and && operators,
as well as the normal inequality operators: <, <=, >=, >. "range @> element"
is also supported, but the range-variant @> and <@ operators are not,
because they cannot be sensibly estimated with lower and upper bound
histograms alone. We would need to make some assumption about the lengths of
the ranges for that. Alexander's patch included a separate histogram of
lengths for that, but I left that out of the patch for simplicity. Hopefully
that will be added as a followup patch.
The fraction of empty ranges is also calculated and used in estimation.
Alexander Korotkov, heavily modified by me.
This patch takes care of a number of problems having to do with failure
to choose valid join orders and incorrect handling of lateral references
pulled up from subqueries. Notable changes:
* Add a LateralJoinInfo data structure similar to SpecialJoinInfo, to
represent join ordering constraints created by lateral references.
(I first considered extending the SpecialJoinInfo structure, but the
semantics are different enough that a separate data structure seems
better.) Extend join_is_legal() and related functions to prevent trying
to form unworkable joins, and to ensure that we will consider joins that
satisfy lateral references even if the joins would be clauseless.
* Fill in the infrastructure needed for the last few types of relation scan
paths to support parameterization. We'd have wanted this eventually
anyway, but it is necessary now because a relation that gets pulled up out
of a UNION ALL subquery may acquire a reltargetlist containing lateral
references, meaning that its paths *have* to be parameterized whether or
not we have any code that can push join quals down into the scan.
* Compute data about lateral references early in query_planner(), and save
in RelOptInfo nodes, to avoid repetitive calculations later.
* Assorted corner-case bug fixes.
There's probably still some bugs left, but this is a lot closer to being
real than it was before.
When elevel >= ERROR, we add an abort() call to the ereport() macro to
give the compiler a hint that the ereport() expansion will not return,
but the abort() isn't actually reached because the longjmp happens in
errfinish().
Because the effect of ereport() varies with the elevel, we cannot use
standard compiler attributes such as noreturn for this.
We had put a test for libxml2's xmlStructuredErrorContext variable in
configure, but of course that doesn't work on Windows builds. The next
best alternative seems to be to test the LIBXML_VERSION symbol provided
by xmlversion.h.
Per report from Talha Bin Rizwan, though this fixes it in a different way
than his proposed patch.
The implementation is a quad-tree, largely copied from the quad-tree
implementation for points. The lower and upper bound of ranges are the 2d
coordinates, with some extra code to handle empty ranges.
I left out the support for adjacent operator, -|-, from the original patch.
Not because there was necessarily anything wrong with it, but it was more
complicated than the other operators, and I only have limited time for
reviewing. That will follow as a separate patch.
Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Jeff Davis and me.
We use a hash table to track the parents of inner pages, but when inserting
to a leaf page, the caller of gistbufferinginserttuples() must pass a
correct block number of the leaf's parent page. Before gistProcessItup()
descends to a child page, it checks if the downlink needs to be adjusted to
accommodate the new tuple, and updates the downlink if necessary. However,
updating the downlink might require splitting the page, which might move the
downlink to a page to the right. gistProcessItup() doesn't realize that, so
when it descends to the leaf page, it might pass an out-of-date parent block
number as a result. Fix that by returning the block a tuple was inserted to
from gistbufferinginserttuples().
This fixes the bug reported by Zdeněk Jílovec.
Re-allow subquery pullup for LATERAL subqueries, except when the subquery
is below an outer join and contains lateral references to relations outside
that outer join. If we pull up in such a case, we risk introducing lateral
cross-references into outer joins' ON quals, which is something the code is
entirely unprepared to cope with right now; and I'm not sure it'll ever be
worth coping with.
Support lateral refs in VALUES (this seems to be the only additional path
type that needs such support as a consequence of re-allowing subquery
pullup).
Put in a slightly hacky fix for joinpath.c's refusal to consider
parameterized join paths even when there cannot be any unparameterized
ones. This was causing "could not devise a query plan for the given query"
failures in queries involving more than two FROM items.
Put in an even more hacky fix for distribute_qual_to_rels() being unhappy
with join quals that contain references to rels outside their syntactic
scope; which is to say, disable that test altogether. Need to think about
how to preserve some sort of debugging cross-check here, while not
expending more cycles than befits a debugging cross-check.
This command generated new pg_depend entries linking the index to the
constraint and the constraint to the table, which match the entries made
when a unique or primary key constraint is built de novo. However, it did
not bother to get rid of the entries linking the index directly to the
table. We had considered the issue when the ADD CONSTRAINT USING INDEX
patch was written, and concluded that we didn't need to get rid of the
extra entries. But this is wrong: ALTER COLUMN TYPE wasn't expecting such
redundant dependencies to exist, as reported by Hubert Depesz Lubaczewski.
On reflection it seems rather likely to break other things as well, since
there are many bits of code that crawl pg_depend for one purpose or
another, and most of them are pretty naive about what relationships they're
expecting to find. Fortunately it's not that hard to get rid of the extra
dependency entries, so let's do that.
Back-patch to 9.1, where ALTER TABLE ADD CONSTRAINT USING INDEX was added.
Replace unix_socket_directory with unix_socket_directories, which is a list
of socket directories, and adjust postmaster's code to allow zero or more
Unix-domain sockets to be created.
This is mostly a straightforward change, but since the Unix sockets ought
to be created after the TCP/IP sockets for safety reasons (better chance
of detecting a port number conflict), AddToDataDirLockFile needs to be
fixed to support out-of-order updates of data directory lockfile lines.
That's a change that had been foreseen to be necessary someday anyway.
Honza Horak, reviewed and revised by Tom Lane
Formerly we relied on checking after-the-fact to see if an expression
contained aggregates, window functions, or sub-selects when it shouldn't.
This is grotty, easily forgotten (indeed, we had forgotten to teach
DefineIndex about rejecting window functions), and none too efficient
since it requires extra traversals of the parse tree. To improve matters,
define an enum type that classifies all SQL sub-expressions, store it in
ParseState to show what kind of expression we are currently parsing, and
make transformAggregateCall, transformWindowFuncCall, and transformSubLink
check the expression type and throw error if the type indicates the
construct is disallowed. This allows removal of a large number of ad-hoc
checks scattered around the code base. The enum type is sufficiently
fine-grained that we can still produce error messages of at least the
same specificity as before.
Bringing these error checks together revealed that we'd been none too
consistent about phrasing of the error messages, so standardize the wording
a bit.
Also, rewrite checking of aggregate arguments so that it requires only one
traversal of the arguments, rather than up to three as before.
In passing, clean up some more comments left over from add_missing_from
support, and annotate some tests that I think are dead code now that that's
gone. (I didn't risk actually removing said dead code, though.)
Now that we are storing structs in these lists, the distinction between
the two lists can be represented with a couple of extra flags while using
only a single list. This simplifies the code and should save a little
bit of palloc traffic, since the majority of RTEs are represented in both
lists anyway.
This patch implements the standard syntax of LATERAL attached to a
sub-SELECT in FROM, and also allows LATERAL attached to a function in FROM,
since set-returning function calls are expected to be one of the principal
use-cases.
The main change here is a rewrite of the mechanism for keeping track of
which relations are visible for column references while the FROM clause is
being scanned. The parser "namespace" lists are no longer lists of bare
RTEs, but are lists of ParseNamespaceItem structs, which carry an RTE
pointer as well as some visibility-controlling flags. Aside from
supporting LATERAL correctly, this lets us get rid of the ancient hacks
that required rechecking subqueries and JOIN/ON and function-in-FROM
expressions for invalid references after they were initially parsed.
Invalid column references are now always correctly detected on sight.
In passing, remove assorted parser error checks that are now dead code by
virtue of our having gotten rid of add_missing_from, as well as some
comments that are obsolete for the same reason. (It was mainly
add_missing_from that caused so much fudging here in the first place.)
The planner support for this feature is very minimal, and will be improved
in future patches. It works well enough for testing purposes, though.
catversion bump forced due to new field in RangeTblEntry.
The correct test for whether a redirection tuple is removable is whether
tuple's xid < RecentGlobalXmin, not OldestXmin; the previous coding
failed to protect index searches being done in concurrent transactions that
have no XID. This mirrors the recent fix in btree's page recycling logic
made in commit d3abbbebe5.
Also, WAL-log the newest XID of any removed redirection tuple on an index
page, and apply ResolveRecoveryConflictWithSnapshot during InHotStandby WAL
replay. This protects against concurrent Hot Standby transactions possibly
needing to see the redirection tuple(s).
Per my query of 2012-03-12 and subsequent discussion.
Parse analysis neglected to cover the case of a WITH clause attached to an
intermediate-level set operation; it only handled WITH at the top level
or WITH attached to a leaf-level SELECT. Per report from Adam Mackler.
In HEAD, I rearranged the order of SelectStmt's fields to put withClause
with the other fields that can appear on non-leaf SelectStmts. In back
branches, leave it alone to avoid a possible ABI break for third-party
code.
Back-patch to 8.4 where WITH support was added.
We made use of the ROWS estimate for set-returning functions used in FROM,
but not for those used in SELECT targetlists; which is a bit of an
oversight considering there are common usages that require the latter
approach. Improve that. (I had initially thought it might be worth
folding this into cost_qual_eval, but after investigation concluded that
that wouldn't be very helpful, so just do it separately.) Per complaint
from David Johnston.
Back-patch to 9.2, but not further, for fear of destabilizing plan choices
in existing releases.
The code was setting it true for other constraints, which is
bogus. Doing so caused bogus catalog entries for such constraints, and
in particular caused an error to be raised when trying to drop a
constraint of types other than CHECK from a table that has children,
such as reported in bug #6712.
In 9.2, additionally ignore connoinherit=true for other constraint
types, to avoid having to force initdb; existing databases might already
contain bogus catalog entries.
Includes a catversion bump (in HEAD only).
Bug report from Miroslav Šulc
Analysis from Amit Kapila and Noah Misch; Amit also contributed the patch.
When a whole-row Var is reading the result of a subquery, we need it to
ignore any "resjunk" columns that the subquery might have evaluated for
GROUP BY or ORDER BY purposes. We've hacked this area before, in commit
68e40998d0, but that fix only covered
whole-row Vars of named composite types, not those of RECORD type; and it
was mighty klugy anyway, since it just assumed without checking that any
extra columns in the result must be resjunk. A proper fix requires getting
hold of the subquery's targetlist so we can actually see which columns are
resjunk (whereupon we can use a JunkFilter to get rid of them). So bite
the bullet and add some infrastructure to make that possible.
Per report from Andrew Dunstan and additional testing by Merlin Moncure.
Back-patch to all supported branches. In 8.3, also back-patch commit
292176a118, which for some reason I had
not done at the time, but it's a prerequisite for this change.
Commit 3855968f32 added syntax, pg_dump,
psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire.
With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility
overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information
about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and
there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very
beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing,
and a good building block for future work.
Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since
testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one.
Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
Functions like range_eq, range_before etc. are exposed at the SQL-level, but
they're also used internally by the GiST consistent support function. The
code sharing was done by a hack, TrickFunctionCall2, which relied on the
knowledge that all the functions used fn_extra the same way. This commit
splits the functions into internal versions that take a TypeCacheEntry as
argument, and thin wrappers to expose the functions at the SQL-level. The
internal versions can then be called directly and in a less hacky way from
the GiST consistent function.
This is just cosmetic, but backpatch to 9.2 anyway, to avoid having a
different version of this code in the 9.2 branch. That would make
backpatching fixes in this area more difficult.
Alexander Korotkov
mdinit() was misusing IsBootstrapProcessingMode() to decide whether to
create an fsync pending-operations table in the current process. This led
to creating a table not only in the startup and checkpointer processes as
intended, but also in the bgwriter process, not to mention other auxiliary
processes such as walwriter and walreceiver. Creation of the table in the
bgwriter is fatal, because it absorbs fsync requests that should have gone
to the checkpointer; instead they just sit in bgwriter local memory and are
never acted on. So writes performed by the bgwriter were not being fsync'd
which could result in data loss after an OS crash. I think there is no
live bug with respect to walwriter and walreceiver because those never
perform any writes of shared buffers; but the potential is there for
future breakage in those processes too.
To fix, make AuxiliaryProcessMain() export the current process's
AuxProcType as a global variable, and then make mdinit() test directly for
the types of aux process that should have a pendingOpsTable. Having done
that, we might as well also get rid of the random bool flags such as
am_walreceiver that some of the aux processes had grown. (Note that we
could not have fixed the bug by examining those variables in mdinit(),
because it's called from BaseInit() which is run by AuxiliaryProcessMain()
before entering any of the process-type-specific code.)
Back-patch to 9.2, where the problem was introduced by the split-up of
bgwriter and checkpointer processes. The bogus pendingOpsTable exists
in walwriter and walreceiver processes in earlier branches, but absent
any evidence that it causes actual problems there, I'll leave the older
branches alone.
They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a
follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place,
including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT,
SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER;
pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated
initial feature set.
Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me.
Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set,
but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it
turns out.
In all branches back to 8.3, this patch fixes a questionable assumption in
CompactCheckpointerRequestQueue/CompactBgwriterRequestQueue that there are
no uninitialized pad bytes in the request queue structs. This would only
cause trouble if (a) there were such pad bytes, which could happen in 8.4
and up if the compiler makes enum ForkNumber narrower than 32 bits, but
otherwise would require not-currently-planned changes in the widths of
other typedefs; and (b) the kernel has not uniformly initialized the
contents of shared memory to zeroes. Still, it seems a tad risky, and we
can easily remove any risk by pre-zeroing the request array for ourselves.
In addition to that, we need to establish a coding rule that struct
RelFileNode can't contain any padding bytes, since such structs are copied
into the request array verbatim. (There are other places that are assuming
this anyway, it turns out.)
In 9.1 and up, the risk was a bit larger because we were also effectively
assuming that struct RelFileNodeBackend contained no pad bytes, and with
fields of different types in there, that would be much easier to break.
However, there is no good reason to ever transmit fsync or delete requests
for temp files to the bgwriter/checkpointer, so we can revert the request
structs to plain RelFileNode, getting rid of the padding risk and saving
some marginal number of bytes and cycles in fsync queue manipulation while
we are at it. The savings might be more than marginal during deletion of
a temp relation, because the old code transmitted an entirely useless but
nonetheless expensive-to-process ForgetRelationFsync request to the
background process, and also had the background process perform the file
deletion even though that can safely be done immediately.
In addition, make some cleanup of nearby comments and small improvements to
the code in CompactCheckpointerRequestQueue/CompactBgwriterRequestQueue.
Management of timeouts was getting a little cumbersome; what we
originally had was more than enough back when we were only concerned
about deadlocks and query cancel; however, when we added timeouts for
standby processes, the code got considerably messier. Since there are
plans to add more complex timeouts, this seems a good time to introduce
a central timeout handling module.
External modules register their timeout handlers during process
initialization, and later enable and disable them as they see fit using
a simple API; timeout.c is in charge of keeping track of which timeouts
are in effect at any time, installing a common SIGALRM signal handler,
and calling setitimer() as appropriate to ensure timely firing of
external handlers.
timeout.c additionally supports pluggable modules to add their own
timeouts, though this capability isn't exercised anywhere yet.
Additionally, as of this commit, walsender processes are aware of
timeouts; we had a preexisting bug there that made those ignore SIGALRM,
thus being subject to unhandled deadlocks, particularly during the
authentication phase. This has already been fixed in back branches in
commit 0bf8eb2a, which see for more details.
Main author: Zoltán Böszörményi
Some review and cleanup by Álvaro Herrera
Extensive reworking by Tom Lane
Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE
had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an
explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the
name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as
shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't
take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name.
To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be
assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE
INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index
names in any situation.
I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt
as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long
parameter list.
Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change
IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back
to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given
the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
Historically we have not worried about fsync'ing anything during initdb
(in fact, initdb intentionally passes -F to each backend launch to prevent
it from fsync'ing). But with filesystems getting more aggressive about
caching data, that's not such a good plan anymore. Make initdb do a pass
over the finished data directory tree to fsync everything. For testing
purposes, the -N/--nosync flag can be used to restore the old behavior.
Also, testing shows that on Linux, sync_file_range() is much faster than
posix_fadvise() for hinting to the kernel that an fsync is coming,
apparently because the latter blocks on a rather small request queue while
the former doesn't. So use this function if available in initdb, and also
in the backend's pg_flush_data() (where it currently will affect only the
speed of CREATE DATABASE's cloning step).
We will later make pg_regress invoke initdb with the --nosync flag
to avoid slowing down cases such as "make check" in contrib. But
let's not do so until we've shaken out any portability issues in this
patch.
Jeff Davis, reviewed by Andres Freund
These functions support removing or replacing array element value(s)
matching a given search value. Although intended mainly to support a
future array-foreign-key feature, they seem useful in their own right.
Marco Nenciarini and Gabriele Bartolini, reviewed by Alex Hunsaker
source code(lisp/international/mule-conf.el). These charsets have not
been supported up to now anyway, so this is just for adding
commentary. Also add mention that we follow emacs's implementation,
not xemacs's.
To generate btree-indexable conditions from regex WHERE conditions (such as
WHERE indexed_col ~ '^foo'), we need to be able to identify any fixed
prefix that a regex might have; that is, find any string that must be a
prefix of all strings satisfying the regex. We used to do that with
entirely ad-hoc code that looked at the source text of the regex. It
didn't know very much about regex syntax, which mostly meant that it would
fail to identify some optimizable cases; but Viktor Rosenfeld reported that
it would produce actively wrong answers for quantified parenthesized
subexpressions, such as '^(foo)?bar'. Rather than trying to extend the
ad-hoc code to cover this, let's get rid of it altogether in favor of
identifying prefixes by examining the compiled form of a regex.
To do this, I've added a new entry point "pg_regprefix" to the regex library;
hopefully it is defined in a sufficiently general fashion that it can remain
in the library when/if that code gets split out as a standalone project.
Since this bug has been there for a very long time, this fix needs to get
back-patched. However it depends on some other recent commits (particularly
the addition of wchar-to-database-encoding conversion), so I'll commit this
separately and then go to work on back-porting the necessary fixes.
Previously, pattern_fixed_prefix() was defined to return whatever fixed
prefix it could extract from the pattern, plus the "rest" of the pattern.
That definition was sensible for LIKE patterns, but not so much for
regexes, where reconstituting a valid pattern minus the prefix could be
quite tricky (certainly the existing code wasn't doing that correctly).
Since the only thing that callers ever did with the "rest" of the pattern
was to pass it to like_selectivity() or regex_selectivity(), let's cut out
the middle-man and just have pattern_fixed_prefix's subroutines do this
directly. Then pattern_fixed_prefix can return a simple selectivity
number, and the question of how to cope with partial patterns is removed
from its API specification.
While at it, adjust the API spec so that callers who don't actually care
about the pattern's selectivity (which is a lot of them) can pass NULL for
the selectivity pointer to skip doing the work of computing a selectivity
estimate.
This patch is only an API refactoring that doesn't actually change any
processing, other than allowing a little bit of useless work to be skipped.
However, it's necessary infrastructure for my upcoming fix to regex prefix
extraction, because after that change there won't be any simple way to
identify the "rest" of the regex, not even to the low level of fidelity
needed by regex_selectivity. We can cope with that if regex_fixed_prefix
and regex_selectivity communicate directly, but not if we have to work
within the old API. Hence, back-patch to all active branches.
We can do this without creating an API break for estimation functions
by passing the collation using the existing fmgr functionality for
passing an input collation as a hidden parameter.
The need for this was foreseen at the outset, but we didn't get around to
making it happen in 9.1 because of the decision to sort all pg_statistic
histograms according to the database's default collation. That meant that
selectivity estimators generally need to use the default collation too,
even if they're estimating for an operator that will do something
different. The reason it's suddenly become more interesting is that
regexp interpretation also uses a collation (for its LC_TYPE not LC_COLLATE
property), and we no longer want to use the wrong collation when examining
regexps during planning. It's not that the selectivity estimate is likely
to change much from this; rather that we are thinking of caching compiled
regexps during planner estimation, and we won't get the intended benefit
if we cache them with a different collation than the executor will use.
Back-patch to 9.1, both because the regexp change is likely to get
back-patched and because we might as well get this right in all
collation-supporting branches, in case any third-party code wants to
rely on getting the collation. The patch turns out to be minuscule
now that I've done it ...
The previous coding abused the first element of a cNFA state's arcs list
to hold a per-state flag bit, which was confusing, undocumented, and not
even particularly efficient. Get rid of that in favor of a separate
"stflags" vector. Since there's only one bit in use, I chose to allocate a
char per state; we could possibly replace this with a bitmap at some point,
but that would make accesses a little slower. It's already about 8X
smaller than before, so let's not get overly tense.
Also document the representation better than it was before, which is to say
not at all.
This patch is a byproduct of investigations towards extracting a "fixed
prefix" string from the compact-NFA representation of regex patterns.
Might need to back-patch it if we decide to back-patch that fix, but for
now it's just code cleanup so I'll just put it in HEAD.
All Unix-oid platforms that we currently support should have waitpid(),
since it's in V2 of the Single Unix Spec. Our git history shows that
the wait3 code was added to support NextStep, which we officially dropped
support for as of 9.2. So get rid of the configure test, and simplify the
macro spaghetti in reaper(). Per suggestion from Fujii Masao.
This is infrastructure for Alexander Korotkov's work on indexing regular
expression searches.
Alexander Korotkov, with a bit of further hackery on the MULE conversion
by me
This commit improves the comments in pg_wchar.h and creates #define symbols
for some formerly hard-coded values. No substantive code changes.
Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
Per bug #6593, REASSIGN OWNED fails when the affected role has created
an extension. Even though the user related to the extension is not
nominally the owner, its OID appears on pg_shdepend and thus causes
problems when the user is to be dropped.
This commit adds code to change the "ownership" of the extension itself,
not of the contained objects. This is fine because it's currently only
called from REASSIGN OWNED, which would also modify the ownership of the
contained objects. However, this is not sufficient for a working ALTER
OWNER implementation extension.
Back-patch to 9.1, where extensions were introduced.
Bug #6593 reported by Emiliano Leporati.
Per testing by Andres Freund, this improves replication performance
and reduces replication latency and latency jitter. I was a bit
concerned about moving more work into XLogInsert, but testing seems
to show that it's not a problem in practice.
Along the way, improve comments for WaitLatchOrSocket.
Andres Freund. Review and stylistic cleanup by me.
If a CHECK constraint or index definition contained a whole-row Var (that
is, "table.*"), an attempt to copy that definition via CREATE TABLE LIKE or
table inheritance produced incorrect results: the copied Var still claimed
to have the rowtype of the source table, rather than the created table.
For the LIKE case, it seems reasonable to just throw error for this
situation, since the point of LIKE is that the new table is not permanently
coupled to the old, so there's no reason to assume its rowtype will stay
compatible. In the inheritance case, we should ideally allow such
constraints, but doing so will require nontrivial refactoring of CREATE
TABLE processing (because we'd need to know the OID of the new table's
rowtype before we adjust inherited CHECK constraints). In view of the lack
of previous complaints, that doesn't seem worth the risk in a back-patched
bug fix, so just make it throw error for the inheritance case as well.
Along the way, replace change_varattnos_of_a_node() with a more robust
function map_variable_attnos(), which is capable of being extended to
handle insertion of ConvertRowtypeExpr whenever we get around to fixing
the inheritance case nicely, and in the meantime it returns a failure
indication to the caller so that a helpful message with some context can be
thrown. Also, this code will do the right thing with subselects (if we
ever allow them in CHECK or indexes), and it range-checks varattnos before
using them to index into the map array.
Per report from Sergey Konoplev. Back-patch to all supported branches.
There was a wild mix of calling conventions: Some were declared to
return void and didn't return, some returned an int exit code, some
claimed to return an exit code, which the callers checked, but
actually never returned, and so on.
Now all of these functions are declared to return void and decorated
with attribute noreturn and don't return. That's easiest, and most
code already worked that way.
Commit 061e7efb1b changed the rules
for splitting xlog records across pages, but neglected to update this
test. It's possible that there's some better action here than just
removing the test completely, but this at least appears to get some
of the things that are currently broken (like initdb on MacOS X)
working again.
The latter was already the dominant use, and it's preferable because
in C the convention is that intXX means XX bits. Therefore, allowing
mixed use of int2, int4, int8, int16, int32 is obviously confusing.
Remove the typedefs for int2 and int4 for now. They don't seem to be
widely used outside of the PostgreSQL source tree, and the few uses
can probably be cleaned up by the time this ships.
This simplifies code that needs to do arithmetic on XLogRecPtrs.
To avoid changing on-disk format of data pages, the LSN on data pages is
still stored in the old format. That should keep pg_upgrade happy. However,
we have XLogRecPtrs embedded in the control file, and in the structs that
are sent over the replication protocol, so this changes breaks compatibility
of pg_basebackup and server. I didn't do anything about this in this patch,
per discussion on -hackers, the right thing to do would to be to change the
replication protocol to be architecture-independent, so that you could use
a newer version of pg_receivexlog, for example, against an older server
version.
This saves a few bytes of WAL space, but the real motivation is to make it
predictable how much WAL space a record requires, as it no longer depends
on whether we need to waste the last few bytes at end of WAL page because
the header doesn't fit.
The total length field of WAL record, xl_tot_len, is moved to the beginning
of the WAL record header, so that it is still always found on the first page
where a WAL record begins.
Bump WAL version number again as this is an incompatible change.
The continuation record only contained one field, xl_rem_len, so it makes
things simpler to just include it in the WAL page header. This wastes four
bytes on pages that don't begin with a continuation from previos page, plus
four bytes on every page, because of padding.
The motivation of this is to make it easier to calculate how much space a
WAL record needs. Before this patch, it depended on how many page boundaries
the record crosses. The motivation of that, in turn, is to separate the
allocation of space in the WAL from the copying of the record data to the
allocated space. Keeping the calculation of space required simple helps to
keep the critical section of allocating the space from WAL short. But that's
not included in this patch yet.
Bump WAL version number again, as this is an incompatible change.
The comments claimed that wasting the last segment made it easier to do
calculations with XLogRecPtrs, because you don't have problems representing
last-byte-position-plus-1 that way. In my experience, however, it only made
things more complicated, because the there was two ways to represent the
boundary at the beginning of a logical log file: logid = n+1 and xrecoff = 0,
or as xlogid = n and xrecoff = 4GB - XLOG_SEG_SIZE. Some functions were
picky about which representation was used.
Also, use a 64-bit segment number instead of the log/seg combination, to
point to a certain WAL segment. We assume that all platforms have a working
64-bit integer type nowadays.
This is an incompatible change in WAL format, so bumping WAL version number.
Repeated execution of an uncorrelated ARRAY_SUBLINK sub-select (which
I think can only happen if the sub-select is embedded in a larger,
correlated subquery) would leak memory for the duration of the query,
due to not reclaiming the array generated in the previous execution.
Per bug #6698 from Armando Miraglia. Diagnosis and fix idea by Heikki,
patch itself by me.
This has been like this all along, so back-patch to all supported versions.
This speeds up reassigning locks to the parent owner, when the transaction
holds a lot of locks, but only a few of them belong to the current resource
owner. This is particularly helps pg_dump when dumping a large number of
objects.
The cache can hold up to 15 locks in each resource owner. After that, the
cache is marked as overflowed, and we fall back to the old method of
scanning the whole local lock table. The tradeoff here is that the cache has
to be scanned whenever a lock is released, so if the cache is too large,
lock release becomes more expensive. 15 seems enough to cover pg_dump, and
doesn't have much impact on lock release.
Jeff Janes, reviewed by Amit Kapila and Heikki Linnakangas.
During an update of a PK row, we can skip firing the RI trigger if any old
key value is NULL, because then the row could not have had any matching
rows in the FK table. Conversely, during an update of an FK row, the
outcome is determined if any new key value is NULL. In either case it
becomes unnecessary to compare individual key values.
This patch was inspired by discussion of Vik Reykja's patch to use IS NOT
DISTINCT semantics for the key comparisons. In the event there is no need
for that and so this patch looks nothing like his, but he should still get
credit for having re-opened consideration of the trigger skip logic.
Previously we followed the SQL92 wording, "MATCH <unspecified>", but since
SQL99 there's been a less awkward way to refer to the default style.
In addition to the code changes, pg_constraint.confmatchtype now stores
this match style as 's' (SIMPLE) rather than 'u' (UNSPECIFIED). This
doesn't affect pg_dump or psql because they use pg_get_constraintdef()
to reconstruct foreign key definitions. But other client-side code might
examine that column directly, so this change will have to be marked as
an incompatibility in the 9.3 release notes.
Formerly, if the system clock went backwards, the stats collector would
fail to update the stats file any more until the clock reading again
exceeds whatever timestamp was last written into the stats file. Such
glitches in the clock's behavior are not terribly unlikely on machines
not using NTP. Such a scenario has been observed to cause regression test
failures in the buildfarm, and it could have bad effects on the behavior
of autovacuum, so it seems prudent to install some defenses.
We could directly detect the clock going backwards by adding
GetCurrentTimestamp calls in the stats collector's main loop, but that
would hurt performance on platforms where GetCurrentTimestamp is expensive.
To minimize the performance hit in normal cases, adopt a more complicated
scheme wherein backends check for clock skew when reading the stats file,
and if they see it, signal the stats collector by sending an extra stats
inquiry message. The stats collector does an extra GetCurrentTimestamp
only when it receives an inquiry with an apparently out-of-order
timestamp.
To avoid unnecessary GetCurrentTimestamp calls, expand the inquiry messages
to carry the backend's current clock reading as well as its stats cutoff
time. The latter, being intentionally slightly in-the-past, would trigger
more clock rechecks than we need if it were used for this purpose.
We might want to backpatch this change at some point, but let's let it
shake out in the buildfarm for awhile first.
Because permissions are assigned to element types, not array types,
complaining about permission denied on an array type would be
misleading to users. So adjust the reporting to refer to the element
type instead.
In order not to duplicate the required logic in two dozen places,
refactor the permission denied reporting for types a bit.
pointed out by Yeb Havinga during the review of the type privilege
feature
When I implemented the ginbuildempty() function as part of
implementing unlogged tables, I falsified the note in the header
comment for log_newpage. Although we could fix that up by changing
the comment, it seems cleaner to add a new function which is
specifically intended to handle this case. So do that.
Even when allow_system_table_mods is not set, we allow creation of any
type of SQL object in pg_catalog, except for relations. And you can
get relations into pg_catalog, too, by initially creating them in some
other schema and then moving them with ALTER .. SET SCHEMA. So this
restriction, which prevents relations (only) from being created in
pg_catalog directly, is fairly pointless. If we need a safety mechanism
for this, it should be placed further upstream, so that it affects all
SQL objects uniformly, and picks up both CREATE and SET SCHEMA.
For now, just rip it out, per discussion with Tom Lane.
This provides a speedup of about 4X when NBuffers is large enough.
There is also a useful reduction in sinval traffic, since we
only do CacheInvalidateSmgr() once not once per fork.
Simon Riggs, reviewed and somewhat revised by Tom Lane
We allow non-superusers to create procedural languages (with restrictions)
and range datatypes. Previously, the automatically-created support
functions for these objects ended up owned by the creating user. This
represents a rather considerable security hazard, because the owning user
might be able to alter a support function's definition in such a way as to
crash the server, inject trojan-horse SQL code, or even execute arbitrary
C code directly. It appears that right now the only actually exploitable
problem is the infinite-recursion bug fixed in the previous patch for
CVE-2012-2655. However, it's not hard to imagine that future additions of
more ALTER FUNCTION capability might unintentionally open up new hazards.
To forestall future problems, cause these support functions to be owned by
the bootstrap superuser, not the user creating the parent object.
We used to only allow offsets less than +/-13 hours, then it was +/14,
then it was +/-15. That's still not good enough though, as per today's bug
report from Patric Bechtel. This time I actually looked through the Olson
timezone database to find the largest offsets used anywhere. The winners
are Asia/Manila, at -15:56:00 until 1844, and America/Metlakatla, at
+15:13:42 until 1867. So we'd better allow offsets less than +/-16 hours.
Given the history, we are way overdue to have some greppable #define
symbols controlling this, so make some ... and also remove an obsolete
comment that didn't get fixed the last time.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
We used to mimic the way a stack is constructed when descending the tree
during normal GiST inserts, but that was quite complicated during a buffered
build. It was also wrong: in GiST, the left-to-right relationships on
different levels might not match each other, so that when you know the
parent of a child page, you won't necessarily find the parent of the page to
the right of the child page by following the rightlinks at the parent level.
This sometimes led to "could not re-find parent" errors while building a
GiST index.
We now use a simple hash table to track the parent of every internal page.
Whenever a page is split, and downlinks are moved from one page to another,
we update the hash table accordingly. This is also better for performance
than the old method, as we never need to move right to re-find the parent
page, which could take a significant amount of time for buffers that were
created much earlier in the index build.
When we create a temporary copy of the old node buffer, in stack, we mustn't
leak that into any of the long-lived data structures. Before this patch,
when we called gistPopItupFromNodeBuffer(), it got added to the array of
"loaded buffers". After gistRelocateBuildBuffersOnSplit() exits, the
pointer added to the loaded buffers array points to garbage. Often that goes
unnotied, because when we go through the array of loaded buffers to unload
them, buffers with a NULL pageBuffer are ignored, which can often happen by
accident even if the pointer points to garbage.
This patch fixes that by marking the temporary copy in stack explicitly as
temporary, and refrain from adding buffers marked as temporary to the array
of loaded buffers.
While we're at it, initialize nodeBuffer->pageBlocknum to InvalidBlockNumber
and improve comments a bit. This isn't strictly necessary, but makes
debugging easier.
The BSD-ish members of the buildfarm all seem to think removing this
was a bad idea. It looks to me like it resulted in omitting the system
header inclusion necessary to detect the fields of struct tm correctly.
ENABLE_DTRACE unused as of a7b7b07af3
HAVE_ERR_SET_MARK unused as of 4ed4b6c54e
HAVE_FCVT unused as of 4553e1d80f
HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_UN unused as of b4cea00a1f
HAVE_SYSCONF unused as of f83356c7f5
TM_IN_SYS_TIME never used, obsolescent per Autoconf documentation
When the "hot" members of PGPROC were split off to separate PGXACT structs,
many PGPROC fields referred to in comments were moved to PGXACT, but the
comments were neglected in the commit. Mostly this is just a search/replace
of PGPROC with PGXACT, but the way the dummy PGPROC entries are created for
prepared transactions changed more, making some of the comments totally
bogus.
Noah Misch
Commit 6d90eaaa89 added a hibernation mode
to the bgwriter to reduce the server's idle-power consumption. However,
its interaction with the detailed behavior of BgBufferSync's feedback
control loop wasn't very well thought out. That control loop depends
primarily on the rate of buffer allocation, not the rate of buffer
dirtying, so the hibernation mode has to be designed to operate only when
no new buffer allocations are happening. Also, the check for whether the
system is effectively idle was not quite right and would fail to detect
a constant low level of activity, thus allowing the bgwriter to go into
hibernation mode in a way that would let the cycle time vary quite a bit,
possibly further confusing the feedback loop. To fix, move the wakeup
support from MarkBufferDirty and SetBufferCommitInfoNeedsSave into
StrategyGetBuffer, and prevent the bgwriter from entering hibernation mode
unless no buffer allocations have happened recently.
In addition, fix the delaying logic to remove the problem of possibly not
responding to signals promptly, which was basically caused by trying to use
the process latch's is_set flag for multiple purposes. I can't prove it
but I'm suspicious that that hack was responsible for the intermittent
"postmaster does not shut down" failures we've been seeing in the buildfarm
lately. In any case it did nothing to improve the readability or
robustness of the code.
In passing, express the hibernation sleep time as a multiplier on
BgWriterDelay, not a constant. I'm not sure whether there's any value in
exposing the longer sleep time as an independently configurable setting,
but we can at least make it act like this for little extra code.
Users of asynchronous-commit mode expect there to be a guaranteed maximum
delay before an async commit's WAL records get flushed to disk. The
original version of the walwriter hibernation patch broke that. Add an
extra shared-memory flag to allow async commits to kick the walwriter out
of hibernation mode, without adding any noticeable overhead in cases where
no action is needed.
This patch modifies the walwriter process so that, when it has not found
anything useful to do for many consecutive wakeup cycles, it extends its
sleep time to reduce the server's idle power consumption. It reverts to
normal as soon as it's done any successful flushes. It's still true that
during any async commit, backends check for completed, unflushed pages of
WAL and signal the walwriter if there are any; so that in practice the
walwriter can get awakened and returned to normal operation sooner than the
sleep time might suggest.
Also, improve the checkpointer so that it uses a latch and a computed delay
time to not wake up at all except when it has something to do, replacing a
previous hardcoded 0.5 sec wakeup cycle. This also is primarily useful for
reducing the server's power consumption when idle.
In passing, get rid of the dedicated latch for signaling the walwriter in
favor of using its procLatch, since that comports better with possible
generic signal handlers using that latch. Also, fix a pre-existing bug
with failure to save/restore errno in walwriter's signal handlers.
Peter Geoghegan, somewhat simplified by Tom
Commit 62c7bd31c8 had assorted problems, most
visibly that it broke PREPARE TRANSACTION in the presence of session-level
advisory locks (which should be ignored by PREPARE), as per a recent
complaint from Stephen Rees. More abstractly, the patch made the
LockMethodData.transactional flag not merely useless but outright
dangerous, because in point of fact that flag no longer tells you anything
at all about whether a lock is held transactionally. This fix therefore
removes that flag altogether. We now rely entirely on the convention
already in use in lock.c that transactional lock holds must be owned by
some ResourceOwner, while session holds are never so owned. Setting the
locallock struct's owner link to NULL thus denotes a session hold, and
there is no redundant marker for that.
PREPARE TRANSACTION now works again when there are session-level advisory
locks, and it is also able to transfer transactional advisory locks to the
prepared transaction, but for implementation reasons it throws an error if
we hold both types of lock on a single lockable object. Perhaps it will be
worth improving that someday.
Assorted other minor cleanup and documentation editing, as well.
Back-patch to 9.1, except that in the 9.1 branch I did not remove the
LockMethodData.transactional flag for fear of causing an ABI break for
any external code that might be examining those structs.
At the time we check whether the tuple is dead to all running
transactions, we've already verified that it isn't visible to our
scan, setting hint bits if appropriate. So there's no need to
recheck CLOG for the all-dead test we do just a moment later.
So, add HeapTupleIsSurelyDead() to test the appropriate condition
under the assumption that all relevant hit bits are already set.
Review by Tom Lane.
Remove the following ports:
- dgux
- nextstep
- sunos4
- svr4
- ultrix4
- univel
These are obsolete and not worth rescuing. In most cases, there is
circumstantial evidence that they wouldn't work anymore anyway.
This patch adjusts the core statistics views to match the decision already
taken for pg_stat_statements, that values representing elapsed time should
be represented as float8 and measured in milliseconds. By using float8,
we are no longer tied to a specific maximum precision of timing data.
(Internally, it's still microseconds, but we could now change that without
needing changes at the SQL level.)
The columns affected are
pg_stat_bgwriter.checkpoint_write_time
pg_stat_bgwriter.checkpoint_sync_time
pg_stat_database.blk_read_time
pg_stat_database.blk_write_time
pg_stat_user_functions.total_time
pg_stat_user_functions.self_time
pg_stat_xact_user_functions.total_time
pg_stat_xact_user_functions.self_time
The first four of these are new in 9.2, so there is no compatibility issue
from changing them. The others require a release note comment that they
are now double precision (and can show a fractional part) rather than
bigint as before; also their underlying statistics functions now match
the column definitions, instead of returning bigint microseconds.
In ancient times, it was thought that this wouldn't work because of
TrapMacro/AssertMacro, but changing those to use a comma operator
appears to work without compiler warnings.
The alternative of disallowing index-only scans in HS operation was
discussed, but the consensus was that it was better to treat marking
a page all-visible as a recovery conflict for snapshots that could still
fail to see XIDs on that page. We may in the future try to soften this,
so that we simply force index scans to do heap fetches in cases where
this may be an issue, rather than throwing a hard conflict.
setrefs.c failed to do "rtoffset" adjustment of Vars in RETURNING lists,
which meant they were left with the wrong varnos when the RETURNING list
was in a subquery. That was never possible before writable CTEs, of
course, but now it's broken. The executor fails to notice any problem
because ExecEvalVar just references the ecxt_scantuple for any normal
varno; but EXPLAIN breaks when the varno is wrong, as illustrated in a
recent complaint from Bartosz Dmytrak.
Since the eventual rtoffset of the subquery is not known at the time
we are preparing its plan node, the previous scheme of executing
set_returning_clause_references() at that time cannot handle this
adjustment. Fortunately, it turns out that we don't really need to do it
that way, because all the needed information is available during normal
setrefs.c execution; we just have to dig it out of the ModifyTable node.
So, do that, and get rid of the kluge of early setrefs processing of
RETURNING lists. (This is a little bit of a cheat in the case of inherited
UPDATE/DELETE, because we are not passing a "root" struct that corresponds
exactly to what the subplan was built with. But that doesn't matter, and
anyway this is less ugly than early setrefs processing was.)
Back-patch to 9.1, where the problem became possible to hit.
The original syntax wasn't universally loved, and it didn't allow its
usage in CREATE TABLE, only ALTER TABLE. It now works everywhere, and
it also allows using ALTER TABLE ONLY to add an uninherited CHECK
constraint, per discussion.
The pg_constraint column has accordingly been renamed connoinherit.
This commit partly reverts some of the changes in
61d81bd28d, particularly some pg_dump and
psql bits, because now pg_get_constraintdef includes the necessary NO
INHERIT within the constraint definition.
Author: Nikhil Sontakke
Some tweaks by me
This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths
with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the
same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount
estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too.
Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without
a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different
parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to
true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized
path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply.
In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates
along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that
don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with
add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more
expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer
rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered.
To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any
parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from
the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for
indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good
thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the
lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original
rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build
a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved.
The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about
which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right
requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
The previous code could cause a backend crash after BEGIN; SAVEPOINT a;
LOCK TABLE foo (interrupted by ^C or statement timeout); ROLLBACK TO
SAVEPOINT a; LOCK TABLE foo, and might have leaked strong-lock counts
in other situations.
Report by Zoltán Böszörményi; patch review by Jeff Davis.
The output of the new pg_xlog_location_diff function is of type numeric,
since it could theoretically overflow an int8 due to signedness; this
provides a convenient way to format such values.
Fujii Masao, with some beautification by me.
Per mailing list discussion, we would like to keep the bytea functions
parallel to the text functions, so rename bytea_agg to string_agg,
which already exists for text.
Also, to satisfy the rule that we don't want aggregate functions of
the same name with a different number of arguments, add a delimiter
argument, just like string_agg for text already has.
We used to only initialize the stack base pointer when starting up a regular
backend, not in other processes. In particular, autovacuum workers can run
arbitrary user code, and without stack-depth checking, infinite recursion
in e.g an index expression will bring down the whole cluster.
The comment about PL/Java using set_stack_base() is not yet true. As the
code stands, PL/java still modifies the stack_base_ptr variable directly.
However, it's been discussed in the PL/Java mailing list that it should be
changed to use the function, because PL/Java is currently oblivious to the
register stack used on Itanium. There's another issues with PL/Java, namely
that the stack base pointer it sets is not really the base of the stack, it
could be something close to the bottom of the stack. That's a separate issue
that might need some further changes to this code, but that's a different
story.
Backpatch to all supported releases.
If we make the initially-called function return the table physical-size
estimate, acquire_inherited_sample_rows will be able to use that to
allocate numbers of samples among child tables, when the day comes that
we want to support foreign tables in inheritance trees.
ANALYZE now accepts foreign tables and allows the table's FDW to control
how the sample rows are collected. (But only manual ANALYZEs will touch
foreign tables, for the moment, since among other things it's not very
clear how to handle remote permissions checks in an auto-analyze.)
contrib/file_fdw is extended to support this.
Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Shigeru Hanada, some further tweaking by me.
Ants Aasma's original patch to add timing information for buffer I/O
requests exposed this data at the relation level, which was judged too
costly. I've here exposed it at the database level instead.
Postmaster sets max_safe_fds by testing how many open file descriptors it
can open, and that is normally inherited by all child processes at fork().
Not so on EXEC_BACKEND, ie. Windows, however. Because of that, we
effectively ignored max_files_per_process on Windows, and always assumed
a conservative default of 32 simultaneous open files. That could have an
impact on performance, if you need to access a lot of different files
in a query. After this patch, the value is passed to child processes by
save/restore_backend_variables() among many other global variables.
It has been like this forever, but given the lack of complaints about it,
I'm not backpatching this.
Add a queryId field to Query and PlannedStmt. This is not used by the
core backend, except for being copied around at appropriate times.
It's meant to allow plug-ins to track a particular query forward from
parse analysis to execution.
The queryId is intentionally not dumped into stored rules (and hence this
commit doesn't bump catversion). You could argue that choice either way,
but it seems better that stored rule strings not have any dependency
on plug-ins that might or might not be present.
Also, add a post_parse_analyze_hook that gets invoked at the end of
parse analysis (but only for top-level analysis of complete queries,
not cases such as analyzing a domain's default-value expression).
This is mainly meant to be used to compute and assign a queryId,
but it could have other applications.
Peter Geoghegan
Currently, the only way to see the numbers this gathers is via
EXPLAIN (ANALYZE, BUFFERS), but the plan is to add visibility through
the stats collector and pg_stat_statements in subsequent patches.
Ants Aasma, reviewed by Greg Smith, with some further changes by me.
It used to be case that lazy vacuum could call this function with only
a shared lock on the buffer, but neither lazy vacuum nor any other
code path does that any more. Simplify the code accordingly and clean
up some related, obsolete comments.
setlocale() accepts locale name "" as meaning "the locale specified by the
process's environment variables". Historically we've accepted that for
Postgres' locale settings, too. However, it's fairly unsafe to store an
empty string in a new database's pg_database.datcollate or datctype fields,
because then the interpretation could vary across postmaster restarts,
possibly resulting in index corruption and other unpleasantness.
Instead, we should expand "" to whatever it means at the moment of calling
CREATE DATABASE, which we can do by saving the value returned by
setlocale().
For consistency, make initdb set up the initial lc_xxx parameter values the
same way. initdb was already doing the right thing for empty locale names,
but it did not replace non-empty names with setlocale results. On a
platform where setlocale chooses to canonicalize the spellings of locale
names, this would result in annoying inconsistency. (It seems that popular
implementations of setlocale don't do such canonicalization, which is a
pity, but the POSIX spec certainly allows it to be done.) The same risk
of inconsistency leads me to not venture back-patching this, although it
could certainly be seen as a longstanding bug.
Per report from Jeff Davis, though this is not his proposed patch.
For some reason, in the original coding of the PlaceHolderVar mechanism
I had supposed that PlaceHolderVars couldn't propagate into subqueries.
That is of course entirely possible. When it happens, we need to treat
an outer-level PlaceHolderVar much like an outer Var or Aggref, that is
SS_replace_correlation_vars() needs to replace the PlaceHolderVar with
a Param, and then when building the finished SubPlan we have to provide
the PlaceHolderVar expression as an actual parameter for the SubPlan.
The handling of the contained expression is a bit delicate but it can be
treated exactly like an Aggref's expression.
In addition to the missing logic in subselect.c, prepjointree.c was failing
to search subqueries for PlaceHolderVars that need their relids adjusted
during subquery pullup. It looks like everyplace else that touches
PlaceHolderVars got it right, though.
Per report from Mark Murawski. In 9.1 and HEAD, queries affected by this
oversight would fail with "ERROR: Upper-level PlaceHolderVar found where
not expected". But in 9.0 and 8.4, you'd silently get possibly-wrong
answers, since the value transmitted into the subquery wouldn't go to null
when it should.
Fix loss of previous expression-simplification work when a transform
function fires: we must not simply revert to untransformed input tree.
Instead build a dummy FuncExpr node to pass to the transform function.
This has the additional advantage of providing a simpler, more uniform
API for transform functions.
Move documentation to a somewhat less buried spot, relocate some
poorly-placed code, be more wary of null constants and invalid typmod
values, add an opr_sanity check on protransform function signatures,
and some other minor cosmetic adjustments.
Note: although this patch touches pg_proc.h, no need for catversion
bump, because the changes are cosmetic and don't actually change the
intended catalog contents.
For those variables only used when asserts are enabled, use a new
macro PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY, which expands to
__attribute__((unused)) when asserts are not enabled.
Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good
idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command
triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as
SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of
places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated
than one might at first expect.
In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS
subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code
that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses
ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment.
Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO,
which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted.
The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE.
The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the
rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"),
so we'll not bother with that one.
Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of
"SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn",
but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day.
Andres Freund and Tom Lane
In commit 57664ed25e I tried to fix a bug
reported by Teodor Sigaev by making non-simple-Var output columns distinct
(by wrapping their expressions with dummy PlaceHolderVar nodes). This did
not work too well. Commit b28ffd0fcc fixed
some ensuing problems with matching to child indexes, but per a recent
report from Claus Stadler, constraint exclusion of UNION ALL subqueries was
still broken, because constant-simplification didn't handle the injected
PlaceHolderVars well either. On reflection, the original patch was quite
misguided: there is no reason to expect that EquivalenceClass child members
will be distinct. So instead of trying to make them so, we should ensure
that we can cope with the situation when they're not.
Accordingly, this patch reverts the code changes in the above-mentioned
commits (though the regression test cases they added stay). Instead, I've
added assorted defenses to make sure that duplicate EC child members don't
cause any problems. Teodor's original problem ("MergeAppend child's
targetlist doesn't match MergeAppend") is addressed more directly by
revising prepare_sort_from_pathkeys to let the parent MergeAppend's sort
list guide creation of each child's sort list.
In passing, get rid of add_sort_column; as far as I can tell, testing for
duplicate sort keys at this stage is dead code. Certainly it doesn't
trigger often enough to be worth expending cycles on in ordinary queries.
And keeping the test would've greatly complicated the new logic in
prepare_sort_from_pathkeys, because comparing pathkey list entries against
a previous output array requires that we not skip any entries in the list.
Back-patch to 9.1, like the previous patches. The only known issue in
this area that wasn't caused by the ill-advised previous patches was the
MergeAppend planning failure, which of course is not relevant before 9.1.
It's possible that we need some of the new defenses against duplicate child
EC entries in older branches, but until there's some clear evidence of that
I'm going to refrain from back-patching further.
This patch fixes the other major compatibility-breaking limitation of
SPGiST, that it didn't store anything for null values of the indexed
column, and so could not support whole-index scans or "x IS NULL"
tests. The approach is to create a wholly separate search tree for
the null entries, and use fixed "allTheSame" insertion and search
rules when processing this tree, instead of calling the index opclass
methods. This way the opclass methods do not need to worry about
dealing with nulls.
Catversion bump is for pg_am updates as well as the change in on-disk
format of SPGiST indexes; there are some tweaks in SPGiST WAL records
as well.
Heavily rewritten version of a patch by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev.
(The original also stored nulls separately, but it reused GIN code to do
so; which required undesirable compromises in the on-disk format, and
would likely lead to bugs due to the GIN code being required to work in
two very different contexts.)
The original API definition was incapable of supporting whole-index scans
because there was no way to invoke leaf-value reconstruction without
checking any qual conditions. Also, it was inefficient for
multiple-qual-condition scans because value reconstruction got done over
again for each qual condition, and because other internal work in the
consistent functions likewise had to be done for each qual. To fix these
issues, pass the whole scankey array to the opclass consistent functions,
instead of only letting them see one item at a time. (Essentially, the
loop over scankey entries is now inside the consistent functions not
outside them. This makes the consistent functions a bit more complicated,
but not unreasonably so.)
In itself this commit does nothing except save a few cycles in
multiple-qual-condition index scans, since we can't support whole-index
scans on SPGiST indexes until nulls are included in the index. However,
I consider this a must-fix for 9.2 because once we release it will get
very much harder to change the opclass API definition.
This allows loadable modules to get control at drop time, perhaps for the
purpose of performing additional security checks or to log the event.
The initial purpose of this code is to support sepgsql, but other
applications should be possible as well.
KaiGai Kohei, reviewed by me.
Further reflection shows that a single callback isn't very workable if we
desire to let FDWs generate multiple Paths, because that forces the FDW to
do all work necessary to generate a valid Plan node for each Path. Instead
split the former PlanForeignScan API into three steps: GetForeignRelSize,
GetForeignPaths, GetForeignPlan. We had already bit the bullet of breaking
the 9.1 FDW API for 9.2, so this shouldn't cause very much additional pain,
and it's substantially more flexible for complex FDWs.
Add an fdw_private field to RelOptInfo so that the new functions can save
state there rather than possibly having to recalculate information two or
three times.
In addition, we'd not thought through what would be needed to allow an FDW
to set up subexpressions of its choice for runtime execution. We could
treat ForeignScan.fdw_private as an executable expression but that seems
likely to break existing FDWs unnecessarily (in particular, it would
restrict the set of node types allowable in fdw_private to those supported
by expression_tree_walker). Instead, invent a separate field fdw_exprs
which will receive the postprocessing appropriate for expression trees.
(One field is enough since it can be a list of expressions; also, we assume
the corresponding expression state tree(s) will be held within fdw_state,
so we don't need to add anything to ForeignScanState.)
Per review of Hanada Shigeru's pgsql_fdw patch. We may need to tweak this
further as we continue to work on that patch, but to me it feels a lot
closer to being right now.
Phil Sorber reported that a rewriting ALTER TABLE within an extension
update script failed, because it creates and then drops a placeholder
table; the drop was being disallowed because the table was marked as an
extension member. We could hack that specific case but it seems likely
that there might be related cases now or in the future, so the most
practical solution seems to be to create an exception to the general rule
that extension member objects can only be dropped by dropping the owning
extension. To wit: if the DROP is issued within the extension's own
creation or update scripts, we'll allow it, implicitly performing an
"ALTER EXTENSION DROP object" first. This will simplify cases such as
extension downgrade scripts anyway.
No docs change since we don't seem to have documented the idea that you
would need ALTER EXTENSION DROP for such an action to begin with.
Also, arrange for explicitly temporary tables to not get linked as
extension members in the first place, and the same for the magic
pg_temp_nnn schemas that are created to hold them. This prevents assorted
unpleasant results if an extension script creates a temp table: the forced
drop at session end would either fail or remove the entire extension, and
neither of those outcomes is desirable. Note that this doesn't fix the
ALTER TABLE scenario, since the placeholder table is not temp (unless the
table being rewritten is).
Back-patch to 9.1.
GetForeignColumnOptions provides some abstraction for accessing
column-specific FDW options, on a par with the access functions that were
already provided here for other FDW-related information.
Adjust file_fdw.c to use GetForeignColumnOptions instead of equivalent
hand-rolled code.
In addition, add some SGML documentation for the functions exported by
foreign.c that are meant for use by FDW authors.
(This is the fdw_helper portion of the proposed pgsql_fdw patch.)
Hanada Shigeru, reviewed by KaiGai Kohei
Now that cache invalidation callbacks get only a hash value, and not a
tuple TID (per commits 632ae6829f and
b5282aa893), the only way they can restrict
what they invalidate is to know what the hash values mean. setrefs.c was
doing this via a hard-wired assumption but that seems pretty grotty, and
it'll only get worse as more cases come up. So let's expose a calculation
function that takes the same parameters as SearchSysCache. Per complaint
from Marko Kreen.
Use-cases for this include custom log filtering rules and custom log
message transmission mechanisms (for instance, lossy log message
collection, which has been discussed several times recently).
As is our common practice for hooks, there's no regression test nor
user-facing documentation for this, though the author did exhibit a
sample module using the hook.
Martin Pihlak, reviewed by Marti Raudsepp
The original API specification only allowed an FDW to create a single
access path, which doesn't seem like a terribly good idea in hindsight.
Instead, move the responsibility for building the Path node and calling
add_path() into the FDW's PlanForeignScan function. Now, it can do that
more than once if appropriate. There is no longer any need for the
transient FdwPlan struct, so get rid of that.
Etsuro Fujita, Shigeru Hanada, Tom Lane
Comparing two xlog locations are useful for example when calculating
replication lag.
Euler Taveira de Oliveira, reviewed by Fujii Masao, and some cleanups
from me
This patch improves selectivity estimation for the array <@, &&, and @>
(containment and overlaps) operators. It enables collection of statistics
about individual array element values by ANALYZE, and introduces
operator-specific estimators that use these stats. In addition,
ScalarArrayOpExpr constructs of the forms "const = ANY/ALL (array_column)"
and "const <> ANY/ALL (array_column)" are estimated by treating them as
variants of the containment operators.
Since we still collect scalar-style stats about the array values as a
whole, the pg_stats view is expanded to show both these stats and the
array-style stats in separate columns. This creates an incompatible change
in how stats for tsvector columns are displayed in pg_stats: the stats
about lexemes are now displayed in the array-related columns instead of the
original scalar-related columns.
There are a few loose ends here, notably that it'd be nice to be able to
suppress either the scalar-style stats or the array-element stats for
columns for which they're not useful. But the patch is in good enough
shape to commit for wider testing.
Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Noah Misch and Nathan Boley
The only toastable column now is datacl, but we don't really support
long ACLs anyway. The TOAST table should have been removed when the
pg_db_role_setting catalog was introduced in commit
2eda8dfb52, but I forgot to do that.
Per -hackers discussion on March 2011.
This makes it much more convenient to build tools for Postgres that are
separately compiled and require a matching CRC implementation.
To prevent multiple copies of the CRC polynomial tables being introduced
into the postgres binaries, they are now included in the static library
libpgport that is mainly meant for replacement system functions. That
seems like a bit of a kludge, but there's no better place.
This cleans up building of the tools pg_controldata and pg_resetxlog,
which previously had to build their own copies of pg_crc.o.
In the future, external programs that need access to the CRC tables can
include the tables directly from the new header file pg_crc_tables.h.
Daniel Farina, reviewed by Abhijit Menon-Sen and Tom Lane
We already skip rewriting the table in these cases, but we still force a
whole table scan to validate the data. This can be skipped, and thus
we can make the whole ALTER TABLE operation just do some catalog touches
instead of scanning the table, when these two conditions hold:
(a) Old and new pg_constraint.conpfeqop match exactly. This is actually
stronger than needed; we could loosen things by way of operator
families, but it'd require a lot more effort.
(b) The functions, if any, implementing a cast from the foreign type to
the primary opcintype are the same. For this purpose, we can consider a
binary coercion equivalent to an exact type match. When the opcintype
is polymorphic, require that the old and new foreign types match
exactly. (Since ri_triggers.c does use the executor, the stronger check
for polymorphic types is no mere future-proofing. However, no core type
exercises its necessity.)
Author: Noah Misch
Committer's note: catalog version bumped due to change of the Constraint
node. I can't actually find any way to have such a node in a stored
rule, but given that we have "out" support for them, better be safe.
Claiming that the typevar argument to DefineCompositeType() is const
was a plain lie. A similar case in DefineVirtualRelation() was
already changed in passing in commit 1575fbcb. Also clean up the now
unnecessary casts that used to cast away the const.
In nested sub-regex trees, lower-level nodes created DFAs and then
destroyed them again before exiting, which is a bit dumb considering that
the recursive search is likely to call those nodes again later. Instead
cache each created DFA until the end of pg_regexec(). This is basically a
space for time tradeoff, in that it might increase the maximum memory
usage. However, in most regex patterns there are not all that many subre
nodes, so not that many DFAs --- and in any case, the peak usage occurs
when reaching the bottom recursion level, and except for alternation cases
that's going to be the same anyway.
Apparently some primordial version of Spencer's engine needed cdissect()
and child functions to be able to continue matching from a previous
position when re-called. That is dead code, though, since trivial
inspection shows that cdissect can never be entered without having
previously done zapmem which resets the relevant retry counter. I have
also verified experimentally that no case in the Tcl regression tests
reaches cdissect with a nonzero retry value. Accordingly, remove that
logic. This doesn't really save any noticeable number of cycles in itself,
but it is one step towards making dissect() and cdissect() equivalent,
which will allow removing hundreds of lines of near-duplicated code.
Since struct subre's "retry" field is no longer particularly related to
any kind of retry, rename it to "id". As of this commit it's only used
for identifying a subre node in debug printouts, so you might think we
should get rid of the field entirely; but I have a plan for another use.
Cases where a back-reference is part of a larger subexpression that
is quantified have never worked in Spencer's regex engine, because
he used a compile-time transformation that neglected the need to
check the back-reference match in iterations before the last one.
(That was okay for capturing parens, and we still do it if the
regex has *only* capturing parens ... but it's not okay for backrefs.)
To make this work properly, we have to add an "iteration" node type
to the regex engine's vocabulary of sub-regex nodes. Since this is a
moderately large change with a fair risk of introducing new bugs of its
own, apply to HEAD only, even though it's a fix for a longstanding bug.
Both libpq and the backend would truncate a common name extracted from a
certificate at 32 bytes. Replace that fixed-size buffer with dynamically
allocated string so that there is no hard limit. While at it, remove the
code for extracting peer_dn, which we weren't using for anything; and
don't bother to store peer_cn longer than we need it in libpq.
This limit was not so terribly unreasonable when the code was written,
because we weren't using the result for anything critical, just logging it.
But now that there are options for checking the common name against the
server host name (in libpq) or using it as the user's name (in the server),
this could result in undesirable failures. In the worst case it even seems
possible to spoof a server name or user name, if the correct name is
exactly 32 bytes and the attacker can persuade a trusted CA to issue a
certificate in which that string is a prefix of the certificate's common
name. (To exploit this for a server name, he'd also have to send the
connection astray via phony DNS data or some such.) The case that this is
a realistic security threat is a bit thin, but nonetheless we'll treat it
as one.
Back-patch to 8.4. Older releases contain the faulty code, but it's not
a security problem because the common name wasn't used for anything
interesting.
Reported and patched by Heikki Linnakangas
Security: CVE-2012-0867
In the Fedora variant of MinGW, the openssl libraries have their normal
names, not libeay32 and libssleay32. Adjust configure probes to allow
that, per bug #6486.
Tomasz Ostrowski
This allows changing the location of the files that were previously
hard-coded to server.crt, server.key, root.crt, root.crl.
server.crt and server.key continue to be the default settings and are
thus required to be present by default if SSL is enabled. But the
settings for the server-side CA and CRL are now empty by default, and
if they are set, the files are required to be present. This replaces
the previous behavior of ignoring the functionality if the files were
not found.
Create src/backend/regex/README to hold an implementation overview of
the regex package, and fill it in with some preliminary notes about
the code's DFA/NFA processing and colormap management. Much more to
do there of course.
Also, improve some code comments around the colormap and cvec code.
No functional changes except to add one missing assert.
Some line feeds are added to target lists and from lists to make
them more readable. By default they wrap at 80 columns if possible,
but the wrap column is also selectable - if 0 it wraps after every
item.
Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Hitoshi Harada.
Formerly, we just punted when trying to estimate stats for variables coming
out of sub-queries using DISTINCT, on the grounds that whatever stats we
might have for underlying table columns would be inapplicable. But if the
sub-query has only one DISTINCT column, we can consider its output variable
as being unique, which is useful information all by itself. The scope of
this improvement is pretty narrow, but it costs nearly nothing, so we might
as well do it. Per discussion with Andres Freund.
This patch differs from the draft I submitted yesterday in updating various
comments about vardata.isunique (to reflect its extended meaning) and in
tweaking the interaction with security_barrier views. There does not seem
to be a reason why we can't use this sort of knowledge even when the
sub-query is such a view.
This extends the changes of commit 6252c4f9e2
so that we run the cleanup hook earlier for failure cases as well as
success cases. As before, the point is to avoid an assertion failure from
an Assert I added in commit a874fe7b4c, which
was meant to check that no user-written code can be called during portal
cleanup. This fixes a case reported by Pavan Deolasee in which the Assert
could be triggered during backend exit (see the new regression test case),
and also prevents the possibility that the cleanup hook is run after
portions of the portal's state have already been recycled. That doesn't
really matter in current usage, but it foreseeably could matter in the
future.
Back-patch to 9.1 where the Assert in question was added.
The hstore and json datatypes both have record-conversion functions that
pay attention to column names in the composite values they're handed.
We used to not worry about inserting correct field names into tuple
descriptors generated at runtime, but given these examples it seems
useful to do so. Observe the nicer-looking results in the regression
tests whose results changed.
catversion bump because there is a subtle change in requirements for stored
rule parsetrees: RowExprs from ROW() constructs now have to include field
names.
Andrew Dunstan and Tom Lane
We don't normally allow quals to be pushed down into a view created
with the security_barrier option, but functions without side effects
are an exception: they're OK. This allows much better performance in
common cases, such as when using an equality operator (that might
even be indexable).
There is an outstanding issue here with the CREATE FUNCTION / ALTER
FUNCTION syntax: there's no way to use ALTER FUNCTION to unset the
leakproof flag. But I'm committing this as-is so that it doesn't
have to be rebased again; we can fix up the grammar in a future
commit.
KaiGai Kohei, with some wordsmithing by me.
Since bool_and() is equivalent to min(), and bool_or() to max(), we might
as well let them be index-optimized in the same way. The practical value
of this is debatable at best, but it seems nearly cost-free to enable it.
Code-wise, we need only adjust the entries in pg_aggregate. There is a
measurable planning speed penalty for a query involving one of these
aggregates, but it is only a few percent in simple cases, so that seems
acceptable.
Marti Raudsepp, reviewed by Abhijit Menon-Sen
When written, textanycat, anytextcat, quote_literal, and quote_nullable
were marked volatile, because they could invoke arbitrary type-specific
output functions as part of casting their anyelement arguments to text.
Since then, we have defined a project policy that I/O functions must not
be volatile, as per commit aab353a60b.
So these functions can safely be downgraded to stable. Most of the time
this makes no difference since they'll get inlined anyway, but as noted
by Andrew Dunstan, there are cases where the volatile marking prevents
optimizations that the planner does before function inlining. (I think
I might have overlooked these functions in the earlier commit on the
grounds that inlining would make it moot, but not so --- tgl)
This change results in a change in the expected output of the json
regression tests, because the planner can now flatten a sub-select
that it failed to before. The old output is preferable, but getting
that back will require some as-yet-unfinished work on RowExpr handling.
Marti Raudsepp
The immediate impetus for this is that Noah Misch's patch to elide
unnecessary table and index rebuilds when changing typmod for temporal
types uses it; and this is extracted from that patch, with some
further commentary by me. But it seems logically separate from the
remainder of the patch, so I'm committing it separately; this is not
the first time someone has wanted fls() in the backend and probably
won't be the last.
If we end up using this in more performance-critical spots it may be
worthwhile to add some architecture-specific optimizations to our
src/port version of fls() - e.g. any x86 platform can implement this
using the assembly instruction BSRL. But performance won't matter
a bit for assessing typmod changes, so I'm not worried about that
right now.
This enables ALTER TABLE to skip table and index rebuilds when the
new type is unconstraint varbit, or when the allowable number of bits
is not decreasing.
Noah Misch, with review and a fix for an OID collision by me.
This enables ALTER TABLE to skip table and index rebuilds when a column
is changed to an unconstrained numeric, or when the scale is unchanged
and the precision does not decrease.
Noah Misch, with a few stylistic changes and a fix for an OID
collision by me.
Sometimes it may be useful to get actual row counts out of EXPLAIN
(ANALYZE) without paying the cost of timing every node entry/exit.
With this patch, you can say EXPLAIN (ANALYZE, TIMING OFF) to get that.
Tomas Vondra, reviewed by Eric Theise, with minor doc changes by me.
Like the XML data type, we simply store JSON data as text, after checking
that it is valid. More complex operations such as canonicalization and
comparison may come later, but this is enough for not.
There are a few open issues here, such as whether we should attempt to
detect UTF-8 surrogate pairs represented as \uXXXX\uYYYY, but this gets
the basic framework in place.
When a backend needs to flush the WAL, and someone else is already flushing
the WAL, wait until it releases the WALInsertLock and check if we still need
to do the flush or if the other backend already did the work for us, before
acquiring WALInsertLock. This helps group commit, because when the WAL flush
finishes, all the backends that were waiting for it can be woken up in one
go, and the can all concurrently observe that they're done, rather than
waking them up one by one in a cascading fashion.
This is based on a new LWLock function, LWLockWaitUntilFree(), which has
peculiar semantics. If the lock is immediately free, it grabs the lock and
returns true. If it's not free, it waits until it is released, but then
returns false without grabbing the lock. This is used in XLogFlush(), so
that when the lock is acquired, the backend flushes the WAL, but if it's
not, the backend first checks the current flush location before retrying.
Original patch and benchmarking by Peter Geoghegan and Simon Riggs, although
this patch as committed ended up being very different from that.
This patch fixes the planner so that it can generate nestloop-with-
inner-indexscan plans even with one or more levels of joining between
the indexscan and the nestloop join that is supplying the parameter.
The executor was fixed to handle such cases some time ago, but the
planner was not ready. This should improve our plans in many situations
where join ordering restrictions formerly forced complete table scans.
There is probably a fair amount of tuning work yet to be done, because
of various heuristics that have been added to limit the number of
parameterized paths considered. However, we are not going to find out
what needs to be adjusted until the code gets some real-world use, so
it's time to get it in there where it can be tested easily.
Note API change for index AM amcostestimate functions. I'm not aware of
any non-core index AMs, but if there are any, they will need minor
adjustments.
Hitherto, the information schema only showed explicitly granted
privileges that were visible in the *acl catalog columns. If no
privileges had been granted, the implicit privileges were not shown.
To fix that, add an SQL-accessible version of the acldefault()
function, and use that inside the aclexplode() calls to substitute the
catalog-specific default privilege set for null values.
reviewed by Abhijit Menon-Sen
This has been the behavior already in most cases, but through
omission, ALTER DOMAIN / OWNER TO and ALTER DOMAIN / SET SCHEMA would
silently work on non-domain types as well.
Those fields only appear in the structs so that genbki.pl can create
the BKI bootstrap files for the catalogs. But they are not actually
usable from C. So hiding them can prevent coding mistakes, saves
stack space, and can help the compiler.
In certain catalogs, the first variable-length field has been kept
visible after manual inspection. These exceptions are noted in C
comments.
reviewed by Tom Lane
To make it wake up promptly when activity starts again, backends nudge it
by setting a latch in MarkBufferDirty(). The latch is kept set while
bgwriter is active, so there is very little overhead from that when the
system is busy. It is only armed before going into longer sleep.
Peter Geoghegan, with some changes by me.
This doesn't do anything useful just yet, but is intended as supporting
infrastructure for allowing sepgsql to sensibly check DROP permissions.
KaiGai Kohei and Robert Haas
Add counters for number and size of temporary files used
for spill-to-disk queries for each database to the
pg_stat_database view.
Tomas Vondra, review by Magnus Hagander
Base backup follows recommended procedure, plus goes to great
lengths to ensure that partial page writes are avoided.
Jun Ishizuka and Fujii Masao, with minor modifications
This reports the depth level of triggers currently in execution, or zero
if not called from inside a trigger.
No catversion bump in this patch, but you have to initdb if you want
access to the new function.
Author: Kevin Grittner
Replication occurs only to memory on standby, not to disk,
so provides additional performance if user wishes to
reduce durability level slightly. Adds concept of multiple
independent sync rep queues.
Fujii Masao and Simon Riggs
We log AccessExclusiveLocks for replay onto standby nodes,
but because of timing issues on ProcArray it is possible to
log a lock that is still held by a just committed transaction
that is very soon to be removed. To avoid any timing issue we
avoid applying locks made by transactions with InvalidXid.
Simon Riggs, bug report Tom Lane, diagnosis Pavan Deolasee
This separates the state (running/idle/idleintransaction etc) into
it's own field ("state"), and leaves the query field containing just
query text.
The query text will now mean "current query" when a query is running
and "last query" in other states. Accordingly,the field has been
renamed from current_query to query.
Since backwards compatibility was broken anyway to make that, the procpid
field has also been renamed to pid - along with the same field in
pg_stat_replication for consistency.
Scott Mead and Magnus Hagander, review work from Greg Smith
In the previous coding, it was possible for a relation to be created
via CREATE TABLE, CREATE VIEW, CREATE SEQUENCE, CREATE FOREIGN TABLE,
etc. in a schema while that schema was meanwhile being concurrently
dropped. This led to a pg_class entry with an invalid relnamespace
value. The same problem could occur if a relation was moved using
ALTER .. SET SCHEMA while the target schema was being concurrently
dropped. This patch prevents both of those scenarios by locking the
schema to which the relation is being added using AccessShareLock,
which conflicts with the AccessExclusiveLock taken by DROP.
As a desirable side effect, this also prevents the use of CREATE OR
REPLACE VIEW to queue for an AccessExclusiveLock on a relation on which
you have no rights: that will now fail immediately with a permissions
error, before trying to obtain a lock.
We need similar protection for all other object types, but as everything
other than relations uses a slightly different set of code paths, I'm
leaving that for a separate commit.
Original complaint (as far as I could find) about CREATE by Nikhil
Sontakke; risk for ALTER .. SET SCHEMA pointed out by Tom Lane;
further details by Dan Farina; patch by me; review by Hitoshi Harada.
In commit 7b0d0e9356, I made CLUSTER and
VACUUM FULL try to preserve toast value OIDs from the original toast table
to the new one. However, if we have to copy both live and recently-dead
versions of a row that has a toasted column, those versions may well
reference the same toast value with the same OID. The patch then led to
duplicate-key failures as we tried to insert the toast value twice with the
same OID. (The previous behavior was not very desirable either, since it
would have silently inserted the same value twice with different OIDs.
That wastes space, but what's worse is that the toast values inserted for
already-dead heap rows would not be reclaimed by subsequent ordinary
VACUUMs, since they go into the new toast table marked live not deleted.)
To fix, check if the copied OID already exists in the new toast table, and
if so, assume that it stores the desired value. This is reasonably safe
since the only case where we will copy an OID from a previous toast pointer
is when toast_insert_or_update was given that toast pointer and so we just
pulled the data from the old table; if we got two different values that way
then we have big problems anyway. We do have to assume that no other
backend is inserting items into the new toast table concurrently, but
that's surely safe for CLUSTER and VACUUM FULL.
Per bug #6393 from Maxim Boguk. Back-patch to 9.0, same as the previous
patch.
The original implementation of this interpreted it as a kind of
"inheritance" facility and named all the internal structures
accordingly. This turned out to be very confusing, because it has
nothing to do with the INHERITS feature. So rename all the internal
parser infrastructure, update the comments, adjust the error messages,
and split up the regression tests.
Historically we've used the SWPB instruction for TAS() on ARM, but this
is deprecated and not available on ARMv6 and later. Instead, make use
of a GCC builtin if available. We'll still fall back to SWPB if not,
so as not to break existing ports using older GCC versions.
Eventually we might want to try using __sync_lock_test_and_set() on some
other architectures too, but for now that seems to present only risk and
not reward.
Back-patch to all supported versions, since people might want to use any
of them on more recent ARM chips.
Martin Pitt
This squeezes out a bunch of alignment padding, reducing the size
from 72 to 56 bytes on my machine. At least in my testing, this
didn't produce any measurable performance improvement, but the space
savings seem like enough justification.
Andres Freund
ALTER TABLE (and ALTER VIEW, ALTER SEQUENCE, etc.) now use a
RangeVarGetRelid callback to check permissions before acquiring a table
lock. We also now use the same callback for all forms of ALTER TABLE,
rather than having separate, almost-identical callbacks for ALTER TABLE
.. SET SCHEMA and ALTER TABLE .. RENAME, and no callback at all for
everything else.
I went ahead and changed the code so that no form of ALTER TABLE works
on foreign tables; you must use ALTER FOREIGN TABLE instead. In 9.1,
it was possible to use ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA or ALTER TABLE ..
RENAME on a foreign table, but not any other form of ALTER TABLE, which
did not seem terribly useful or consistent.
Patch by me; review by Noah Misch.
Previously, this was hardcoded: we always had 8. Performance testing
shows that isn't enough, especially on big SMP systems, so we allow it
to scale up as high as 32 when there's adequate memory. On the flip
side, when shared_buffers is very small, drop the number of CLOG buffers
down to as little as 4, so that we can start the postmaster even
when very little shared memory is available.
Per extensive discussion with Simon Riggs, Tom Lane, and others on
pgsql-hackers.
ALTER DOMAIN / DROP CONSTRAINT on a nonexistent constraint name did
not report any error. Now it reports an error. The IF EXISTS option
was added to get the usual behavior of ignoring nonexistent objects to
drop.
Further testing convinces me that this is helpful at sufficiently high
contention levels, though it's still worrisome that it loses slightly
at lower contention levels.
Per Manabu Ori.
This is allegedly a win, at least on some PPC implementations, according
to the PPC ISA documents. However, as with LWARX hints, some PPC
platforms give an illegal-instruction failure. Use the same trick as
before of assuming that PPC64 platforms will accept it; we might need to
refine that based on experience, but there are other projects doing
likewise according to google.
I did not add an assembler compatibility test because LWSYNC has been
around much longer than hint bits, and it seems unlikely that any
toolchains currently in use don't recognize it.
Previously we defined slock_t as 8 bytes on PPC64, but the TAS assembly
code uses word-wide operations regardless, so that the second word was
just wasted space. There doesn't appear to be any performance benefit
in adding the second word, so get rid of it to simplify the code.
The hint bit makes for a small but measurable performance improvement
in access to contended spinlocks.
On the other hand, some PPC chips give an illegal-instruction failure.
There doesn't seem to be a completely bulletproof way to tell whether the
hint bit will cause an illegal-instruction failure other than by trying
it; but most if not all 64-bit PPC machines should accept it, so follow
the Linux kernel's lead and assume it's okay to use it in 64-bit builds.
Of course we must also check whether the assembler accepts the command,
since even with a recent CPU the toolchain could be old.
Patch by Manabu Ori, significantly modified by me.
All supported platforms support the C89 standard function atexit()
(SunOS 4 probably being the last one not to), and supporting both
makes the code clumsy.
In commit e2c2c2e8b1 I made use of nested
list structures to show which clauses went with which index columns, but
on reflection that's a data structure that only an old-line Lisp hacker
could love. Worse, it adds unnecessary complication to the many places
that don't much care which clauses go with which index columns. Revert
to the previous arrangement of flat lists of clauses, and instead add a
parallel integer list of column numbers. The places that care about the
pairing can chase both lists with forboth(), while the places that don't
care just examine one list the same as before.
The only real downside to this is that there are now two more lists that
need to be passed to amcostestimate functions in case they care about
column matching (which btcostestimate does, so not passing the info is not
an option). Rather than deal with 11-argument amcostestimate functions,
pass just the IndexPath and expect the functions to extract fields from it.
That gets us down to 7 arguments which is better than 11, and it seems
more future-proof against likely additions to the information we keep
about an index path.
It's potentially useful for an index to repeat the same indexable column
or expression in multiple index columns, if the columns have different
opclasses. (If they share opclasses too, the duplicate column is pretty
useless, but nonetheless we've allowed such cases since 9.0.) However,
the planner failed to cope with this, because createplan.c was relying on
simple equal() matching to figure out which index column each index qual
is intended for. We do have that information available upstream in
indxpath.c, though, so the fix is to not flatten the multi-level indexquals
list when putting it into an IndexPath. Then we can rely on the sublist
structure to identify target index columns in createplan.c. There's a
similar issue for index ORDER BYs (the KNNGIST feature), so introduce a
multi-level-list representation for that too. This adds a bit more
representational overhead, but we might more or less buy that back by not
having to search for matching index columns anymore in createplan.c;
likewise btcostestimate saves some cycles.
Per bug #6351 from Christian Rudolph. Likely symptoms include the "btree
index keys must be ordered by attribute" failure shown there, as well as
"operator MMMM is not a member of opfamily NNNN".
Although this is a pre-existing problem that can be demonstrated in 9.0 and
9.1, I'm not going to back-patch it, because the API changes in the planner
seem likely to break things such as index plugins. The corner cases where
this matters seem too narrow to justify possibly breaking things in a minor
release.
When a view is marked as a security barrier, it will not be pulled up
into the containing query, and no quals will be pushed down into it,
so that no function or operator chosen by the user can be applied to
rows not exposed by the view. Views not configured with this
option cannot provide robust row-level security, but will perform far
better.
Patch by KaiGai Kohei; original problem report by Heikki Linnakangas
(in October 2009!). Review (in earlier versions) by Noah Misch and
others. Design advice by Tom Lane and myself. Further review and
cleanup by me.
You could already rename domains using ALTER TYPE, but with this new
command it is more consistent with how other commands treat domains as
a subcategory of types.
In the previous coding, a user could queue up for an AccessExclusiveLock
on a table they did not have permission to cluster, thus potentially
interfering with access by authorized users who got stuck waiting behind
the AccessExclusiveLock. This approach avoids that. cluster() has the
same permissions-checking requirements as REINDEX TABLE, so this commit
moves the now-shared callback to tablecmds.c and renames it, per
discussion with Noah Misch.
When a PORTAL_ONE_SELECT query is executed, we can opportunistically
reuse the parse/plan shot for the execution phase. This cuts down the
number of snapshots per simple query from 2 to 1 for the simple
protocol, and 3 to 2 for the extended protocol. Since we are only
reusing a snapshot taken early in the processing of the same protocol
message, the change shouldn't be user-visible, except that the remote
possibility of the planning and execution snapshots being different is
eliminated.
Note that this change does not make it safe to assume that the parse/plan
snapshot will certainly be reused; that will currently only happen if
PortalStart() decides to use the PORTAL_ONE_SELECT strategy. It might
be worth trying to provide some stronger guarantees here in the future,
but for now we don't.
Patch by me; review by Dimitri Fontaine.
This adds support for the more or less SQL-conforming USAGE privilege
on types and domains. The intent is to be able restrict which users
can create dependencies on types, which restricts the way in which
owners can alter types.
reviewed by Yeb Havinga
On reflection, the original name seems way too generic for a global
symbol. A quick check shows this is the only exported function name
in SP-GiST that doesn't begin with "spg" or contain "SpGist", so the
rest of them seem all right.
This makes them enforceable only on the parent table, not on children
tables. This is useful in various situations, per discussion involving
people bitten by the restrictive behavior introduced in 8.4.
Message-Id:
8762mp93iw.fsf@comcast.netCAFaPBrSMMpubkGf4zcRL_YL-AERUbYF_-ZNNYfb3CVwwEqc9TQ@mail.gmail.com
Authors: Nikhil Sontakke, Alex Hunsaker
Reviewed by Robert Haas and myself
Operator classes can specify whether or not they support this; this
preserves the flexibility to use lossy representations within an index.
In passing, move constant data about a given index into the rd_amcache
cache area, instead of doing fresh lookups each time we start an index
operation. This is mainly to try to make sure that spgcanreturn() has
insignificant cost; I still don't have any proof that it matters for
actual index accesses. Also, get rid of useless copying of FmgrInfo
pointers; we can perfectly well use the relcache's versions in-place.
The need for this was debated when we put in the index-only-scan feature,
but at the time we had no near-term expectation of having AMs that could
support such scans for only some indexes; so we kept it simple. However,
the SP-GiST AM forces the issue, so let's fix it.
This patch only installs the new API; no behavior actually changes.
These entries could never be matched to an index clause because they don't
have the index datatype on the left-hand side of the operator. (Their
commutators are in the opclass, which is sensible, but that doesn't mean
these operators should be.) Spotted by a test that I recently added to
opr_sanity to catch exactly this type of thinko. AFAICT there is no code
in gistproc.c that is specifically meant to cover these cases, so nothing
to remove at that level.
SP-GiST is comparable to GiST in flexibility, but supports non-balanced
partitioned search structures rather than balanced trees. As described at
PGCon 2011, this new indexing structure can beat GiST in both index build
time and query speed for search problems that it is well matched to.
There are a number of areas that could still use improvement, but at this
point the code seems committable.
Teodor Sigaev and Oleg Bartunov, with considerable revisions by Tom Lane
Heikki Linnakangas had the idea of rearranging GetSnapshotData to
avoid checking for sub-XIDs when no top-level XID is present. This
patch does that plus further a bit of further, related rearrangement.
Benchmarking show a significant improvement on unlogged tables at
higher concurrency levels, and mostly indifferent result on permanent
tables (which are presumably bottlenecked elsewhere). Most of the
benefit seems to come from using the new NormalTransactionIdPrecedes()
macro rather than the function call TransactionIdPrecedes().
This works the same as include, except that an error is not thrown
if the file is missing. Instead the fact that it's missing is
logged.
Greg Smith, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira.
Previously, renaming a table, sequence, view, index, foreign table,
column, or trigger checked permissions before locking the object, which
meant that if permissions were revoked during the lock wait, we would
still allow the operation. Similarly, if the original object is dropped
and a new one with the same name is created, the operation will be allowed
if we had permissions on the old object; the permissions on the new
object don't matter. All this is now fixed.
Along the way, attempting to rename a trigger on a foreign table now gives
the same error message as trying to create one there in the first place
(i.e. that it's not a table or view) rather than simply stating that no
trigger by that name exists.
Patch by me; review by Noah Misch.
Removing this bit from xl_info allows us to restore the old limit of four
(not three) separate pages touched by a WAL record, which is needed for the
upcoming SP-GiST feature, and will likely be useful elsewhere in future.
When we implemented XLR_BKP_REMOVABLE in 2007, we had to do it like that
because no special WAL-visible action was taken when starting a backup.
However, now we force a segment switch when starting a backup, so a
compressing WAL archiver (such as pglesslog) that uses the state shown in
the current page header will not be fooled as to removability of backup
blocks. The only downside is that the archiver will not return to
compressing mode for up to one WAL page after the backup is over, which is
a small price to pay for getting back the extra xl_info bit. In any case
the archiver could look for XLOG_BACKUP_END records if it thought it was
worth the trouble to do so.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC since this is effectively a change in WAL format.
I forgot to change the functions to use the PG_GETARG_INET_PP() macro,
when I changed DatumGetInetP() to unpack the datum, like Datum*P macros
usually do. Also, I screwed up the definition of the PG_GETARG_INET_PP()
macro, and didn't notice because it wasn't used.
This fixes the memory leak when sorting inet values, as reported
by Jochen Erwied and debugged by Andres Freund. Backpatch to 8.3, like
the previous patch that broke it.
Original patch by Lars Kanis, reviewed by Nishiyama Tomoaki and tweaked some by me.
This compiler, or at least the latest version of it, is currently broken, and
only passes the regression tests if built with -O0.
we don't reach consistency before replaying all of the WAL. Rename the
variable to reachedConsistency, to make its intention clearer.
In master, that was an active bug because of the recent patch to
immediately PANIC if a reference to a missing page is found in WAL after
reaching consistency, as Tom Lane's test case demonstrated. In 9.1 and 9.0,
the only consequence was a misleading "consistent recovery state reached at
%X/%X" message in the log at the beginning of crash recovery (the database
is not consistent at that point yet). In 8.4, the log message was not
printed in crash recovery, even though there was a similar
reachedMinRecoveryPoint local variable that was also set early. So,
backpatch to 9.1 and 9.0.
lost. The only way we detect that at the moment is when write() fails when
we try to write to the socket.
Florian Pflug with small changes by me, reviewed by Greg Jaskiewicz.
Instead, add a function pg_tablespace_location(oid) used to return
the same information, and do this by reading the symbolic link.
Doing it this way makes it possible to relocate a tablespace when the
database is down by simply changing the symbolic link.
This patch creates an API whereby a btree index opclass can optionally
provide non-SQL-callable support functions for sorting. In the initial
patch, we only use this to provide a directly-callable comparator function,
which can be invoked with a bit less overhead than the traditional
SQL-callable comparator. While that should be of value in itself, the real
reason for doing this is to provide a datatype-extensible framework for
more aggressive optimizations, as in Peter Geoghegan's recent work.
Robert Haas and Tom Lane
invalid-page hash table, PANIC immediately. Immediate PANIC is much better
than waiting for end-of-recovery, which is what we did before, because the
end-of-recovery might not come until months later if this is a standby
server.
Also refrain from creating a restartpoint if there are invalid-page entries
in the hash table. Restarting recovery from such a restartpoint would not
see the invalid references, and wouldn't be able to cross-check them when
consistency is reached. That wouldn't matter when things are going smoothly,
but the more sanity checks you have the better.
Fujii Masao
In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice:
look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or
look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks.
The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup
and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table
lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges
to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges
(e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on
a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts
to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock
is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back).
To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which
gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring
the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because
invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed
as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is
renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply
a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is
now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now
passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait
as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for
example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index
lock to reduce deadlock possibilities.
There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this
can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure
and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE,
LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE.
Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
The EvalPlanQual machinery assumes that whole-row Vars generated for the
outputs of non-table RTEs will be of composite types. However, for the
case where the RTE is a function call returning a scalar type, we were
doing the wrong thing, as a result of sharing code with a parser case
where the function's scalar output is wanted. (Or at least, that's what
that case has done historically; it does seem a bit inconsistent.)
To fix, extend makeWholeRowVar's API so that it can support both use-cases.
This fixes Belinda Cussen's report of crashes during concurrent execution
of UPDATEs involving joins to the result of UNNEST() --- in READ COMMITTED
mode, we'd run the EvalPlanQual machinery after a conflicting row update
commits, and it was expecting to get a HeapTuple not a scalar datum from
the "wholerowN" variable referencing the function RTE.
Back-patch to 9.0 where the current EvalPlanQual implementation appeared.
In 9.1 and up, this patch also fixes failure to attach the correct
collation to the Var generated for a scalar-result case. An example:
regression=# select upper(x.*) from textcat('ab', 'cd') x;
ERROR: could not determine which collation to use for upper() function
In the original implementation, a range-contained-by search had to scan
the entire index because an empty range could be lurking anywhere.
Improve that by adding a flag to upper GiST entries that says whether the
represented subtree contains any empty ranges.
Also, make a simple mod to the penalty function to discourage empty ranges
from getting pushed into subtrees without any. This needs more work, and
the picksplit function should be taught about it too, but that code can be
improved without causing an on-disk compatibility break; so we'll leave it
for another day.
Since we're breaking on-disk compatibility of range values anyway, I took
the opportunity to reorganize the range flags bits; the unused
RANGE_xB_NULL bits are now adjacent, which might open the door for using
them in some other way later.
In passing, remove the GiST range opclass entry for <>, which doesn't seem
like it can really be indexed usefully.
Alexander Korotkov, with some editorializing by Tom
This adds some I/O stats to the logging of autovacuum (when the
operation takes long enough that log_autovacuum_min_duration causes it
to be logged), so that it is easier to tune. Notably, it adds buffer
I/O counts (hits, misses, dirtied) and read and write rate.
Authors: Greg Smith and Noah Misch
This speeds up snapshot-taking and reduces ProcArrayLock contention.
Also, the PGPROC (and PGXACT) structures used by two-phase commit are
now allocated as part of the main array, rather than in a separate
array, and we keep ProcArray sorted in pointer order. These changes
are intended to minimize the number of cache lines that must be pulled
in to take a snapshot, and testing shows a substantial increase in
performance on both read and write workloads at high concurrencies.
Pavan Deolasee, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas
The WITH [NO] DATA option was not supported, nor the ability to specify
replacement column names; the former limitation wasn't even documented, as
per recent complaint from Naoya Anzai. Fix by moving the responsibility
for supporting these options into the executor. It actually takes less
code this way ...
catversion bump due to change in representation of IntoClause, which might
affect stored rules.
It's not clear that a per-datatype typanalyze function would be any more
useful than a generic typanalyze for ranges. What *is* clear is that
letting unprivileged users select typanalyze functions is a crash risk or
worse. So remove the option from CREATE TYPE AS RANGE, and instead put in
a generic typanalyze function for ranges. The generic function does
nothing as yet, but hopefully we'll improve that before 9.2 release.
Per discussion, the zero-argument forms aren't really worth the catalog
space (just write 'empty' instead). The one-argument forms have some use,
but they also have a serious problem with looking too much like functional
cast notation; to the point where in many real use-cases, the parser would
misinterpret what was wanted.
Committing this as a separate patch, with the thought that we might want
to revert part or all of it if we can think of some way around the cast
ambiguity.
Implement these tests directly instead of constructing a singleton range
and then applying range-contains. This saves a range serialize/deserialize
cycle as well as a couple of redundant bound-comparison steps, and adds
very little code on net.
Remove elem_contained_by_range from the GiST opclass: it doesn't belong
there because there is no way to use it in an index clause (where the
indexed column would have to be on the left). Its commutator is in the
opclass, and that's what counts.
Per discussion, relax the range input/construction rules so that the
only hard error is lower bound > upper bound. Cases where the lower
bound is <= upper bound, but the range nonetheless normalizes to empty,
are now permitted.
Fix core dump in range_adjacent when bounds are infinite. Marginal
cleanup of regression test cases, some more code commenting.
Fix up some infelicitous coding in DefineRange, and add some missing error
checks. Rearrange operator strategy number assignments for GiST anyrange
opclass so that they don't make such a mess of opr_sanity's table of
operator names associated with different strategy numbers. Assign
hopefully-temporary selectivity estimators to range operators that didn't
have one --- poor as the estimates are, they're still a lot better than the
default 0.5 estimate, and they'll shut up the opr_sanity test that wants to
see selectivity estimators on all built-in operators.
This gets rid of an impressive amount of duplicative code, with only
minimal behavior changes. DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER now requires object
ownership rather than superuser privileges, matching the documentation
we already have. We also eliminate the historical warning about dropping
a built-in function as unuseful. All operations are now performed in the
same order for all object types handled by dropcmds.c.
KaiGai Kohei, with minor revisions by me
Use of anynonarray was a crude hack to get around ambiguity versus the
array inclusion operators of the same names. My previous patch to extend
the parser's type resolution heuristics makes that unnecessary, so use
the more general declaration instead. This eliminates a wart that these
operators couldn't be used with ranges over arrays, which are otherwise
supported just fine.
Also, mark range_before and range_after as commutator operators,
per discussion with Jeff Davis.
A very long time ago, language names were specified as literals rather
than identifiers, so this code was added to do case-folding. But that
style has ben deprecated for many years so this isn't needed any more.
Language names will still be downcased when specified as unquoted
identifiers, but quoted identifiers or the old style using string
literals will be left as-is.
Fix assorted infelicities, such as dependency on OIDs that aren't
hardwired, as well as outright misdeclaration of daterange_canonical(),
which resulted in crashes if you invoked it directly. Add some more
regression tests to try to catch similar mistakes in future.
Move the responsibility for caching specialized information about range
types into the type cache, so that the catalog lookups only have to occur
once per session. Rearrange APIs a bit so that fn_extra caching is
actually effective in the GiST support code. (Use of OidFunctionCallN is
bad enough for performance in itself, but it also prevents the function
from exploiting fn_extra caching.)
The range I/O functions are still not very bright about caching repeated
lookups, but that seems like material for a separate patch.
Also, avoid unnecessary use of memcpy to fetch/store the range type OID and
flags, and don't use the full range_deserialize machinery when all we need
to see is the flags value.
Also fix API error in range_gist_penalty --- it was failing to set *penalty
for any case involving an empty range.
A range type whose element type has 'd' alignment must have 'd' alignment
itself, else there is no guarantee that the element value can be used
in-place. (Because range_deserialize uses att_align_pointer which forcibly
aligns the given pointer, violations of this rule did not lead to SIGBUS
but rather to garbage data being extracted, as in one of the added
regression test cases.)
Also, you can't put a toast pointer inside a range datum, since the
referenced value could disappear with the range datum still present.
For consistency with the handling of arrays and records, I also forced
decompression of in-line-compressed bound values. It would work to store
them as-is, but our policy is to avoid situations that might result in
double compression.
Add assorted regression tests for this, and bump catversion because of
fixes to built-in pg_type entries.
Also some marginal cleanup of inconsistent/unnecessary error checks.
No functional changes in this commit (except I could not resist the
temptation to re-word a couple of error messages). This is just manual
cleanup after pgindent to make the code look reasonably like other PG
code, in preparation for more detailed code review to come.
Previously we waited for wal_writer_delay before flushing WAL. Now
we also wake WALWriter as soon as a WAL buffer page has filled.
Significant effect observed on performance of asynchronous commits
by Robert Haas, attributed to the ability to set hint bits on tuples
earlier and so reducing contention caused by clog lookups.
This reverts commit 0180bd6180.
contrib/userlock is gone, but user-level locking still exists,
and is exposed via the pg_advisory* family of functions.
This greatly reduces the WAL volume, especially when the table is narrow.
The overhead of locking the heap page is also reduced. Reduced WAL traffic
also makes it scale a lot better, if you run multiple COPY processes at
the same time.
Add PlaceHolderVar wrappers as needed to make UNION ALL sub-select output
expressions appear non-constant and distinct from each other. This makes
the world safe for add_child_rel_equivalences to do what it does. Before,
it was possible for that function to add identical expressions to different
EquivalenceClasses, which logically should imply merging such ECs, which
would be wrong; or to improperly add a constant to an EquivalenceClass,
drastically changing its behavior. Per report from Teodor Sigaev.
The only currently known consequence of this bug is "MergeAppend child's
targetlist doesn't match MergeAppend" planner failures in 9.1 and later.
I am suspicious that there may be other failure modes that could affect
older release branches; but in the absence of any hard evidence, I'll
refrain from back-patching further than 9.1.
a new macro, DatumGetInetPP(), that does not. This brings these macros
in line with other DatumGet*P() macros.
Backpatch to 8.3, where 1-byte header varlenas were introduced.
In a regular VACUUM, it's OK to skip pages for which a cleanup lock
isn't immediately available; the next VACUUM will deal with them. If
we're scanning the entire relation to advance relfrozenxid, we might
need to wait, but only if there are tuples on the page that actually
require freezing. These changes should greatly reduce the incidence
of of vacuum processes getting "stuck".
Simon Riggs and Robert Haas
It was inadvertently changed to 201111111, which is a wrong date. Change it
to current date, and remove the comment that was supposed to remind me to
fix it before committing.
If we use a PlaceHolderVar from the outer relation in an inner indexscan,
we need to reference the PlaceHolderVar as such as the value to be passed
in from the outer relation. The previous code effectively tried to
reconstruct the PHV from its component expression, which doesn't work since
(a) the Vars therein aren't necessarily bubbled up far enough, and (b) it
would be the wrong semantics anyway because of the possibility that the PHV
is supposed to have gone to null at some point before the current join.
Point (a) led to "variable not found in subplan target list" planner
errors, but point (b) would have led to silently wrong answers.
Per report from Roger Niederland.
There was a timing window between when oldestActiveXid was derived
and when it should have been derived that only shows itself under
heavy load. Move code around to ensure correct timing of derivation.
No change to StartupSUBTRANS() code, which is where this failed.
Bug report by Chris Redekop
If a tuple in a syscache contains an out-of-line toasted field, and we
try to fetch that field shortly after some other transaction has committed
an update or deletion of the tuple, there is a race condition: vacuum
could come along and remove the toast tuples before we can fetch them.
This leads to transient failures like "missing chunk number 0 for toast
value NNNNN in pg_toast_2619", as seen in recent reports from Andrew
Hammond and Tim Uckun.
The design idea of syscache is that access to stale syscache entries
should be prevented by relation-level locks, but that fails for at least
two cases where toasted fields are possible: ANALYZE updates pg_statistic
rows without locking out sessions that might want to plan queries on the
same table, and CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION updates pg_proc rows without
any meaningful lock at all.
The least risky fix seems to be an idea that Heikki suggested when we
were dealing with a related problem back in August: forcibly detoast any
out-of-line fields before putting a tuple into syscache in the first place.
This avoids the problem because at the time we fetch the parent tuple from
the catalog, we should be holding an MVCC snapshot that will prevent
removal of the toast tuples, even if the parent tuple is outdated
immediately after we fetch it. (Note: I'm not convinced that this
statement holds true at every instant where we could be fetching a syscache
entry at all, but it does appear to hold true at the times where we could
fetch an entry that could have a toasted field. We will need to be a bit
wary of adding toast tables to low-level catalogs that don't have them
already.) An additional benefit is that subsequent uses of the syscache
entry should be faster, since they won't have to detoast the field.
Back-patch to all supported versions. The problem is significantly harder
to reproduce in pre-9.0 releases, because of their willingness to flush
every entry in a syscache whenever the underlying catalog is vacuumed
(cf CatalogCacheFlushRelation); but there is still a window for trouble.
bgwriter is now a much less important process, responsible for page
cleaning duties only. checkpointer is now responsible for checkpoints
and so has a key role in shutdown. Later patches will correct doc
references to the now old idea that bgwriter performs checkpoints.
Has beneficial effect on performance at high write rates, but mainly
refactoring to more easily allow changes for power reduction by
simplifying previously tortuous code around required to allow page
cleaning and checkpointing to time slice in the same process.
Patch by me, Review by Dickson Guedes
This infrastructure doesn't in any way guarantee that the character
we produce will sort before the one we incremented; but it does at least
make it much more likely that we'll end up with something that is a valid
character, which improves our chances.
Kyotaro Horiguchi, with various adjustments by me.
We need not wait until the commit record is durably on disk, because
in the event of a crash the page we're updating with hint bits will
be gone anyway. Per off-list report from Heikki Linnakangas, this
can significantly degrade the performance of unlogged tables; I was
able to show a 2x speedup from this patch on a pgbench run with scale
factor 15. In practice, this will mostly help small, heavily updated
tables, because on larger tables you're unlikely to run into the same
row again before the commit record makes it out to disk.
If the right-hand side of a semijoin is unique, then we can treat it like a
normal join (or another way to say that is: we don't need to explicitly
unique-ify the data before doing it as a normal join). We were recognizing
such cases when the RHS was a sub-query with appropriate DISTINCT or GROUP
BY decoration, but there's another way: if the RHS is a plain relation with
unique indexes, we can check if any of the indexes prove the output is
unique. Most of the infrastructure for that was there already in the join
removal code, though I had to rearrange it a bit. Per reflection about a
recent example in pgsql-performance.
The uniqueness condition might fail to hold intra-transaction, and assuming
it does can give incorrect query results. Per report from Marti Raudsepp,
though this is not his proposed patch.
Back-patch to 9.0, where both these features were introduced. In the
released branches, add the new IndexOptInfo field to the end of the struct,
to try to minimize ABI breakage for third-party code that may be examining
that struct.
A transaction can export a snapshot with pg_export_snapshot(), and then
others can import it with SET TRANSACTION SNAPSHOT. The data does not
leave the server so there are not security issues. A snapshot can only
be imported while the exporting transaction is still running, and there
are some other restrictions.
I'm not totally convinced that we've covered all the bases for SSI (true
serializable) mode, but it works fine for lesser isolation modes.
Joachim Wieland, reviewed by Marko Tiikkaja, and rather heavily modified
by Tom Lane
Avoid possibly dumping core when pgstat_track_activity_query_size has a
less-than-default value; avoid uselessly searching for the query string
of a successfully-exited backend; don't bother putting out an ERRDETAIL if
we don't have a query to show; some other minor stylistic improvements.
To avoid minimize risk inside the postmaster, we subject this feature
to a number of significant limitations. We very much wish to avoid
doing any complex processing inside the postmaster, due to the
posssibility that the crashed backend has completely corrupted shared
memory. To that end, no encoding conversion is done; instead, we just
replace anything that doesn't look like an ASCII character with a
question mark. We limit the amount of data copied to 1024 characters,
and carefully sanity check the source of that data. While these
restrictions would doubtless be unacceptable in a general-purpose
logging facility, even this limited facility seems like an improvement
over the status quo ante.
Marti Raudsepp, reviewed by PDXPUG and myself
This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code.
KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with
further review and cleanup by me.
There's no particular value in doing AssertMacro((tup) != NULL) in front
of code that's certain to crash anyway if tup is NULL. And if "tup" is
actually the address of a local variable, gcc 4.6 whinges about it. That's
arguably pretty broken on gcc's part, but we might as well remove the
useless test to silence the warnings. This gets rid of all the -Waddress
warnings in the backend; there are some in libpq and psql that are a bit
harder to avoid.
In general the data returned by an index-only scan should have the
datatypes originally computed by FormIndexDatum. If the index opclasses
use "storage" datatypes different from their input datatypes, the scan
tuple will not have the same rowtype attributed to the index; but we had
a hard-wired assumption that that was true in nodeIndexonlyscan.c. We'd
already hacked around the issue for the one case where the types are
different in btree indexes (btree name_ops), but this would definitely
come back to bite us if we ever implement index-only scans in GiST.
To fix, require the index AM to explicitly provide the tupdesc for the
tuple it is returning. btree can just pass back the index's tupdesc, but
GiST will have to work harder when and if it supports index-only scans.
I had previously proposed fixing this by allowing the index AM to fill the
scan tuple slot directly; but on reflection that seemed like a module
layering violation, since TupleTableSlots are creatures of the executor.
At least in the btree case, it would also be less efficient, since the
tuple deconstruction work would occur even for rows later found to be
invisible to the scan's snapshot.
Add a column pg_class.relallvisible to remember the number of pages that
were all-visible according to the visibility map as of the last VACUUM
(or ANALYZE, or some other operations that update pg_class.relpages).
Use relallvisible/relpages, instead of an arbitrary constant, to estimate
how many heap page fetches can be avoided during an index-only scan.
This is pretty primitive and will no doubt see refinements once we've
acquired more field experience with the index-only scan mechanism, but
it's way better than using a constant.
Note: I had to adjust an underspecified query in the window.sql regression
test, because it was changing answers when the plan changed to use an
index-only scan. Some of the adjacent tests perhaps should be adjusted
as well, but I didn't do that here.
This commit changes index-only scans so that data is read directly from the
index tuple without first generating a faux heap tuple. The only immediate
benefit is that indexes on system columns (such as OID) can be used in
index-only scans, but this is necessary infrastructure if we are ever to
support index-only scans on expression indexes. The executor is now ready
for that, though the planner still needs substantial work to recognize
the possibility.
To do this, Vars in index-only plan nodes have to refer to index columns
not heap columns. I introduced a new special varno, INDEX_VAR, to mark
such Vars to avoid confusion. (In passing, this commit renames the two
existing special varnos to OUTER_VAR and INNER_VAR.) This allows
ruleutils.c to handle them with logic similar to what we use for subplan
reference Vars.
Since index-only scans are now fundamentally different from regular
indexscans so far as their expression subtrees are concerned, I also chose
to change them to have their own plan node type (and hence, their own
executor source file).
This was broken in commit 53dbc27c62, which
introduced unlogged tables. Fortunately, as debugging tools go, this one
is pretty cheap, which is probably why it took nine months for someone to
notice, but it's not intended to be enabled by default, so revert.
Noted by Fujii Masao.
We copy all the matched tuples off the page during _bt_readpage, instead of
expensively re-locking the page during each subsequent tuple fetch. This
costs a bit more local storage, but not more than 2*BLCKSZ worth, and the
reduction in LWLock traffic is certainly worth that. What's more, this
lets us get rid of the API wart in the original patch that said an index AM
could randomly decline to supply an index tuple despite having asserted
pg_am.amcanreturn. That will be important for future improvements in the
index-only-scan feature, since the executor will now be able to rely on
having the index data available.
When a btree index contains all columns required by the query, and the
visibility map shows that all tuples on a target heap page are
visible-to-all, we don't need to fetch that heap page. This patch depends
on the previous patches that made the visibility map reliable.
There's a fair amount left to do here, notably trying to figure out a less
chintzy way of estimating the cost of an index-only scan, but the core
functionality seems ready to commit.
Robert Haas and Ibrar Ahmed, with some previous work by Heikki Linnakangas.
CREATE EXTENSION needs to transiently set search_path, as well as
client_min_messages and log_min_messages. We were doing this by the
expedient of saving the current string value of each variable, doing a
SET LOCAL, and then doing another SET LOCAL with the previous value at
the end of the command. This is a bit expensive though, and it also fails
badly if there is anything funny about the existing search_path value,
as seen in a recent report from Roger Niederland. Fortunately, there's a
much better way, which is to piggyback on the GUC infrastructure previously
developed for functions with SET options. We just open a new GUC nesting
level, do our assignments with GUC_ACTION_SAVE, and then close the nesting
level when done. This automatically restores the prior settings without a
re-parsing pass, so (in principle anyway) there can't be an error. And
guc.c still takes care of cleanup in event of an error abort.
The CREATE EXTENSION code for this was modeled on some much older code in
ri_triggers.c, which I also changed to use the better method, even though
there wasn't really much risk of failure there. Also improve the comments
in guc.c to reflect this additional usage.
Arrange for any problems with pre-existing settings to be reported as
WARNING not ERROR, so that we don't undesirably abort the loading of the
incoming add-on module. The bad setting is just discarded, as though it
had never been applied at all. (This requires a change in the API of
set_config_option. After some thought I decided the most potentially
useful addition was to allow callers to just pass in a desired elevel.)
Arrange to restore the complete stacked state of the variable, rather than
cheesily reinstalling only the active value. This ensures that custom GUCs
will behave unsurprisingly even when the module loading operation occurs
within nested subtransactions that have changed the active value. Since a
module load could occur as a result of, eg, a PL function call, this is not
an unlikely scenario.
We used to just remember the GucSource, but saving GucContext too provides
a little more information --- notably, whether a SET was done by a
superuser or regular user. This allows us to rip out the fairly dodgy code
that define_custom_variable used to use to try to infer the context to
re-install a pre-existing setting with. In particular, it now works for
a superuser to SET a extension's SUSET custom variable before loading the
associated extension, because GUC can remember whether the SET was done as
a superuser or not. The plperl regression tests contain an example where
this is useful.
Previously, the code assumed that the only possible action to take was
to delete files behind a certain cutoff point. The async notify code
was already a crock: it used a different "pagePrecedes" function for
truncation than for regular operation. By allowing it to pass a
callback to SlruScanDirectory it can do cleanly exactly what it needs to
do.
The clog.c code also had its own use for SlruScanDirectory, which is
made a bit simpler with this.
This patch has two distinct purposes: to report multiple problems in
postgresql.conf rather than always bailing out after the first one,
and to change the policy for whether changes are applied when there are
unrelated errors in postgresql.conf.
Formerly the policy was to apply no changes if any errors could be
detected, but that had a significant consistency problem, because in some
cases specific values might be seen as valid by some processes but invalid
by others. This meant that the latter processes would fail to adopt
changes in other parameters even though the former processes had done so.
The new policy is that during SIGHUP, the file is rejected as a whole
if there are any errors in the "name = value" syntax, or if any lines
attempt to set nonexistent built-in parameters, or if any lines attempt
to set custom parameters whose prefix is not listed in (the new value of)
custom_variable_classes. These tests should always give the same results
in all processes, and provide what seems a reasonably robust defense
against loading values from badly corrupted config files. If these tests
pass, all processes will apply all settings that they individually see as
good, ignoring (but logging) any they don't.
In addition, the postmaster does not abandon reading a configuration file
after the first syntax error, but continues to read the file and report
syntax errors (up to a maximum of 100 syntax errors per file).
The postmaster will still refuse to start up if the configuration file
contains any errors at startup time, but these changes allow multiple
errors to be detected and reported before quitting.
Alexey Klyukin, reviewed by Andy Colson and av (Alexander ?)
with some additional hacking by Tom Lane
pg_trgm was already doing this unofficially, but the implementation hadn't
been thought through very well and leaked memory. Restructure the core
GiST code so that it actually works, and document it. Ordinarily this
would have required an extra memory context creation/destruction for each
GiST index search, but I was able to avoid that in the normal case of a
non-rescanned search by finessing the handling of the RBTree. It used to
have its own context always, but now shares a context with the
scan-lifespan data structures, unless there is more than one rescan call.
This should make the added overhead unnoticeable in typical cases.
In REPEATABLE READ (nee SERIALIZABLE) mode, an attempt to do
GetTransactionSnapshot() between AbortTransaction and CleanupTransaction
failed, because GetTransactionSnapshot would recompute the transaction
snapshot (which is already wrong, given the isolation mode) and then
re-register it in the TopTransactionResourceOwner, leading to an Assert
because the TopTransactionResourceOwner should be empty of resources after
AbortTransaction. This is the root cause of bug #6218 from Yamamoto
Takashi. While changing plancache.c to avoid requesting a snapshot when
handling a ROLLBACK masks the problem, I think this is really a snapmgr.c
bug: it's lower-level than the resource manager mechanism and should not be
shutting itself down before we unwind resource manager resources. However,
just postponing the release of the transaction snapshot until cleanup time
didn't work because of the circular dependency with
TopTransactionResourceOwner. Fix by managing the internal reference to
that snapshot manually instead of depending on TopTransactionResourceOwner.
This saves a few cycles as well as making the module layering more
straightforward. predicate.c's dependencies on TopTransactionResourceOwner
go away too.
I think this is a longstanding bug, but there's no evidence that it's more
than a latent bug, so it doesn't seem worth any risk of back-patching.
The constraint exclusion feature checks for contradictions among scan
restriction clauses, as well as contradictions between those clauses and a
table's CHECK constraints. The first aspect of this testing can be useful
for non-table relations (such as subqueries or functions-in-FROM), but the
feature was coded with only the CHECK case in mind so we were applying it
only to plain-table RTEs. Move the relation_excluded_by_constraints call
so that it is applied to all RTEs not just plain tables. With the default
setting of constraint_exclusion this results in no extra work, but with
constraint_exclusion = ON we will detect optimizations that we missed
before (at the cost of more planner cycles than we expended before).
Per a gripe from Gunnlaugur Þór Briem. Experimentation with
his example also showed we were not being very bright about the case where
constraint exclusion is proven within a subquery within UNION ALL, so tweak
the code to allow set_append_rel_pathlist to recognize such cases.
This is not actually used anywhere yet, but it gets the basic
infrastructure in place. It is fairly likely that there are bugs, and
support for some important platforms may be missing, so we'll need to
refine this as we go along.
This provides information about the numbers of tuples that were visited
but not returned by table scans, as well as the numbers of join tuples
that were considered and discarded within a join plan node.
There is still some discussion going on about the best way to report counts
for outer-join situations, but I think most of what's in the patch would
not change if we revise that, so I'm going to go ahead and commit it as-is.
Documentation changes to follow (they weren't in the submitted patch
either).
Marko Tiikkaja, reviewed by Marc Cousin, somewhat revised by Tom
Rewrite plancache.c so that a "cached plan" (which is rather a misnomer
at this point) can support generation of custom, parameter-value-dependent
plans, and can make an intelligent choice between using custom plans and
the traditional generic-plan approach. The specific choice algorithm
implemented here can probably be improved in future, but this commit is
all about getting the mechanism in place, not the policy.
In addition, restructure the API to greatly reduce the amount of extraneous
data copying needed. The main compromise needed to make that possible was
to split the initial creation of a CachedPlanSource into two steps. It's
worth noting in particular that SPI_saveplan is now deprecated in favor of
SPI_keepplan, which accomplishes the same end result with zero data
copying, and no need to then spend even more cycles throwing away the
original SPIPlan. The risk of long-term memory leaks while manipulating
SPIPlans has also been greatly reduced. Most of this improvement is based
on use of the recently-added MemoryContextSetParent primitive.
This function will be useful for altering the lifespan of a context after
creation (for example, by creating it under a transient context and later
reparenting it to belong to a long-lived context). It costs almost no new
code, since we can refactor what was there. Per my proposal of yesterday.
This addresses only those cases that are easy to fix by adding or
moving a const qualifier or removing an unnecessary cast. There are
many more complicated cases remaining.
Add __attribute__ decorations for printf format checking to the places that
were missing them. Fix the resulting warnings. Add
-Wmissing-format-attribute to the standard set of warnings for GCC, so these
don't happen again.
The warning fixes here are relatively harmless. The one serious problem
discovered by this was already committed earlier in
cf15fb5cab.
We were doing some amazingly complicated things in order to avoid running
the very expensive identify_system_timezone() procedure during GUC
initialization. But there is an obvious fix for that, which is to do it
once during initdb and have initdb install the system-specific default into
postgresql.conf, as it already does for most other GUC variables that need
system-environment-dependent defaults. This means that the timezone (and
log_timezone) settings no longer have any magic behavior in the server.
Per discussion.
As per my recent proposal, this refactors things so that these typedefs and
macros are available in a header that can be included in frontend-ish code.
I also changed various headers that were undesirably including
utils/timestamp.h to include datatype/timestamp.h instead. Unsurprisingly,
this showed that half the system was getting utils/timestamp.h by way of
xlog.h.
No actual code changes here, just header refactoring.
When building a GiST index that doesn't fit in cache, buffers are attached
to some internal nodes in the index. This speeds up the build by avoiding
random I/O that would otherwise be needed to traverse all the way down the
tree to the find right leaf page for tuple.
Alexander Korotkov
walsender.h should depend on xlog.h, not vice versa. (Actually, the
inclusion was circular until a couple hours ago, which was even sillier;
but Bruce broke it in the expedient rather than logically correct
direction.) Because of that poor decision, plus blind application of
pgrminclude, we had a situation where half the system was depending on
xlog.h to include such unrelated stuff as array.h and guc.h. Clean up
the header inclusion, and manually revert a lot of what pgrminclude had
done so things build again.
This episode reinforces my feeling that pgrminclude should not be run
without adult supervision. Inclusion changes in header files in particular
need to be reviewed with great care. More generally, it'd be good if we
had a clearer notion of module layering to dictate which headers can sanely
include which others ... but that's a big task for another day.
storage/proc.h should not include replication/syncrep.h, especially not
when the latter includes storage/proc.h; but in any case this was a pretty
poor thing from a modular layering standpoint.
Formerly, set_subquery_pathlist and other creators of plans for subqueries
saved only the rangetable and rowMarks lists from the lower-level
PlannerInfo. But there's no reason not to remember the whole PlannerInfo,
and indeed this turns out to simplify matters in a number of places.
The immediate reason for doing this was so that the subroot will still be
accessible when we're trying to extract column statistics out of an
already-planned subquery. But now that I've done it, it seems like a good
code-beautification effort in its own right.
I also chose to get rid of the transient subrtable and subrowmark fields in
SubqueryScan nodes, in favor of having setrefs.c look up the subquery's
RelOptInfo. That required changing all the APIs in setrefs.c to pass
PlannerInfo not PlannerGlobal, which was a large but quite mechanical
transformation.
One side-effect not foreseen at the beginning is that this finally broke
inheritance_planner's assumption that replanning the same subquery RTE N
times would necessarily give interchangeable results each time. That
assumption was always pretty risky, but now we really have to make a
separate RTE for each instance so that there's a place to carry the
separate subroots.
In the past, relhassubclass always remained true if a relation had ever had
child relations, even if the last subclass was long gone. While this had
only marginal performance implications in most cases, it was annoying, and
I'm now considering some planner changes that would raise the cost of a
false positive. It was previously impractical to fix this because of race
condition concerns. However, given the recent change that made tablecmds.c
take ShareExclusiveLock on relations that are gaining a child (commit
fbcf4b92aa), we can now allow ANALYZE to
clear the flag when it's no longer relevant. There is no additional
locking cost to do so, since ANALYZE takes ShareExclusiveLock anyway.
dots. I previously worked around this in initdb, mapping the known
problematic locale names to aliases that work, but Hiroshi Inoue pointed
out that that's not enough because even if you use one of the aliases, like
"Chinese_HKG", setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL) returns back the long form, ie.
"Chinese_Hong Kong S.A.R.". When we try to restore an old locale value by
passing that value back to setlocale(), it fails. Note that you are affected
by this bug also if you use one of those short-form names manually, so just
reverting the hack in initdb won't fix it.
To work around that, move the locale name mapping from initdb to a wrapper
around setlocale(), so that the mapping is invoked on every setlocale() call.
Also, add a few checks for failed setlocale() calls in the backend. These
calls shouldn't fail, and if they do there isn't much we can do about it,
but at least you'll get a warning.
Backpatch to 9.1, where the initdb hack was introduced. The Windows bug
affects older versions too if you set locale manually to one of the aliases,
but given the lack of complaints from the field, I'm hesitent to backpatch.
ifdef block. It has nothing to do with whether the replacement snprintf
function is used. It caused no live bug, because the replacement snprintf
function is always used on Win32, but it was nevertheless misplaced.
Per my testing, this works just as well with gcc as it does with HP's
compiler; and there is no reason to think that the effect doesn't occur
with icc, either.
Also, rewrite the header comment about enforcing sequencing around spinlock
operations, per Robert's gripe that it was misleading.
At least on this architecture, it's very important to spin on a
non-atomic instruction and only retry the atomic once it appears
that it will succeed. To fix this, split TAS() into two macros:
TAS(), for trying to grab the lock the first time, and TAS_SPIN(),
for spinning until we get it. TAS_SPIN() defaults to same as TAS(),
but we can override it when we know there's a better way.
It's likely that some of the other cases in s_lock.h require
similar treatment, but this is the only one we've got conclusive
evidence for at present.
Due to tuple-slot mismanagement, evaluation of WHEN conditions for AFTER
ROW UPDATE triggers could crash if there had been a BEFORE ROW trigger
fired for the same update. Fix by not trying to overload the use of
estate->es_trig_tuple_slot. Per report from Yoran Heling.
Back-patch to 9.0, when trigger WHEN conditions were introduced.
This requires adjusting the API for syscache callback functions: they now
get a hash value, not a TID, to identify the target tuple. Most of them
weren't paying any attention to that argument anyway, but plancache did
require a small amount of fixing.
Also, improve performance a trifle by avoiding sending duplicate inval
messages when a heap_update isn't changing the catcache lookup columns.
The previous code tried to synchronize by unlinking the init file twice,
but that doesn't actually work: it leaves a window wherein a third process
could read the already-stale init file but miss the SI messages that would
tell it the data is stale. The result would be bizarre failures in catalog
accesses, typically "could not read block 0 in file ..." later during
startup.
Instead, hold RelCacheInitLock across both the unlink and the sending of
the SI messages. This is more straightforward, and might even be a bit
faster since only one unlink call is needed.
This has been wrong since it was put in (in 2002!), so back-patch to all
supported releases.
The latch infrastructure is now capable of detecting all cases where the
walsender loop needs to wake up, so there is no reason to have an arbitrary
timeout.
Also, modify the walsender loop logic to follow the standard pattern of
ResetLatch, test for work to do, WaitLatch. The previous coding was both
hard to follow and buggy: it would sometimes busy-loop despite having
nothing available to do, eg between receipt of a signal and the next time
it was caught up with new WAL, and it also had interesting choices like
deciding to update to WALSNDSTATE_STREAMING on the strength of information
known to be obsolete.
In pursuit of this (and with the expectation that WaitLatch will be needed
in more places), convert the latch field that was already added to PGPROC
for sync rep into a generic latch that is activated for all PGPROC-owning
processes, and change many of the standard backend signal handlers to set
that latch when a signal happens. This will allow WaitLatch callers to be
wakened properly by these signals.
In passing, fix a whole bunch of signal handlers that had been hacked to do
things that might change errno, without adding the necessary save/restore
logic for errno. Also make some minor fixes in unix_latch.c, and clean
up bizarre and unsafe scheme for disowning the process's latch. Much of
this has to be back-patched into 9.1.
Peter Geoghegan, with additional work by Tom
streamed backup, throw an error and refuse to start up. The restore has not
finished correctly in that case and the data directory is possibly corrupt.
We already errored out in case of archive recovery, but could not during
crash recovery because we couldn't distinguish between the case that
pg_start_backup() was called and the database then crashed (must not error,
data is OK), and the case that we're restoring from a backup and not all
the needed WAL was replayed (data can be corrupt).
To distinguish those cases, add a line to backup_label to indicate
whether the backup was taken with pg_start/stop_backup(), or by streaming
(ie. pg_basebackup).
This requires re-initdb, because of a new field added to the control file.
Improve the documentation around weak-memory-ordering risks, and do a pass
of general editorialization on the comments in the latch code. Make the
Windows latch code more like the Unix latch code where feasible; in
particular provide the same Assert checks in both implementations.
Fix poorly-placed WaitLatch call in syncrep.c.
This patch resolves, for the moment, concerns around weak-memory-ordering
bugs in latch-related code: we have documented the restrictions and checked
that existing calls meet them. In 9.2 I hope that we will install suitable
memory barrier instructions in SetLatch/ResetLatch, so that their callers
don't need to be quite so careful.
Don't try to allocate the default value for a string relopt in the same
palloc chunk as the relopt_string struct. That didn't work too well if you
added a built-in string relopt in the stringRelOpts array, as it's not
possible to have an initializer for a variable length struct in C. This
makes the code slightly simpler too.
While we're at it, move the call to validator function in
add_string_reloption to before the allocation, so that if someone does pass
a bogus default value, we don't leak memory.
A PlaceHolderVar's expression might contain another, lower-level
PlaceHolderVar. If the outer PlaceHolderVar is used, the inner one
certainly will be also, and so we have to make sure that both of them get
into the placeholder_list with correct ph_may_need values during the
initial pre-scan of the query (before deconstruct_jointree starts).
We did this correctly for PlaceHolderVars appearing in the query quals,
but overlooked the issue for those appearing in the top-level targetlist;
with the result that nested placeholders referenced only in the targetlist
did not work correctly, as illustrated in bug #6154.
While at it, add some error checking to find_placeholder_info to ensure
that we don't try to create new placeholders after it's too late to do so;
they have to all be created before deconstruct_jointree starts.
Back-patch to 8.4 where the PlaceHolderVar mechanism was introduced.
This lie has been harmless until now, but has been exposed by the
change to include postgres.h before the python headers, which
in some versions include inttypes.h if HAVE_INTTYPES_H is set.
Somebody thought it'd be cute to invent a set of Node tag numbers that were
defined independently of, and indeed conflicting with, the main tag-number
list. While this accidentally failed to fail so far, it would certainly
lead to trouble as soon as anyone wanted to, say, apply copyObject to these
node types. Clang was already complaining about the use of makeNode on
these tags, and I think quite rightly so. Fix by pushing these node
definitions into the mainstream, including putting replnodes.h where it
belongs.
Instead of entering them on transaction startup, we materialize them
only when someone wants to wait, which will occur only during CREATE
INDEX CONCURRENTLY. In Hot Standby mode, the startup process must also
be able to probe for conflicting VXID locks, but the lock need never be
fully materialized, because the startup process does not use the normal
lock wait mechanism. Since most VXID locks never need to touch the
lock manager partition locks, this can significantly reduce blocking
contention on read-heavy workloads.
Patch by me. Review by Jeff Davis.
glibc renders random() thread-safe by wrapping a futex lock around it;
testing reveals that this limits the performance of pgbench on machines
with many CPU cores. Rather than switching to random_r(), which is
only available on GNU systems and crashes unless you use undocumented
alchemy to initialize the random state properly, switch to our built-in
implementation of erand48(), which is both thread-safe and concurrent.
Since the list of reasons not to use the operating system's erand48()
is getting rather long, rename ours to pg_erand48() (and similarly
for our implementations of lrand48() and srand48()) and just always
use those. We were already doing this on Cygwin anyway, and the
glibc implementation is not quite thread-safe, so pgbench wouldn't
be able to use that either.
Per discussion with Tom Lane.
This kluge was inserted in a spot apparently chosen at random: the lock
manager's state is not yet fully set up for the wait, and in particular
LockWaitCancel hasn't been armed by setting lockAwaited, so the ProcLock
will not get cleaned up if the ereport is thrown. This seems to not cause
any observable problem in trivial test cases, because LockReleaseAll will
silently clean up the debris; but I was able to cause failures with tests
involving subtransactions.
Fixes breakage induced by commit c85c941470.
Back-patch to all affected branches.
It was initialized in the wrong place and to the wrong value. With bad
luck this could result in incorrect query-cancellation failures in hot
standby sessions, should a HS backend be holding pin on buffer number 1
while trying to acquire a lock.
The original implementation simply did nothing when replacing an existing
object during CREATE EXTENSION. The folly of this was exposed by a report
from Marc Munro: if the existing object belongs to another extension, we
are left in an inconsistent state. We should insist that the object does
not belong to another extension, and then add it to the current extension
if not already a member.
This requires a new shared catalog, pg_shseclabel.
Along the way, fix the security_label regression tests so that they
don't monkey with the labels of any pre-existing objects. This is
unlikely to matter in practice, since only the label for the "dummy"
provider was being manipulated. But this way still seems cleaner.
KaiGai Kohei, with fairly extensive hacking by me.
libxml reports some errors (like invalid xmlns attributes) via the error
handler hook, but still returns a success indicator to the library caller.
This causes us to miss some errors that are important to report. Since the
"generic" error handler hook doesn't know whether the message it's getting
is for an error, warning, or notice, stop using that and instead start
using the "structured" error handler hook, which gets enough information
to be useful.
While at it, arrange to save and restore the error handler hook setting in
each libxml-using function, rather than assuming we can set and forget the
hook. This should improve the odds of working nicely with third-party
libraries that also use libxml.
In passing, volatile-ize some local variables that get modified within
PG_TRY blocks. I noticed this while testing with an older gcc version
than I'd previously tried to compile xml.c with.
Florian Pflug and Tom Lane, with extensive review/testing by Noah Misch
Standby servers can now have WALSender processes, which can work with
either WALReceiver or archive_commands to pass data. Fully updated
docs, including new conceptual terms of sending server, upstream and
downstream servers. WALSenders terminated when promote to master.
Fujii Masao, review, rework and doc rewrite by Simon Riggs
When an AccessShareLock, RowShareLock, or RowExclusiveLock is requested
on an unshared database relation, and we can verify that no conflicting
locks can possibly be present, record the lock in a per-backend queue,
stored within the PGPROC, rather than in the primary lock table. This
eliminates a great deal of contention on the lock manager LWLocks.
This patch also refactors the interface between GetLockStatusData() and
pg_lock_status() to be a bit more abstract, so that we don't rely so
heavily on the lock manager's internal representation details. The new
fast path lock structures don't have a LOCK or PROCLOCK structure to
return, so we mustn't depend on that for purposes of listing outstanding
locks.
Review by Jeff Davis.
We already have similar functions for many other object types, including
operator classes, so it seems like we should have this one, too.
Extracted from a larger patch by Josh Kupershmidt
This function supports untranslated detail messages, in the same way that
errmsg_internal supports untranslated primary messages. We've needed this
for some time IMO, but discussion of some cases in the SSI code provided
the impetus to actually add it.
Kevin Grittner, with minor adjustments by me
GISTInsertStack.childoffnum used to mean "offset of the downlink in this
node, pointing to the child node in the stack". It's now replaced with
downlinkoffnum, which means "offset of the downlink in the parent of this
node". gistFindPath() already used childoffnum with this new meaning, and
had an extra step at the end to pull all the childoffnum values down one
node in the stack, to adjust the stack for the meaning that childoffnum had
elsewhere. That's no longer required.
The reason to do this now is this new representation is more convenient for
the GiST fast build patch that Alexander Korotkov is working on.
While we're at it, replace the linked list used in gistFindPath with a
standard List, and make gistFindPath() static.
Alexander Korotkov, with some changes by me.
Regular aggregate functions in combination with, or within the arguments
of, window functions are OK per spec; they have the semantics that the
aggregate output rows are computed and then we run the window functions
over that row set. (Thus, this combination is not really useful unless
there's a GROUP BY so that more than one aggregate output row is possible.)
The case without GROUP BY could fail, as recently reported by Jeff Davis,
because sloppy construction of the Agg node's targetlist resulted in extra
references to possibly-ungrouped Vars appearing outside the aggregate
function calls themselves. See the added regression test case for an
example.
Fixing this requires modifying the API of flatten_tlist and its underlying
function pull_var_clause. I chose to make pull_var_clause's API for
aggregates identical to what it was already doing for placeholders, since
the useful behaviors turn out to be the same (error, report node as-is, or
recurse into it). I also tightened the error checking in this area a bit:
if it was ever valid to see an uplevel Var, Aggref, or PlaceHolderVar here,
that was a long time ago, so complain instead of ignoring them.
Backpatch into 9.1. The failure exists in 8.4 and 9.0 as well, but seeing
that it only occurs in a basically-useless corner case, it doesn't seem
worth the risks of changing a function API in a minor release. There might
be third-party code using pull_var_clause.
In the previous coding, we would look up a relation in RangeVarGetRelid,
lock the resulting OID, and then AcceptInvalidationMessages(). While
this was sufficient to ensure that we noticed any changes to the
relation definition before building the relcache entry, it didn't
handle the possibility that the name we looked up no longer referenced
the same OID. This was particularly problematic in the case where a
table had been dropped and recreated: we'd latch on to the entry for
the old relation and fail later on. Now, we acquire the relation lock
inside RangeVarGetRelid, and retry the name lookup if we notice that
invalidation messages have been processed meanwhile. Many operations
that would previously have failed with an error in the presence of
concurrent DDL will now succeed.
There is a good deal of work remaining to be done here: many callers
of RangeVarGetRelid still pass NoLock for one reason or another. In
addition, nothing in this patch guards against the possibility that
the meaning of an unqualified name might change due to the creation
of a relation in a schema earlier in the user's search path than the
one where it was previously found. Furthermore, there's nothing at
all here to guard against similar race conditions for non-relations.
For all that, it's a start.
Noah Misch and Robert Haas
We were using GetConfigOption to collect the old value of each setting,
overlooking the possibility that it didn't exist yet. This does happen
in the case of adding a new entry within a custom variable class, as
exhibited in bug #6097 from Maxim Boguk.
To fix, add a missing_ok parameter to GetConfigOption, but only in 9.1
and HEAD --- it seems possible that some third-party code is using that
function, so changing its API in a minor release would cause problems.
In 9.0, create a near-duplicate function instead.
detect postmaster death. Postmaster keeps the write-end of the pipe open,
so when it dies, children get EOF in the read-end. That can conveniently
be waited for in select(), which allows eliminating some of the polling
loops that check for postmaster death. This patch doesn't yet change all
the loops to use the new mechanism, expect a follow-on patch to do that.
This changes the interface to WaitLatch, so that it takes as argument a
bitmask of events that it waits for. Possible events are latch set, timeout,
postmaster death, and socket becoming readable or writeable.
The pipe method behaves slightly differently from the kill() method
previously used in PostmasterIsAlive() in the case that postmaster has died,
but its parent has not yet read its exit code with waitpid(). The pipe
returns EOF as soon as the process dies, but kill() continues to return
true until waitpid() has been called (IOW while the process is a zombie).
Because of that, change PostmasterIsAlive() to use the pipe too, otherwise
WaitLatch() would return immediately with WL_POSTMASTER_DEATH, while
PostmasterIsAlive() would claim it's still alive. That could easily lead to
busy-waiting while postmaster is in zombie state.
Peter Geoghegan with further changes by me, reviewed by Fujii Masao and
Florian Pflug.
transactions might not match the order the work done in those transactions
become visible to others. The logic in SSI, however, assumed that it does.
Fix that by having two sequence numbers for each serializable transaction,
one taken before a transaction becomes visible to others, and one after it.
This is easier than trying to make the the transition totally atomic, which
would require holding ProcArrayLock and SerializableXactHashLock at the same
time. By using prepareSeqNo instead of commitSeqNo in a few places where
commit sequence numbers are compared, we can make those comparisons err on
the safe side when we don't know for sure which committed first.
Per analysis by Kevin Grittner and Dan Ports, but this approach to fix it
is different from the original patch.
Per discussion, this structure seems more understandable than what was
there before. Make config.sgml and postgresql.conf.sample agree.
In passing do a bit of editorial work on the variable descriptions.
get_op_btree_interpretation assumed this in order to save some duplication
of code, but it's not true in general anymore because we added <> support
to btree_gist. (We still assume it for btree opclasses, though.)
Also, essentially the same logic was baked into predtest.c. Get rid of
that duplication by generalizing get_op_btree_interpretation so that it
can be used by predtest.c.
Per bug report from Denis de Bernardy and investigation by Jeff Davis,
though I didn't use Jeff's patch exactly as-is.
Back-patch to 9.1; we do not support this usage before that.
\ir is short for "include relative"; when used from a script, the
supplied pathname will be interpreted relative to the input file,
rather than to the current working directory.
Gurjeet Singh, reviewed by Josh Kupershmidt, with substantial further
cleanup by me.
Unlike the relistemp field which it replaced, relpersistence must be
set correctly quite early during the table creation process, as we
rely on it quite early on for a number of purposes, including security
checks. Normally, this is set based on whether the user enters CREATE
TABLE, CREATE UNLOGGED TABLE, or CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE, but a
relation may also be made implicitly temporary by creating it in
pg_temp. This patch fixes the handling of that case, and also
disables creation of unlogged tables in temporary tablespace (such
table indeed skip WAL-logging, but we reject an explicit
specification) and creation of relations in the temporary schemas of
other sessions (which is not very sensible, and didn't work right
anyway).
Report by Amit Khandekar.
This is the proper fix for bug #6082 about
pg_stat_reset_shared(NULL) causing a crash, and it reverts
commit 79aa44536f on head.
The workaround of throwing an error from inside the function is
left on backbranches (including 9.1) since this change requires
a new initdb.
This means that they can initially be added to a large existing table
without checking its initial contents, but new tuples must comply to
them; a separate pass invoked by ALTER TABLE / VALIDATE can verify
existing data and ensure it complies with the constraint, at which point
it is marked validated and becomes a normal part of the table ecosystem.
An non-validated CHECK constraint is ignored in the planner for
constraint_exclusion purposes; when validated, cached plans are
recomputed so that partitioning starts working right away.
This patch also enables domains to have unvalidated CHECK constraints
attached to them as well by way of ALTER DOMAIN / ADD CONSTRAINT / NOT
VALID, which can later be validated with ALTER DOMAIN / VALIDATE
CONSTRAINT.
Thanks to Thom Brown, Dean Rasheed and Jaime Casanova for the various
reviews, and Robert Hass for documentation wording improvement
suggestions.
This patch was sponsored by Enova Financial.
more consistent that way, since all the other PredicateLock* calls are
made in various heapam.c and index AM functions. The call in nodeSeqscan.c
was unnecessarily aggressive anyway, there's no need to try to lock the
relation every time a tuple is fetched, it's enough to do it once.
This has the user-visible effect that if a seq scan is initialized in the
executor, but never executed, we now acquire the predicate lock on the heap
relation anyway. We could avoid that by taking the lock on the first
heap_getnext() call instead, but it doesn't seem worth the trouble given
that it feels more natural to do it in heap_beginscan().
Also, remove the retail PredicateLockTuple() calls from heap_getnext(). In
a seqscan, started with heap_begin(), we're holding a whole-relation
predicate lock on the heap so there's no need to lock the tuples
individually.
Kevin Grittner and me
XLOG_XACT_COMMIT_COMPACT leaves out invalidation messages and relfilenodes,
saving considerable space for the vast majority of transaction commits.
XLOG_XACT_COMMIT keeps same definition as XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC 0xD067 and earlier.
Leonardo Francalanci and Simon Riggs
The previous coding was ugly, as it marked special tokens as such in the
wrong stage, relying on workarounds to figure out if they had been
quoted in the original or not. This made it impossible to have specific
keywords be recognized as such only in certain positions in HBA lines,
for example. Fix by restructuring the parser code so that it remembers
whether tokens were quoted or not. This eliminates widespread knowledge
of possible known keywords for all fields.
Also improve memory management in this area, to use memory contexts that
are reset as a whole instead of using retail pfrees; this removes a
whole lotta crufty (and probably slow) code.
Instead of calling strlen() three times in next_field_expand on the
returned token to find out whether there was a comma (and strip it),
pass back the info directly from the callee, which is simpler.
In passing, update historical artifacts in hba.c API.
Authors: Brendan Jurd, Alvaro Herrera
Reviewed by Pavel Stehule
Since the names try_relation_openrv() and try_heap_openrv() don't seem
quite appropriate, rename the functions to relation_openrv_extended()
and heap_openrv_extended(). This is also more general, if we have a
future need for additional parameters that are of interest to only a
few callers.
This is infrastructure for a forthcoming patch to allow
get_object_address() to take a missing_ok argument as well.
Patch by me, review by Noah Misch.
It's been like this since HOT was originally introduced, but the logic
is complex enough that this is a recipe for bugs, as we've already
found out with SSI. So refactor heap_hot_search_buffer() so that it
can satisfy the needs of index_getnext(), and make index_getnext() use
that rather than duplicating the logic.
This change was originally proposed by Heikki Linnakangas as part of a
larger refactoring oriented towards allowing index-only scans. I
extracted and adjusted this part, since it seems to have independent
merit. Review by Jeff Davis.
As Tom Lane pointed out, "const Relation foo" doesn't guarantee that you
can't modify the data the "foo" pointer points to. It just means that you
can't change the pointer to point to something else within the function,
which is not very useful.
This involves two main changes from the previous behavior. First,
when we set a bit in the visibility map, emit a new WAL record of type
XLOG_HEAP2_VISIBLE. Replay sets the page-level PD_ALL_VISIBLE bit and
the visibility map bit. Second, when inserting, updating, or deleting
a tuple, we can no longer get away with clearing the visibility map
bit after releasing the lock on the corresponding heap page, because
an intervening crash might leave the visibility map bit set and the
page-level bit clear. Making this work requires a bit of interface
refactoring.
In passing, a few minor but related cleanups: change the test in
visibilitymap_set and visibilitymap_clear to throw an error if the
wrong page (or no page) is pinned, rather than silently doing nothing;
this case should never occur. Also, remove duplicate definitions of
InvalidXLogRecPtr.
Patch by me, review by Noah Misch.
Initially, we use this only to eliminate calls to the varchar()
function in cases where the length is not being reduced and, therefore,
the function call is equivalent to a RelabelType operation. The most
significant effect of this is that we can avoid a table rewrite when
changing a varchar(X) column to a varchar(Y) column, where Y > X.
Noah Misch, reviewed by me and Alexey Klyukin
MARKED_FOR_DEATH flags into one. We still need the ROLLED_BACK flag to
mark transactions that are in the process of being rolled back. To be
precise, ROLLED_BACK now means that a transaction has already been
discounted from the count of transactions with the oldest xmin, but not
yet removed from the list of active transactions.
Dan Ports
Flexible array members are a C99 feature that avoids "cheating" in the
declaration of variable-length arrays at the end of structs. With
Autoconf support, this should be transparent for older compilers.
We start with one use in gist.h because gcc 4.6 started to raise a
warning there. Over time, it can be expanded to other places in the
source, but they will likely need some review of sizeof and offsetof
usage. The current change in gist.h appears to be safe in this
regard.
The initial commit of the ALTER TABLE ADD FOREIGN KEY NOT VALID feature
failed to support labeling such constraints as deferrable. The best fix
for this seems to be to fold NOT VALID into ConstraintAttributeSpec.
That's a bit more general than the documented syntax, but it allows
better-targeted syntax error messages.
In addition, do some mostly-but-not-entirely-cosmetic code review for
the whole NOT VALID patch.
the marked-for-death flag. It was only set for a fleeting moment while a
transaction was being cleaned up at rollback. All the places that checked
for the rolled-back flag should also check the marked-for-death flag, as
both flags mean that the transaction will roll back. I also renamed the
marked-for-death into "doomed", which is a lot shorter name.
snapshots, like in REINDEX, are basically non-transactional operations. The
DDL operation itself might participate in SSI, but there's separate
functions for that.
Kevin Grittner and Dan Ports, with some changes by me.
is added to the end, and existing resource managers keep their old ids.
We're not going to guarantee on-disk compatibility for 2PC state files over
major releases, but it seems better to avoid changing the ids them anyway.
It will help anyone who might want to write external tools to inspect the
state files to work with files from different versions, if nothing else.
Per complaint from Tom Lane.
ReadRecord's habit of using both direct references to tmpRecPtr and
references to *RecPtr (which is pointing at tmpRecPtr) triggers an
optimization bug in gcc 4.6.0, which apparently has forgotten about
aliasing rules. Avoid the compiler bug, and make the code more readable
to boot, by getting rid of the direct references. Improve the comments
while at it.
Back-patch to all supported versions, in case they get built with 4.6.0.
Tom Lane, with some cosmetic suggestions from Alex Hunsaker
Even if a flag is modified only by the backend owning the transaction, it's
not safe to modify it without a lock. Another backend might be setting or
clearing a different flag in the flags field concurrently, and that
operation might be lost because setting or clearing a bit in a word is not
atomic.
Make did-write flag a simple backend-private boolean variable, because it
was only set or tested in the owning backend (except when committing a
prepared transaction, but it's not worthwhile to optimize for the case of a
read-only prepared transaction). This also eliminates the need to add
locking where that flag is set.
Also, set the did-write flag when doing DDL operations like DROP TABLE or
TRUNCATE -- that was missed earlier.
"Blind writes" are a mechanism to push buffers down to disk when
evicting them; since they may belong to different databases than the one
a backend is connected to, the backend does not necessarily have a
relation to link them to, and thus no way to blow them away. We were
keeping those files open indefinitely, which would cause a problem if
the underlying table was deleted, because the operating system would not
be able to reclaim the disk space used by those files.
To fix, have bufmgr mark such files as transient to smgr; the lower
layer is allowed to close the file descriptor when the current
transaction ends. We must be careful to have any other access of the
file to remove the transient markings, to prevent unnecessary expensive
system calls when evicting buffers belonging to our own database (which
files we're likely to require again soon.)
This commit fixes a bug in the previous one, which neglected to cleanly
handle the LRU ring that fd.c uses to manage open files, and caused an
unacceptable failure just before beta2 and was thus reverted.
"Blind writes" are a mechanism to push buffers down to disk when
evicting them; since they may belong to different databases than the one
a backend is connected to, the backend does not necessarily have a
relation to link them to, and thus no way to blow them away. We were
keeping those files open indefinitely, which would cause a problem if
the underlying table was deleted, because the operating system would not
be able to reclaim the disk space used by those files.
To fix, have bufmgr mark such files as transient to smgr; the lower
layer is allowed to close the file descriptor when the current
transaction ends. We must be careful to have any other access of the
file to remove the transient markings, to prevent unnecessary expensive
system calls when evicting buffers belonging to our own database (which
files we're likely to require again soon.)
Truncating or dropping a table is treated like deletion of all tuples, and
check for conflicts accordingly. If a table is clustered or rewritten by
ALTER TABLE, all predicate locks on the heap are promoted to relation-level
locks, because the tuple or page ids of any existing tuples will change and
won't be valid after rewriting the table. Arguably ALTER TABLE should be
treated like a mass-UPDATE of every row, but if you e.g change the datatype
of a column, you could also argue that it's just a change to the physical
layout, not a logical change. Reindexing promotes all locks on the index to
relation-level lock on the heap.
Kevin Grittner, with a lot of cosmetic changes by me.
The existence of a btree opclass accepting composite types caused us to
assume that every composite type is sortable. This isn't true of course;
we need to check if the column types are all sortable. There was logic
for this for the case of array comparison (ie, check that the element
type is sortable), but we missed the point for rowtypes. Per Teodor's
report of an ANALYZE failure for an unsortable composite type.
Rather than just add some more ad-hoc logic for this, I moved knowledge of
the issue into typcache.c. The typcache will now only report out array_eq,
record_cmp, and friends as usable operators if the array or composite type
will work with those functions.
Unfortunately we don't have enough info to do this for anonymous RECORD
types; in that case, just assume it will work, and take the runtime failure
as before if it doesn't.
This patch might be a candidate for back-patching at some point, but
given the lack of complaints from the field, I'd rather just test it in
HEAD for now.
Note: most of the places touched in this patch will need further work
when we get around to supporting hashing of record types.
This unifies a bunch of ugly #ifdef's in one place. Per discussion,
we only need this where HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS, so no need to cover Windows.
Marko Kreen, some adjustment by Tom Lane
It turns out the reason we hadn't found out about the portability issues
with our credential-control-message code is that almost no modern platforms
use that code at all; the ones that used to need it now offer getpeereid(),
which we choose first. The last holdout was NetBSD, and they added
getpeereid() as of 5.0. So far as I can tell, the only live platform on
which that code was being exercised was Debian/kFreeBSD, ie, FreeBSD kernel
with Linux userland --- since glibc doesn't provide getpeereid(), we fell
back to the control message code. However, the FreeBSD kernel provides a
LOCAL_PEERCRED socket parameter that's functionally equivalent to Linux's
SO_PEERCRED. That is both much simpler to use than control messages, and
superior because it doesn't require receiving a message from the other end
at just the right time.
Therefore, add code to use LOCAL_PEERCRED when necessary, and rip out all
the credential-control-message code in the backend. (libpq still has such
code so that it can still talk to pre-9.1 servers ... but eventually we can
get rid of it there too.) Clean up related autoconf probes, too.
This means that libpq's requirepeer parameter now works on exactly the same
platforms where the backend supports peer authentication, so adjust the
documentation accordingly.
When we added the ability for vacuum to skip heap pages by consulting the
visibility map, we made it just not update the reltuples/relpages
statistics if it skipped any pages. But this could leave us with extremely
out-of-date stats for a table that contains any unchanging areas,
especially for TOAST tables which never get processed by ANALYZE. In
particular this could result in autovacuum making poor decisions about when
to process the table, as in recent report from Florian Helmberger. And in
general it's a bad idea to not update the stats at all. Instead, use the
previous values of reltuples/relpages as an estimate of the tuple density
in unvisited pages. This approach results in a "moving average" estimate
of reltuples, which should converge to the correct value over multiple
VACUUM and ANALYZE cycles even when individual measurements aren't very
good.
This new method for updating reltuples is used by both VACUUM and ANALYZE,
with the result that we no longer need the grotty interconnections that
caused ANALYZE to not update the stats depending on what had happened
in the parent VACUUM command.
Also, fix the logic for skipping all-visible pages during VACUUM so that it
looks ahead rather than behind to decide what to do, as per a suggestion
from Greg Stark. This eliminates useless scanning of all-visible pages at
the start of the relation or just after a not-all-visible page. In
particular, the first few pages of the relation will not be invariably
included in the scanned pages, which seems to help in not overweighting
them in the reltuples estimate.
Back-patch to 8.4, where the visibility map was introduced.
On further analysis, it turns out that it is not needed to duplicate predicate
locks to the new row version at update, the lock on the version that the
transaction saw as visible is enough. However, there was a different bug in
the code that checks for dangerous structures when a new rw-conflict happens.
Fix that bug, and remove all the row-version chaining related code.
Kevin Grittner & Dan Ports, with some comment editorialization by me.
The new logic is less vulnerable to transpositions.
This invalidates the contents of hash indexes built with the old
functions; hence, bump catversion.
Dean Rasheed
The planner can sometimes compute very large values for numGroups, and in
cases where we have no alternative to building a hashtable, such a value
will get fed directly to BuildTupleHashTable as its nbuckets parameter.
There were two ways in which that could go bad. First, BuildTupleHashTable
declared the parameter as "int" but most callers were passing "long"s,
so on 64-bit machines undetected overflow could occur leading to a bogus
negative value. The obvious fix for that is to change the parameter to
"long", which is what I've done in HEAD. In the back branches that seems a
bit risky, though, since third-party code might be calling this function.
So for them, just put in a kluge to treat negative inputs as INT_MAX.
Second, hash_create can go nuts with extremely large requested table sizes
(notably, my_log2 becomes an infinite loop for inputs larger than
LONG_MAX/2). What seems most appropriate to avoid that is to bound the
initial table size request to work_mem.
This fixes bug #6035 reported by Daniel Schreiber. Although the reported
case only occurs back to 8.4 since it involves WITH RECURSIVE, I think
it's a good idea to install the defenses in all supported branches.
avoids the overhead of one function call when calling MemoryContextReset(),
and it seems like the isReset optimization would be applicable to any new
memory context we might invent in the future anyway.
This buys back the overhead I just added in previous patch to always call
MemoryContextReset() in ExecScan, even when there's no quals or projections.
This commit fixes psql, pg_dump, and the information schema to be
consistent with the backend changes which I made as part of commit
be90032e0d, and also includes a
related documentation tweak.
Shigeru Hanada, with slight adjustment.
Failure to distinguish these cases is the real cause behind the recent
reports of Windows builds crashing on 'infinity'::timestamp, which was
directly due to failure to establish a value of timezone_abbreviations
in postmaster child processes. The postmaster had the desired value,
but write_one_nondefault_variable() didn't transmit it to backends.
To fix that, invent a new value PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT, and be sure to use
that or PGC_S_ENV_VAR (as appropriate) for "default" settings that are
computed during initialization. (We need both because there's at least
one variable that could receive a value from either source.)
This commit also fixes ProcessConfigFile's failure to restore the correct
default value for certain GUC variables if they are set in postgresql.conf
and then removed/commented out of the file. We have to recompute and
reinstall the value for any GUC variable that could have received a value
from PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT or PGC_S_ENV_VAR sources, and there were a
number of oversights. (That whole thing is a crock that needs to be
redesigned, but not today.)
However, I intentionally didn't make it work "exactly right" for the cases
of timezone and log_timezone. The exactly right behavior would involve
running select_default_timezone, which we'd have to do independently in
each postgres process, causing the whole database to become entirely
unresponsive for as much as several seconds. That didn't seem like a good
idea, especially since the variable's removal from postgresql.conf might be
just an accidental edit. Instead the behavior is to adopt the previously
active setting as if it were default.
Note that this patch creates an ABI break for extensions that use any of
the PGC_S_XXX constants; they'll need to be recompiled.
The style is set to "printf" for backwards compatibility everywhere except
on Windows, where it is set to "gnu_printf", which eliminates hundreds of
false error messages from modern versions of gcc arising from %m and %ll{d,u}
formats.
Per bug #5988, reported by Marko Tiikkaja, and further analyzed by Tom
Lane, the previous coding was broken in several respects: even if the
target table already existed, a subsequent CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS
might try to add additional constraints or sequences-for-serial
specified in the new CREATE TABLE statement.
In passing, this also fixes a minor information leak: it's no longer
possible to figure out whether a schema to which you don't have CREATE
access contains a sequence named like "x_y_seq" by attempting to create a
table in that schema called "x" with a serial column called "y".
Some more refactoring of this code in the future might be warranted,
but that will need to wait for a later major release.
Instead, foreign tables are treated just like views: permissions can
be granted using GRANT privilege ON [TABLE] foreign_table_name TO role,
and revoked similarly. GRANT/REVOKE .. FOREIGN TABLE is no longer
supported, just as we don't support GRANT/REVOKE .. VIEW. The set of
accepted permissions for foreign tables is now identical to the set for
regular tables, and views.
Per report from Thom Brown, and subsequent discussion.
This option turns off autovacuum, prevents non-super-user connections,
and enables oid setting hooks in the backend. The code continues to use
the old autoavacuum disable settings for servers with earlier catalog
versions.
This includes a catalog version bump to identify servers that support
the -b option.
The previous coding failed to account properly for the costs of evaluating
the input expressions of aggregates and window functions, as seen in a
recent gripe from Claudio Freire. (I said at the time that it wasn't
counting these costs at all; but on closer inspection, it was effectively
charging these costs once per output tuple. That is completely wrong for
aggregates, and not exactly right for window functions either.)
There was also a hard-wired assumption that aggregates and window functions
had procost 1.0, which is now fixed to respect the actual cataloged costs.
The costing of WindowAgg is still pretty bogus, since it doesn't try to
estimate the effects of spilling data to disk, but that seems like a
separate issue.
These functions should take a pg_locale_t, not a collation OID, and should
call mbstowcs_l/wcstombs_l where available. Where those functions are not
available, temporarily select the correct locale with uselocale().
This change removes the bogus assumption that all locales selectable in
a given database have the same wide-character conversion method; in
particular, the collate.linux.utf8 regression test now passes with
LC_CTYPE=C, so long as the database encoding is UTF8.
I decided to move the char2wchar/wchar2char functions out of mbutils.c and
into pg_locale.c, because they work on wchar_t not pg_wchar_t and thus
don't really belong with the mbutils.c functions. Keeping them where they
were would have required importing pg_locale_t into pg_wchar.h somehow,
which did not seem like a good plan.
Experimentation with contrib/btree_gist shows that the majority of the GIST
support functions potentially need collation information. Safest policy
seems to be to pass it to all of them, instead of making assumptions about
which ones could possibly need it.
This syntax allows a standalone table to be made into a typed table,
or a typed table to be made standalone. This is possibly a mildly
useful feature in its own right, but the real motivation for this
change is that we need it to make pg_upgrade work with typed tables.
This doesn't actually fix that problem, but it's necessary
infrastructure.
Noah Misch
There can never be a need to push the indcheckxmin horizon forward, since
any HOT chains that are actually broken with respect to the index must
pre-date its original creation. So we can just avoid changing pg_index
altogether during a REINDEX operation.
This offers a cleaner solution than my previous patch for the problem
found a few days ago that we mustn't try to update pg_index while we are
reindexing it. System catalog indexes will always be created with
indcheckxmin = false during initdb, and with this modified code we should
never try to change their pg_index entries. This avoids special-casing
system catalogs as the former patch did, and should provide a performance
benefit for many cases where REINDEX formerly caused an index to be
considered unusable for a short time.
Back-patch to 8.3 to cover all versions containing HOT. Note that this
patch changes the API for index_build(), but I believe it is unlikely that
any add-on code is calling that directly.
Per spec we ought to apply select_common_collation() across the expressions
in each column of the VALUES table. The original coding was just taking
the first row and assuming it was representative.
This patch adds a field to struct RangeTblEntry to carry the resolved
collations, so initdb is forced for changes in stored rule representation.
For what seem entirely historical reasons, a bitmask "flags" argument was
recently added to reindex_relation without subsuming its existing boolean
argument into that bitmask. This seems a bit bizarre, so fold them
together.
This area was a few bricks shy of a load, and badly under-commented too.
We have to ensure that the generated targetlist entries for a set-operation
node expose the correct collation for each entry, since higher-level
processing expects the tlist to reflect the true ordering of the plan's
output.
This hackery wouldn't be necessary if SortGroupClause carried collation
info ... but making it do so would inject more pain in the parser than
would be saved here. Still, we might want to rethink that sometime.
Since collation is effectively an argument, not a property of the function,
FmgrInfo is really the wrong place for it; and this becomes critical in
cases where a cached FmgrInfo is used for varying purposes that might need
different collation settings. Fix by passing it in FunctionCallInfoData
instead. In particular this allows a clean fix for bug #5970 (record_cmp
not working). This requires touching a bit more code than the original
method, but nobody ever thought that collations would not be an invasive
patch...
If the referencing and referenced columns have different collations,
the parser will be unable to resolve which collation to use unless it's
helped out in this way. The effects are sometimes masked, if we end up
using a non-collation-sensitive plan; but if we do use a mergejoin
we'll see a failure, as recently noted by Robert Haas.
The SQL spec states that the referenced column's collation should be used
to resolve RI checks, so that's what we do. Note however that we currently
don't append a COLLATE clause when writing a query that examines only the
referencing column. If we ever support collations that have varying
notions of equality, that will have to be changed. For the moment, though,
it's preferable to leave it off so that we can use a normal index on the
referencing column.
This is necessary, not optional, now that ILIKE and regexes are collation
aware --- else we might derive a wrong comparison constant for index
optimized pattern matches.
This involves getting the character classification and case-folding
functions in the regex library to use the collations infrastructure.
Most of this work had been done already in connection with the upper/lower
and LIKE logic, so it was a simple matter of transposition.
While at it, split out these functions into a separate source file
regc_pg_locale.c, so that they can be correctly labeled with the Postgres
project's license rather than the Scriptics license. These functions are
100% Postgres-written code whereas what remains in regc_locale.c is still
mostly not ours, so lumping them both under the same copyright notice was
getting more and more misleading.
All the other fields of the constant are being extracted from the syscache
entry we already have, so handle collation similarly. (There don't seem
to be any other uses for the new function at the moment.)
The previous functions of assign hooks are now split between check hooks
and assign hooks, where the former can fail but the latter shouldn't.
Aside from being conceptually clearer, this approach exposes the
"canonicalized" form of the variable value to guc.c without having to do
an actual assignment. And that lets us fix the problem recently noted by
Bernd Helmle that the auto-tune patch for wal_buffers resulted in bogus
log messages about "parameter "wal_buffers" cannot be changed without
restarting the server". There may be some speed advantage too, because
this design lets hook functions avoid re-parsing variable values when
restoring a previous state after a rollback (they can store a pre-parsed
representation of the value instead). This patch also resolves a
longstanding annoyance about custom error messages from variable assign
hooks: they should modify, not appear separately from, guc.c's own message
about "invalid parameter value".
Also avoid hardcoding the current default state by giving it the name
"on" and replace with a meaningful name that reflects its behaviour.
Coding only, no change in behaviour.
This means one less thing to configure when setting up synchronous
replication, and also avoids some ambiguity around what the behavior
should be when the settings of these variables conflict.
Fujii Masao, with additional hacking by me.
The previous coding set attinhcount too high in some cases, resulting in
an undumpable, undroppable column. Per bug #5856, reported by Naoya
Anzai. See also commit 31b6fc06d8, which
fixes a similar bug in ALTER TABLE .. ADD CONSTRAINT.
Patch by Noah Misch.
If a smart shutdown occurs just as a child is starting up, and the
child subsequently becomes a walsender, there is a race condition:
the postmaster might count the exstant backends, determine that there
is one normal backend, and wait for it to die off. Had the walsender
transition already occurred before the postmaster counted, it would
have proceeded with the shutdown.
To fix this, have each child that transforms into a walsender kick
the postmaster just after doing so, so that the state machine is
certain to advance.
Fujii Masao
This mostly involves making it work with the objectaddress.c framework,
which does most of the heavy lifting. In that vein, change
GetForeignDataWrapperOidByName to get_foreign_data_wrapper_oid and
GetForeignServerOidByName to get_foreign_server_oid, to match the
pattern we use for other object types.
Robert Haas and Shigeru Hanada
than replication_timeout (a new GUC) milliseconds. The TCP timeout is often
too long, you want the master to notice a dead connection much sooner.
People complained about that in 9.0 too, but with synchronous replication
it's even more important to notice dead connections promptly.
Fujii Masao and Heikki Linnakangas
This can do various source code checks that are not appropriate for
either the build or the regression tests. Currently: duplicate_oids,
SGML syntax and tabs check, NLS syntax check.
Eventually we might be able to allow that, but it's not clear how many
places need to be fixed to prevent infinite recursion when there's a direct
or indirect inclusion of a rowtype in itself. One such place is
CheckAttributeType(), which will recurse to stack overflow in cases such as
those exhibited in bug #5950 from Alex Perepelica. If we were sure it was
the only such place, we could easily modify the code added by this patch to
stop the recursion without a complaint ... but it probably isn't the only
such place. Hence, throw error until such time as someone is excited
enough about this type of usage to put work into making it safe.
Back-patch as far as 8.3. 8.2 doesn't have the recursive call in
CheckAttributeType in the first place, so I see no need to add code there
in the absence of clear evidence of a problem elsewhere.
I'm not sure these have any non-cosmetic implications, but I'm not sure
they don't, either. In particular, ensure the CaseTestExpr generated
by transformAssignmentIndirection to represent the base target column
carries the correct collation, because parse_collate.c won't fix that.
Tweak lsyscache.c API so that we can get the appropriate collation
without an extra syscache lookup.
In nearly all cases, the caller already knows the correct collation, and
in a number of places, the value the caller has handy is more correct than
the default for the type would be. (In particular, this patch makes it
significantly less likely that eval_const_expressions will result in
changing the exposed collation of an expression.) So an internal lookup
is both expensive and wrong.
Ensure that parameter symbols receive collation from the function's
resolved input collation, and fix inlining to behave properly.
BTW, this commit lays about 90% of the infrastructure needed to support
use of argument names in SQL functions. Parsing of parameters is now
done via the parser-hook infrastructure ... we'd just need to supply
a column-ref hook ...
Instead of playing cute games with pathkeys, just build a direct
representation of the intended sub-select, and feed it through
query_planner to get a Path for the index access. This is a bit slower
than 9.1's previous method, since we'll duplicate most of the overhead of
query_planner; but since the whole optimization only applies to rather
simple single-table queries, that probably won't be much of a problem in
practice. The advantage is that we get to do the right thing when there's
a partial index that needs the implicit IS NOT NULL clause to be usable.
Also, although this makes planagg.c be a bit more closely tied to the
ordering of operations in grouping_planner, we can get rid of some coupling
to lower-level parts of the planner. Per complaint from Marti Raudsepp.
Install just one instance of the "C" and "POSIX" collations into
pg_collation, rather than one per encoding. Make these instances exist
and do something useful even in machines without locale_t support: to wit,
it's now possible to force comparisons and case-folding functions to use C
locale in an otherwise non-C database, whether or not the platform has
support for using any additional collations.
Fix up severely broken upper/lower/initcap functions, too: the C/POSIX
fastpath now does what it is supposed to, and non-default collations are
handled correctly in single-byte database encodings.
Merge the two separate collation hashtables that were being maintained in
pg_locale.c, and be more wary of the possibility that we fail partway
through filling a cache entry.
All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless
they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean
or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store
a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function.
This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs
and noncollatable output type, or vice versa.
Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with
a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use
a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment
rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node.
Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making
collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and
by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during
expression preprocessing.
This removes an overloading of two authentication options where
one is very secure (peer) and one is often insecure (ident). Peer
is also the name used in libpq from 9.1 to specify the same type
of authentication.
Also make initdb select peer for local connections when ident is
chosen, and ident for TCP connections when peer is chosen.
ident keyword in pg_hba.conf is still accepted and maps to peer
authentication.
1. Don't ignore query cancel interrupts. Instead, if the user asks to
cancel the query after we've already committed it, but before it's on
the standby, just emit a warning and let the COMMIT finish.
2. Don't ignore die interrupts (pg_terminate_backend or fast shutdown).
Instead, emit a warning message and close the connection without
acknowledging the commit. Other backends will still see the effect of
the commit, but there's no getting around that; it's too late to abort
at this point, and ignoring die interrupts altogether doesn't seem like
a good idea.
3. If synchronous_standby_names becomes empty, wake up all backends
waiting for synchronous replication to complete. Without this, someone
attempting to shut synchronous replication off could easily wedge the
entire system instead.
4. Avoid depending on the assumption that if a walsender updates
MyProc->syncRepState, we'll see the change even if we read it without
holding the lock. The window for this appears to be quite narrow (and
probably doesn't exist at all on machines with strong memory ordering)
but protecting against it is practically free, so do that.
5. Remove useless state SYNC_REP_MUST_DISCONNECT, which isn't needed and
doesn't actually do anything.
There's still some further work needed here to make the behavior of fast
shutdown plausible, but that looks complex, so I'm leaving it for a
separate commit. Review by Fujii Masao.
While this will give wrong answers when estimating selectivity for a
comparison operator that's using a non-default collation, the estimation
error probably won't be large; and anyway the former approach created
estimation errors of its own by trying to use a histogram that might have
been computed with some other collation. So we'll adopt this simplified
approach for now and perhaps improve it sometime in the future.
This patch incorporates changes from Andres Freund to make sure that
selfuncs.c passes a valid collation OID to any datatype-specific function
it calls, in case that function wants collation information. Said OID will
now always be DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID, but at least we won't get errors.
CollateClause is now used only in raw grammar output, and CollateExpr after
parse analysis. This is for clarity and to avoid carrying collation names
in post-analysis parse trees: that's both wasteful and possibly misleading,
since the collation's name could be changed while the parsetree still
exists.
Also, clean up assorted infelicities and omissions in processing of the
node type.
Use collencoding = -1 to represent such a collation in pg_collation.
We need this to make the "default" entry work sanely, and a later
patch will fix the C/POSIX entries to be represented this way instead
of duplicating them across all encodings. All lookup operations now
search first for an entry that's database-encoding-specific, and then
for the same name with collencoding = -1.
Also some incidental code cleanup in collationcmds.c and pg_collation.c.
Including collation in the behavior of that function promotes a world view
we do not want. Moreover, it was producing the wrong behavior for pg_dump
anyway: what we want is to dump a COLLATE clause on attributes whose
attcollation is different from the underlying type, and likewise for
domains, and the function cannot do that for us. Doing it the hard way
in pg_dump is a bit more tedious but produces more correct output.
In passing, fix initdb so that the initial entry in pg_collation is
properly pinned. It was droppable before :-(
SyncRepRequested() must check not only the value of the
synchronous_replication GUC but also whether max_wal_senders > 0.
Otherwise, we might end up waiting for sync rep even when there's no
possibility of a standby ever managing to connect. There are some
existing cross-checks to prevent this, but they're not quite sufficient:
the user can start the server with max_wal_senders=0,
synchronous_standby_names='', and synchronous_replication=off and then
subsequent make synchronous_standby_names not empty using pg_ctl reload,
and then SET synchronous_standby=on, leading to an indefinite hang.
Along the way, rename the global variable for the synchronous_replication
GUC to match the name of the GUC itself, for clarity.
Report by Fujii Masao, though I didn't use his patch.
In earlier versions of the sync rep patch, waiters removed themselves from
the queue, but now walsender removes them before doing the wakeup.
Report by Fujii Masao.
The initial collations patch treated a COLLATE spec as part of a TypeName,
following what can only be described as brain fade on the part of the SQL
committee. It's a lot more reasonable to treat COLLATE as a syntactically
separate object, so that it can be added in only the productions where it
actually belongs, rather than needing to reject it in a boatload of places
where it doesn't belong (something the original patch mostly failed to do).
In addition this change lets us meet the spec's requirement to allow
COLLATE anywhere in the clauses of a ColumnDef, and it avoids unfriendly
behavior for constructs such as "foo::type COLLATE collation".
To do this, pull collation information out of TypeName and put it in
ColumnDef instead, thus reverting most of the collation-related changes in
parse_type.c's API. I made one additional structural change, which was to
use a ColumnDef as an intermediate node in AT_AlterColumnType AlterTableCmd
nodes. This provides enough room to get rid of the "transform" wart in
AlterTableCmd too, since the ColumnDef can carry the USING expression
easily enough.
Also fix some other minor bugs that have crept in in the same areas,
like failure to copy recently-added fields of ColumnDef in copyfuncs.c.
While at it, document the formerly secret ability to specify a collation
in ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN TYPE, ALTER TYPE ADD ATTRIBUTE, and
ALTER TYPE ALTER ATTRIBUTE TYPE; and correct some misstatements about
what the default collation selection will be when COLLATE is omitted.
BTW, the three-parameter form of format_type() should go away too,
since it just contributes to the confusion in this area; but I'll do
that in a separate patch.
Formerly, any member of a role could change the role's comment, as of
course could superusers; but holders of CREATEROLE privilege could not,
unless they were also members. This led to the odd situation that a
CREATEROLE holder could create a role but then could not comment on it.
It also seems a bit dubious to let an unprivileged user change his own
comment, let alone those of group roles he belongs to. So, change the
rule to be "you must be superuser to comment on a superuser role, or
hold CREATEROLE to comment on non-superuser roles". This is the same
as the privilege check for creating/dropping roles, and thus fits much
better with the rule for other object types, namely that only the owner
of an object can comment on it.
In passing, clean up the documentation for COMMENT a little bit.
Per complaint from Owen Jacobson and subsequent discussion.
than doing it aggressively whenever the tail-XID pointer is advanced, because
this way we don't need to do it while holding SerializableXactHashLock.
This also fixes bug #5915 spotted by YAMAMOTO Takashi, and removes an
obsolete comment spotted by Kevin Grittner.
If a standby is broadcasting reply messages and we have named
one or more standbys in synchronous_standby_names then allow
users who set synchronous_replication to wait for commit, which
then provides strict data integrity guarantees. Design avoids
sending and receiving transaction state information so minimises
bookkeeping overheads. We synchronize with the highest priority
standby that is connected and ready to synchronize. Other standbys
can be defined to takeover in case of standby failure.
This version has very strict behaviour; more relaxed options
may be added at a later date.
Simon Riggs and Fujii Masao, with reviews by Yeb Havinga, Jaime
Casanova, Heikki Linnakangas and Robert Haas, plus the assistance
of many other design reviewers.
The original scheme for this was to symlink plpython.$DLSUFFIX to
plpython2.$DLSUFFIX, but that doesn't work on Windows, and only
accidentally failed to fail because of the way that CREATE LANGUAGE created
or didn't create new C functions. My changes of yesterday exposed the
weakness of that approach. To fix, get rid of the symlink and make
pg_pltemplate show what's really going on.
This mostly just involves creating control, install, and
update-from-unpackaged scripts for them. However, I had to adjust plperl
and plpython to not share the same support functions between variants,
because we can't put the same function into multiple extensions.
catversion bump forced due to new contents of pg_pltemplate, and because
initdb now installs plpgsql as an extension not a bare language.
Add support for regression testing these as extensions not bare
languages.
Fix a couple of other issues that popped up while testing this: my initial
hack at pg_dump binary-upgrade support didn't work right, and we don't want
an extra schema permissions test after all.
Documentation changes still to come, but I'm committing now to see
whether the MSVC build scripts need work (likely they do).
It is possible that an expression ends up with a collatable type but
without a collation. CREATE TABLE AS could then create a table based
on that. But such a column cannot be dumped with valid SQL syntax, so
we disallow creating such a column.
per test report from Noah Misch
Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION,
and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false
(not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case
the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands
in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also
enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases.
In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of
the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs
to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without
duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks
into a separate function in objectaddress.c.
I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and
related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't
be able to see that info.
Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that
in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions.
We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon.
This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages
into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is
just putting the core infrastructure in place.
Instead of manually maintaining the "implementation of XXX operator"
comments in pg_proc.h, delete all those entries and let initdb create
them via a join. To let initdb figure out which name to use when there
is a conflict, change the comments for deprecated operators to say they
are deprecated --- which seems like a good thing to do anyway.
This works around the problem noted by Yamamoto Takashi in bug #5906,
that there were code paths whereby we could reach AtCleanup_Portals
with a portal's cleanup hook still unexecuted. The changes I made
a few days ago were intended to prevent that from happening, and
I think that on balance it's still a good thing to avoid, so I don't
want to remove the Assert in AtCleanup_Portals. Hence do this instead.
Historically, we've not had separate comments for built-in pg_operator
entries, but relied on the comments for the underlying functions. The
trouble with this approach is that there isn't much of anything to suggest
to users that they'd be better off using the operators instead. So, move
all the relevant comments into pg_operator, and give each underlying
function a comment that just says "implementation of XXX operator".
There are only about half a dozen cases where it seems reasonable to use
the underlying function interchangeably with the operator; in these cases
I left the same comment in place on the function as on the operator.
While at it, establish a policy that every built-in function and operator
entry should have a comment: there are now queries in the opr_sanity
regression test that will complain if one doesn't. This only required
adding a dozen or two more entries than would have been there anyway.
I also spent some time trying to eliminate gratuitous inconsistencies in
the style of the comments, though it's hopeless to suppose that more won't
creep in soon enough.
Per my proposal of 2010-10-15.
it a lot more useful for determining which standby is most up-to-date,
for example. There was long discussions on whether overwriting existing
existing WAL makes sense to begin with, and whether we should do some more
extensive variable renaming, but this change nevertheless seems quite
uncontroversial.
Fujii Masao, reviewed by Jeff Janes, Robert Haas, Stephen Frost.
Change the way UPDATEs are handled. Instead of maintaining a chain of
tuple-level locks in shared memory, copy any existing locks on the old
tuple to the new tuple at UPDATE. Any existing page-level lock needs to
be duplicated too, as a lock on the new tuple. That was neglected
previously.
Store xmin on tuple-level predicate locks, to distinguish a lock on an old
already-recycled tuple from a new tuple at the same physical location.
Failure to distinguish them caused loops in the tuple-lock chains, as
reported by YAMAMOTO Takashi. Although we don't use the chain representation
of UPDATEs anymore, it seems like a good idea to store the xmin to avoid
some false positives if no other reason.
CheckSingleTargetForConflictsIn now correctly handles the case where a lock
that's being held is not reflected in the local lock table. That happens
if another backend acquires a lock on our behalf due to an UPDATE or a page
split.
PredicateLockPageCombine now retains locks for the page that is being
removed, rather than removing them. This prevents a potentially dangerous
false-positive inconsistency where the local lock table believes that a lock
is held, but it is actually not.
Dan Ports and Kevin Grittner
With this patch, portals, SQL functions, and SPI all agree that there
should be only a CommandCounterIncrement between the queries that are
generated from a single SQL command by rule expansion. Fetching a whole
new snapshot now happens only between original queries. This is equivalent
to the existing behavior of EXPLAIN ANALYZE, and it was judged to be the
best choice since it eliminates one source of concurrency hazards for
rules. The patch should also make things marginally faster by reducing the
number of snapshot push/pop operations.
The patch removes pg_parse_and_rewrite(), which is no longer used anywhere.
There was considerable discussion about more aggressive refactoring of the
query-processing functions exported by postgres.c, but for the moment
nothing more has been done there.
I also took the opportunity to refactor snapmgr.c's API slightly: the
former PushUpdatedSnapshot() has been split into two functions.
Marko Tiikkaja, reviewed by Steve Singer and Tom Lane
The originally committed patch for modifying CTEs didn't interact well
with EXPLAIN, as noted by myself, and also had corner-case problems with
triggers, as noted by Dean Rasheed. Those problems show it is really not
practical for ExecutorEnd to call any user-defined code; so split the
cleanup duties out into a new function ExecutorFinish, which must be called
between the last ExecutorRun call and ExecutorEnd. Some Asserts have been
added to these functions to help verify correct usage.
It is no longer necessary for callers of the executor to call
AfterTriggerBeginQuery/AfterTriggerEndQuery for themselves, as this is now
done by ExecutorStart/ExecutorFinish respectively. If you really need to
suppress that and do it for yourself, pass EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS to
ExecutorStart.
Also, refactor portal commit processing to allow for the possibility that
PortalDrop will invoke user-defined code. I think this is not actually
necessary just yet, since the portal-execution-strategy logic forces any
non-pure-SELECT query to be run to completion before we will consider
committing. But it seems like good future-proofing.
This patch implements data-modifying WITH queries according to the
semantics that the updates all happen with the same command counter value,
and in an unspecified order. Therefore one WITH clause can't see the
effects of another, nor can the outer query see the effects other than
through the RETURNING values. And attempts to do conflicting updates will
have unpredictable results. We'll need to document all that.
This commit just fixes the code; documentation updates are waiting on
author.
Marko Tiikkaja and Hitoshi Harada
The recent additions for FDW support required checking foreign-table-ness
in several places in the parse/plan chain. While it's not clear whether
that would really result in a noticeable slowdown, it seems best to avoid
any performance risk by keeping a copy of the relation's relkind in
RangeTblEntry. That might have some other uses later, anyway.
Per discussion.
Add functions plpy.quote_ident, plpy.quote_literal,
plpy.quote_nullable, which wrap the equivalent SQL functions.
To be able to propagate char * constness properly, make the argument
of quote_literal_cstr() const char *. This also makes it more
consistent with quote_identifier().
Jan Urbański, reviewed by Hitoshi Harada, some refinements by Peter
Eisentraut
void_send is useful for the same reason that void_out doesn't throw error,
namely that someone might do "select void_returning_func(...)" from a
client that prefers to operate in binary mode. The void_recv function may
or may not have any practical use, but we provide it for symmetry.
Radosław Smogura
This was a leftover from the pre-8.1 design of junkfilters. It doesn't
seem to have any reason to live, since it's merely a combination of two
easy function calls, and not a well-designed combination at that (it
encourages callers to leak the result tuple).
ExecUpdate checked for whether ExecBRUpdateTriggers had returned a new
tuple value by seeing if the returned tuple was pointer-equal to the old
one. But the "old one" was in estate->es_junkFilter's result slot, which
would be scribbled on if we had done an EvalPlanQual update in response to
a concurrent update of the target tuple; therefore we were comparing a
dangling pointer to a live one. Given the right set of circumstances we
could get a false match, resulting in not forcing the tuple to be stored in
the slot we thought it was stored in. In the case reported by Maxim Boguk
in bug #5798, this led to "cannot extract system attribute from virtual
tuple" failures when trying to do "RETURNING ctid". I believe there is a
very-low-probability chance of more serious errors, such as generating
incorrect index entries based on the original rather than the
trigger-modified version of the row.
In HEAD, change all of ExecBRInsertTriggers, ExecIRInsertTriggers,
ExecBRUpdateTriggers, and ExecIRUpdateTriggers so that they continue to
have similar APIs. In the back branches I just changed
ExecBRUpdateTriggers, since there is no bug in the ExecBRInsertTriggers
case.
File encodings can be specified separately from client encoding.
If not specified, client encoding is used for backward compatibility.
Cases when the encoding doesn't match client encoding are slower
than matched cases because we don't have conversion procs for other
encodings. Performance improvement would be be a future work.
Original patch by Hitoshi Harada, and modified by me.
This is both very useful in its own right, and an important test case
for the core FDW support.
This commit includes a small refactoring of copy.c to expose its option
checking code as a separately callable function. The original patch
submission duplicated hundreds of lines of that code, which seemed pretty
unmaintainable.
Shigeru Hanada, reviewed by Itagaki Takahiro and Tom Lane
This commit provides the core code and documentation needed. A contrib
module test case will follow shortly.
Shigeru Hanada, Jan Urbanski, Heikki Linnakangas
Add a fdwhandler column to pg_foreign_data_wrapper, plus HANDLER options
in the CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER and ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER commands,
plus pg_dump support for same. Also invent a new pseudotype fdw_handler
with properties similar to language_handler.
This is split out of the "FDW API" patch for ease of review; it's all stuff
we will certainly need, regardless of any other details of the FDW API.
FDW handler functions will not actually get called yet.
In passing, fix some omissions and infelicities in foreigncmds.c.
Shigeru Hanada, Jan Urbanski, Heikki Linnakangas
They share the same locking namespace with the existing session-level
advisory locks, but they are automatically released at the end of the
current transaction and cannot be released explicitly via unlock
functions.
Marko Tiikkaja, reviewed by me.
ts_typanalyze.c computes MCE statistics as fractions of the non-null rows,
which seems fairly reasonable, and anyway changing it in released versions
wouldn't be a good idea. But then ts_selfuncs.c has to account for that.
Failure to do so results in overestimates in columns with a significant
fraction of null documents. Back-patch to 8.4 where this stuff was
introduced.
Jesper Krogh
That function was supposing that indexoid == 0 for a hypothetical index,
but that is not likely to be true in any non-toy implementation of an index
adviser, since assigning a fake OID is the only way to know at EXPLAIN time
which hypothetical index got selected. Fix by adding a flag to
IndexOptInfo to mark hypothetical indexes. Back-patch to 9.0 where
get_actual_variable_range() was added.
Gurjeet Singh
These are needed to support reloading dumps of 9.0 installations containing
contrib/intarray or contrib/tsearch2. Since not only regular dump/reload
but binary upgrade would fail, it seems worth the trouble to carry these
stubs for awhile. Note that the contrib opclasses referencing these
functions will still work fine, since GIN doesn't actually pay any
attention to the declared signature of a support function.
Standby optionally sends back information about oldestXmin of queries
which is then checked and applied to the WALSender's proc->xmin.
GetOldestXmin() is modified slightly to agree with GetSnapshotData(),
so that all backends on primary include WALSender within their snapshots.
Note this does nothing to change the snapshot xmin on either master or
standby. Feedback piggybacks on the standby reply message.
vacuum_defer_cleanup_age is no longer used on standby, though parameter
still exists on primary, since some use cases still exist.
Simon Riggs, review comments from Fujii Masao, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas
(I'm not entirely sure that we've finished bikeshedding the syntax details,
but the functionality seems OK.)
Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Stephen Frost and Tom Lane
They are expected to be used by extension modules like file_fdw.
There are no user-visible changes.
Itagaki Takahiro
Reviewed and tested by Kevin Grittner and Noah Misch.
The original design of pg_available_extensions did not consider the
possibility of version-specific control files. Split it into two views:
pg_available_extensions shows information that is generic about an
extension, while pg_available_extension_versions shows all available
versions together with information that could be version-dependent.
Also, add an SRF pg_extension_update_paths() to assist in checking that
a collection of update scripts provide sane update path sequences.
relative, by creating a function path_is_relative_and_below_cwd() to
check for specific requirements. It is unclear if this fixes a security
problem or not but the new code is more robust.
- collowner field
- CREATE COLLATION
- ALTER COLLATION
- DROP COLLATION
- COMMENT ON COLLATION
- integration with extensions
- pg_dump support for the above
- dependency management
- psql tab completion
- psql \dO command
This follows recent discussions, so it's quite a bit different from
Dimitri's original. There will probably be more changes once we get a bit
of experience with it, but let's get it in and start playing with it.
This is still just core code. I'll start converting contrib modules
shortly.
Dimitri Fontaine and Tom Lane
Per discussion with Noah Misch, the previous coding, introduced by
my commit 65377e0b9c on 2011-02-06,
was really an abuse of RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE, since the caller in
typecmds.c is actually passing the name of a domain. So go back
having a type name argument, but make the first argument a Relation
rather than just a string so we can tell whether it's a table or
a foreign table and emit the proper error message.
the standby has written, flushed, and applied the WAL. At the moment, this
is for informational purposes only, the values are only shown in
pg_stat_replication system view, but in the future they will also be needed
for synchronous replication.
Extracted from Simon riggs' synchronous replication patch by Robert Haas, with
some tweaking by me.
Tracks one counter for each database, which is reset whenever
the statistics for any individual object inside the database is
reset, and one counter for the background writer.
Tomas Vondra, reviewed by Greg Smith
Flattening of subquery range tables during setrefs.c could lead to the
rangetable indexes in PlanRowMark nodes not matching up with the column
names previously assigned to the corresponding resjunk ctid (resp. tableoid
or wholerow) columns. Typical symptom would be either a "cannot extract
system attribute from virtual tuple" error or an Assert failure. This
wasn't a problem before 9.0 because we didn't support FOR UPDATE below the
top query level, and so the final flattening could never renumber an RTE
that was relevant to FOR UPDATE. Fix by using a plan-tree-wide unique
number for each PlanRowMark to label the associated resjunk columns, so
that the number need not change during flattening.
Per report from David Johnston (though I'm darned if I can see how this got
past initial testing of the relevant code). Back-patch to 9.0.
This follows my proposal of yesterday, namely that we try to recreate the
previous state of the extension exactly, instead of allowing CREATE
EXTENSION to run a SQL script that might create some entirely-incompatible
on-disk state. In --binary-upgrade mode, pg_dump won't issue CREATE
EXTENSION at all, but instead uses a kluge function provided by
pg_upgrade_support to recreate the pg_extension row (and extension-level
pg_depend entries) without creating any member objects. The member objects
are then restored in the same way as if they weren't members, in particular
using pg_upgrade's normal hacks to preserve OIDs that need to be preserved.
Then, for each member object, ALTER EXTENSION ADD is issued to recreate the
pg_depend entry that marks it as an extension member.
In passing, fix breakage in pg_upgrade's enum-type support: somebody didn't
fix it when the noise word VALUE got added to ALTER TYPE ADD. Also,
rationalize parsetree representation of COMMENT ON DOMAIN and fix
get_object_address() to allow OBJECT_DOMAIN.
This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable;
first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing
installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into
the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it
in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion.
Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE
patch.
Specifying this option makes the server not wait for the
xlog to be archived, or emit a warning that it can't,
instead leaving the responsibility with the client.
This is useful when the log is being streamed using
the streaming protocol in parallel with the backup,
without having log archiving enabled.
This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions.
There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice
with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make
all the contrib modules depend on this feature.
In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in
AlterObjectNamespace() and callers.
Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen,
Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause
to override it per expression, and B-tree index support.
Peter Eisentraut
reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
new recovery.conf parameter recovery_target_name allows PITR to
specify named points as recovery targets.
Jaime Casanova, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira, plus minor edits
FK constraints that are marked NOT VALID may later be VALIDATED, which uses an
ShareUpdateExclusiveLock on constraint table and RowShareLock on referenced
table. Significantly reduces lock strength and duration when adding FKs.
New state visible from psql.
Simon Riggs, with reviews from Marko Tiikkaja and Robert Haas
Waiting for relation locks can lead to starvation - it pins down an
autovacuum worker for as long as the lock is held. But if we're doing
an anti-wraparound vacuum, then we still wait; maintenance can no longer
be put off.
To assist with troubleshooting, if log_autovacuum_min_duration >= 0,
we log whenever an autovacuum or autoanalyze is skipped for this reason.
Per a gripe by Josh Berkus, and ensuing discussion.
Until now, our Serializable mode has in fact been what's called Snapshot
Isolation, which allows some anomalies that could not occur in any
serialized ordering of the transactions. This patch fixes that using a
method called Serializable Snapshot Isolation, based on research papers by
Michael J. Cahill (see README-SSI for full references). In Serializable
Snapshot Isolation, transactions run like they do in Snapshot Isolation,
but a predicate lock manager observes the reads and writes performed and
aborts transactions if it detects that an anomaly might occur. This method
produces some false positives, ie. it sometimes aborts transactions even
though there is no anomaly.
To track reads we implement predicate locking, see storage/lmgr/predicate.c.
Whenever a tuple is read, a predicate lock is acquired on the tuple. Shared
memory is finite, so when a transaction takes many tuple-level locks on a
page, the locks are promoted to a single page-level lock, and further to a
single relation level lock if necessary. To lock key values with no matching
tuple, a sequential scan always takes a relation-level lock, and an index
scan acquires a page-level lock that covers the search key, whether or not
there are any matching keys at the moment.
A predicate lock doesn't conflict with any regular locks or with another
predicate locks in the normal sense. They're only used by the predicate lock
manager to detect the danger of anomalies. Only serializable transactions
participate in predicate locking, so there should be no extra overhead for
for other transactions.
Predicate locks can't be released at commit, but must be remembered until
all the transactions that overlapped with it have completed. That means that
we need to remember an unbounded amount of predicate locks, so we apply a
lossy but conservative method of tracking locks for committed transactions.
If we run short of shared memory, we overflow to a new "pg_serial" SLRU
pool.
We don't currently allow Serializable transactions in Hot Standby mode.
That would be hard, because even read-only transactions can cause anomalies
that wouldn't otherwise occur.
Serializable isolation mode now means the new fully serializable level.
Repeatable Read gives you the old Snapshot Isolation level that we have
always had.
Kevin Grittner and Dan Ports, reviewed by Jeff Davis, Heikki Linnakangas and
Anssi Kääriäinen
If the foreign table's rowtype is being used as the type of a column in
another table, we can't just up and change its data type. This was
already checked for composite types and ordinary tables, but we
previously failed to enforce it for foreign tables.
This fixes make distprep, and seems more robust in other ways as well.
Some special handling is required because errcodes.txt is needed by
some stuff in src/port, but just by src/backend as is the case for the
other generated headers.
While I'm at it, fix a few other things that were overlooked in the
original patch.
src/pl/plpgsql/src/plerrcodes.h, src/include/utils/errcodes.h, and a
big chunk of errcodes.sgml are now automatically generated from a single
file, src/backend/utils/errcodes.txt.
Jan Urbański, reviewed by Tom Lane.
New versions of libintl redefine setlocale() to a macro
which causes problems when the backend and libintl are
linked against different versions of the runtime, which
is often the case in msvc builds.
Hiroshi Inoue, slightly updated comment by me
Previously reported as ERRCODE_ADMIN_SHUTDOWN, this case is now
reported as ERRCODE_T_R_DATABASE_DROPPED. No message text change.
Unlikely to happen on most servers, so low impact change to allow
session poolers to correctly handle this situation.
Tatsuo Ishii, edits by me, review by Robert Haas
With this patch, pg_basebackup doesn't write a backup_label file in the
data directory, so it doesn't interfere with a pg_start/stop_backup() based
backup anymore. backup_label is still included in the backup, but it is
injected directly into the tar stream.
Heikki Linnakangas, reviewed by Fujii Masao and Magnus Hagander.
This can be used to build 64 bit Windows binaries, not only on 64 bit
Windows but on supported cross-compiling hosts including 32 bit Windows,
Cygwin, Darwin and Linux.
When included, this makes the base backup a complete working
"clone" of the initial database, ready to have a postmaster
started against it without the need to set up any log archiving
or similar.
Magnus Hagander, reviewed by Fujii Masao and Heikki Linnakangas
Synchronize pg_config.h.in with configure.in (someone must have
forgotten to run autoheader or autoreconf), and clean up some spurious
change in configure introduced by the last commit there.
There isn't any need to track this state on a table-wide basis, and trying
to do so introduces undesirable semantic fuzziness. Move the flag to
pg_index, where it clearly describes just a single index and can be
immutable after index creation.
This feature allows a unique or pkey constraint to be created using an
already-existing unique index. While the constraint isn't very
functionally different from the bare index, it's nice to be able to do that
for documentation purposes. The main advantage over just issuing a plain
ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY is that the index can be created with
CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, so that there is not a long interval where the
table is locked against updates.
On the way, refactor some of the code in DefineIndex() and index_create()
so that we don't have to pass through those functions in order to create
the index constraint's catalog entries. Also, in parse_utilcmd.c, pass
around the ParseState pointer in struct CreateStmtContext to save on
notation, and add error location pointers to some error reports that didn't
have one before.
Gurjeet Singh, reviewed by Steve Singer and Tom Lane
While doing this, also move base backup options into
a struct instead of increasing the number of parameters
to multiple functions for each new option.
This tool makes it possible to do the pg_start_backup/
copy files/pg_stop_backup step in a single command.
There are still some steps to be done before this is a
complete backup solution, such as the ability to stream
the required WAL logs, but it's still usable, and
could do with some buildfarm coverage.
In passing, make the checkpoint request optionally
fast instead of hardcoding it.
Magnus Hagander, reviewed by Fujii Masao and Dimitri Fontaine
As in commit fb4c5d2798 on 2011-01-21,
this avoids spurious debug messages and allows idempotent changes at
any time. Along the way, make assign_XactIsoLevel allow idempotent
changes even when not within a subtransaction, to be consistent with
the new coding of assign_transaction_read_only and because there's
no compelling reason to do otherwise.
Kevin Grittner, with some adjustments.
The new coding avoids a spurious debug message when a transaction
that has changed the isolation level has been rolled back. It also
allows the property to be freely changed to the current value within
a subtransaction.
Kevin Grittner, with one small change by me.
Failure to do so can lead to constraint violations. This was broken by
commit 1ddc2703a9 on 2010-02-07, so
back-patch to 9.0.
Noah Misch. Regression test by me.
backend, as far as the postmaster shutdown logic is concerned. That means,
fast shutdown will wait for WAL sender processes to exit before signaling
bgwriter to finish. This avoids race conditions between a base backup stopping
or starting, and bgwriter writing the shutdown checkpoint WAL record. We don't
want e.g the end-of-backup WAL record to be written after the shutdown
checkpoint.
Makes it easier to parse mainly the BASE_BACKUP command
with it's options, and avoids having to manually deal
with quoted identifiers in the label (previously broken),
and makes it easier to add new commands and options in
the future.
In passing, refactor the case statement in the walsender
to put each command in it's own function.
When the exit waits until the whole backup completes, it may take
a very long time.
In passing, add back an error check in the main loop so we detect
clients that disconnect much earlier if the backup is large.
Fix broken test for pre-existing postmaster, caused by wrong code for
appending lines to the lockfile; don't write a failed listen_address
setting into the lockfile; don't arbitrarily change the location of the
data directory in the lockfile compared to previous releases; provide more
consistent and useful definitions of the socket path and listen_address
entries; avoid assuming that pg_ctl has the same DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR as
the postmaster; assorted code style improvements.
In an inherited UPDATE/DELETE, each target table has its own subplan,
because it might have a column set different from other targets. This
means that the resjunk columns we add to support EvalPlanQual might be
at different physical column numbers in each subplan. The EvalPlanQual
rewrite I did for 9.0 failed to account for this, resulting in possible
misbehavior or even crashes during concurrent updates to the same row,
as seen in a recent report from Gordon Shannon. Revise the data structure
so that we track resjunk column numbers separately for each subplan.
I also chose to move responsibility for identifying the physical column
numbers back to executor startup, instead of assuming that numbers derived
during preprocess_targetlist would stay valid throughout subsequent
massaging of the plan. That's a bit slower, so we might want to consider
undoing it someday; but it would complicate the patch considerably and
didn't seem justifiable in a bug fix that has to be back-patched to 9.0.
Add BASE_BACKUP command to walsender, allowing it to stream a
base backup to the client (in tar format). The syntax is still
far from ideal, that will be fixed in the switch to use a proper
grammar for walsender.
No client included yet, will come as a separate commit.
Magnus Hagander and Heikki Linnakangas
Move the actual functionality into a separate function that's
easier to call internally, and change the SQL-callable function
to be a wrapper calling this.
Also create a pg_abort_backup() function, only callable internally,
that does only the most vital parts of pg_stop_backup(), making it
safe(r) to call from error handlers.
Add support for reading back information about the symbolic
links we've created with pgsymlink(), which are actually
Junction Points. Just like pgsymlink() can only create directory
symlinks, pgreadlink() can only read directory symlinks.
This will support fixing contrib/intarray (and probably other places)
so that they don't have to fail on arrays that contain a null bitmap
but no live null entries.
The only use we have had for amindexnulls is in determining whether an
index is safe to cluster on; but since the addition of the amclusterable
flag, that usage is pretty redundant.
In passing, clean up assorted sloppiness from the last patch that touched
pg_am.h: Natts_pg_am was wrong, and ambuildempty was not documented.
The original coding could combine duplicate entries only when they
originated from the same qual condition. In particular it could not
combine cases where multiple qual conditions all give rise to full-index
scan requests, which is an expensive case well worth optimizing. Refactor
so that duplicates are recognized across all the quals.
Add more "internal" arguments so that these pg_proc entries reflect the
current preferred API. This is purely a cosmetic change, since GIN doesn't
actually consult the pg_proc entry when calling a support function.
Accordingly, no catversion bump.
Per my recent proposal(s). Null key datums can now be returned by
extractValue and extractQuery functions, and will be stored in the index.
Also, placeholder entries are made for indexable items that are NULL or
contain no keys according to extractValue. This means that the index is
now always complete, having at least one entry for every indexed heap TID,
and so we can get rid of the prohibition on full-index scans. A full-index
scan is implemented much the same way as partial-match scans were already:
we build a bitmap representing all the TIDs found in the index, and then
drive the results off that.
Also, introduce a concept of a "search mode" that can be requested by
extractQuery when the operator requires matching to empty items (this is
just as cheap as matching to a single key) or requires a full index scan
(which is not so cheap, but it sure beats failing or giving wrong answers).
The behavior remains backward compatible for opclasses that don't return
any null keys or request a non-default search mode.
Using these features, we can now make the GIN index opclass for anyarray
behave in a way that matches the actual anyarray operators for &&, <@, @>,
and = ... which it failed to do before in assorted corner cases.
This commit fixes the core GIN code and ginarrayprocs.c, updates the
documentation, and adds some simple regression test cases for the new
behaviors using the array operators. The tsearch and contrib GIN opclass
support functions still need to be looked over and probably fixed.
Another thing I intend to fix separately is that this is pretty inefficient
for cases where more than one scan condition needs a full-index search:
we'll run duplicate GinScanEntrys, each one of which builds a large bitmap.
There is some existing logic to merge duplicate GinScanEntrys but it needs
refactoring to make it work for entries belonging to different scan keys.
Note that most of gin.h has been split out into a new file gin_private.h,
so that gin.h doesn't export anything that's not supposed to be used by GIN
opclasses or the rest of the backend. I did quite a bit of other code
beautification work as well, mostly fixing comments and choosing more
appropriate names for things.
This can be overriden by using NOREPLICATION on the CREATE ROLE
statement, but by default they will have it, making it backwards
compatible and "less surprising" (given that superusers normally
override all checks).
Add new function pg_sequence_parameters that returns a sequence's start,
minimum, maximum, increment, and cycle values, and use that in the view.
(bug #5662; design suggestion by Tom Lane)
Also slightly adjust the view's column order and permissions after review of
SQL standard.
Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED. This commit does
not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables
cannot yet be queried. Support for foreign table scans will need to
be added in a future patch. However, this patch creates the necessary
system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary
operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL.
Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
This is advantageous first because it allows us to hash the smaller table
regardless of the outer-join type, and second because hash join can be more
flexible than merge join in dealing with arbitrary join quals in a FULL
join. For merge join all the join quals have to be mergejoinable, but hash
join will work so long as there's at least one hashjoinable qual --- the
others can be any condition. (This is true essentially because we don't
keep per-inner-tuple match flags in merge join, while hash join can do so.)
To do this, we need a has-it-been-matched flag for each tuple in the
hashtable, not just one for the current outer tuple. The key idea that
makes this practical is that we can store the match flag in the tuple's
infomask, since there are lots of bits there that are of no interest for a
MinimalTuple. So we aren't increasing the size of the hashtable at all for
the feature.
To write this without turning the hash code into even more of a pile of
spaghetti than it already was, I rewrote ExecHashJoin in a state-machine
style, similar to ExecMergeJoin. Other than that decision, it was pretty
straightforward.
Instead, declare a public wrapper of the sole function using it for
external callers, so that they don't have to always pass a NULL
argument.
Author: Kevin Grittner
The contents of an unlogged table are WAL-logged; thus, they are not
available on standby servers and are truncated whenever the database
system enters recovery. Indexes on unlogged tables are also unlogged.
Unlogged GiST indexes are not currently supported.
This privilege is required to do Streaming Replication, instead of
superuser, making it possible to set up a SR slave that doesn't
have write permissions on the master.
Superuser privileges do NOT override this check, so in order to
use the default superuser account for replication it must be
explicitly granted the REPLICATION permissions. This is backwards
incompatible change, in the interest of higher default security.
The "date" type supports a wider range of dates than int64 timestamps do.
However, there is pre-int64-timestamp code in the planner that assumes that
all date values can be converted to timestamp with impunity. Fortunately,
what we really need out of the conversion is always a double (float8)
value; so even when the date is out of timestamp's range it's possible to
produce a sane answer. All we need is a code path that doesn't try to
force the result into int64. Per trouble report from David Rericha.
Back-patch to all supported versions. Although this is surely a corner
case, there's not much point in advertising a date range wider than
timestamp's if we will choke on such values in unexpected places.
This is to avoid use of the C++ keywords "bitand" and "bitor" in
the header file utils/varbit.h. Note the functions' SQL-level
names are not changed, only their C-level names.
In passing, make some comments in varbit.c conform to project-standard
layout.
"private" is a keyword in C++, so this breaks the poorly-enforced policy
that header files should be include-able in C++ code. Per report from
Craig Ringer and some investigation with cpluspluscheck.
My previous commit, 85cff3ce7f on
2010-12-25, failed to update errcodes.sgml or plerrcodes.h. This patch
corrects that oversight, per a gripe from Tom Lane, and also corrects
a typographical error.
cleanup stage to finish incomplete inserts or splits anymore. There was two
reasons for the cleanup step:
1. When a new tuple was inserted to a leaf page, the downlink in the parent
needed to be updated to contain (ie. to be consistent with) the new key.
Updating the parent in turn might require recursively updating the parent of
the parent. We now handle that by updating the parent while traversing down
the tree, so that when we insert the leaf tuple, all the parents are already
consistent with the new key, and the tree is consistent at every step.
2. When a page is split, we need to insert the downlink for the new right
page(s), and update the downlink for the original page to not include keys
that moved to the right page(s). We now handle that by setting a new flag,
F_FOLLOW_RIGHT, on the non-rightmost pages in the split. When that flag is
set, scans always follow the rightlink, regardless of the NSN mechanism used
to detect concurrent page splits. That way the tree is consistent right after
split, even though the downlink is still missing. This is very similar to the
way B-tree splits are handled. When the downlink is inserted in the parent,
the flag is cleared. To keep the insertion algorithm simple, when an
insertion sees an incomplete split, indicated by the F_FOLLOW_RIGHT flag, it
finishes the split before doing anything else.
These changes allow removing the whole "invalid tuple" mechanism, but I
retained the scan code to still follow invalid tuples correctly. While we
don't create any such tuples anymore, we want to handle them gracefully in
case you pg_upgrade a GiST index that has them. If we encounter any on an
insert, though, we just throw an error saying that you need to REINDEX.
The issue that got me into doing this is that if you did a checkpoint while
an insert or split was in progress, and the checkpoint finishes quickly so
that there is no WAL record related to the insert between RedoRecPtr and the
checkpoint record, recovery from that checkpoint would not know to finish
the incomplete insert. IOW, we have the same issue we solved with the
rm_safe_restartpoint mechanism during normal operation too. It's highly
unlikely to happen in practice, and this fix is far too large to backpatch,
so we're just going to live with in previous versions, but this refactoring
fixes it going forward.
With this patch, you don't get the annoying
'index "FOO" needs VACUUM or REINDEX to finish crash recovery' notices
anymore if you crash at an unfortunate moment.
Add support for collecting "minidump" style crash dumps on
Windows, by setting up an exception handling filter. Crash
dumps will be generated in PGDATA/crashdumps if the directory
is created (the existance of the directory is used as on/off
switch for the generation of the dumps).
Craig Ringer and Magnus Hagander
We don't actually need optreset, because we can easily fix the code to
ensure that it's cleanly restartable after having completed a scan over the
argv array; which is the only case we need to restart in. Getting rid of
it avoids a class of interactions with the system libraries and allows
reversion of my change of yesterday in postmaster.c and postgres.c.
Back-patch to 8.4. Before that the getopt code was a bit different anyway.
This commit replaces pg_class.relistemp with pg_class.relpersistence;
and also modifies the RangeVar node type to carry relpersistence rather
than istemp. It also removes removes rd_istemp from RelationData and
instead performs the correct computation based on relpersistence.
For clarity, we add three new macros: RelationNeedsWAL(),
RelationUsesLocalBuffers(), and RelationUsesTempNamespace(), so that we
can clarify the purpose of each check that previous depended on
rd_istemp.
This is intended as infrastructure for the upcoming unlogged tables
patch, as well as for future possible work on global temporary tables.
mkdir_p and check_data_dir will be useful in CREATE TABLESPACE, since we
have agreed that that command should handle subdirectory creation just like
initdb creates the PGDATA directory. Push them into src/port/ so that they
are available to both initdb and the backend. Rename to pg_mkdir_p and
pg_check_dir, just to be on the safe side. Add FreeBSD's copyright notice
to pgmkdirp.c, since that's where the code came from originally (this
really should have been in initdb.c). Very marginal code/comment cleanup.
Recent versions of the Linux system header files cause xlogdefs.h to
believe that open_datasync should be the default sync method, whereas
formerly fdatasync was the default on Linux. open_datasync is a bad
choice, first because it doesn't actually outperform fdatasync (in fact
the reverse), and second because we try to use O_DIRECT with it, causing
failures on certain filesystems (e.g., ext4 with data=journal option).
This part of the patch is largely per a proposal from Marti Raudsepp.
More extensive changes are likely to follow in HEAD, but this is as much
change as we want to back-patch.
Also clean up confusing code and incorrect documentation surrounding the
fsync_writethrough option. Those changes shouldn't result in any actual
behavioral change, but I chose to back-patch them anyway to keep the
branches looking similar in this area.
In 9.0 and HEAD, also do some copy-editing on the WAL Reliability
documentation section.
Back-patch to all supported branches, since any of them might get used
on modern Linux versions.
First, avoid scanning the whole ProcArray once we know there
are at least commit_siblings active; second, skip the check
altogether if commit_siblings = 0.
Greg Smith
an old transaction running in the master, and a lot of transactions have
started and finished since, and a WAL-record is written in the gap between
the creating the running-xacts snapshot and WAL-logging it, recovery will fail
with "too many KnownAssignedXids" error. This bug was reported by
Joachim Wieland on Nov 19th.
In the same scenario, when fewer transactions have started so that all the
xids fit in KnownAssignedXids despite the first bug, a more serious bug
arises. We incorrectly initialize the clog code with the oldest still running
transaction, and when we see the WAL record belonging to a transaction with
an XID larger than one that committed already before the checkpoint we're
recovering from, we zero the clog page containing the already committed
transaction, leading to data loss.
In hindsight, trying to track xids in the known-assigned-xids array before
seeing the running-xacts record was too complicated. To fix that, hold
XidGenLock while the running-xacts snapshot is taken and WAL-logged. That
ensures that no transaction can begin or end in that gap, so that in recvoery
we know that the snapshot contains all transactions running at that point in
WAL.
This commit represents a rather heavily editorialized version of
Teodor's builtin_knngist_itself-0.8.2 and builtin_knngist_proc-0.8.1
patches. I redid the opclass API to add a separate Distance method
instead of turning the Consistent method into an illogical mess,
fixed some bit-rot in the rbtree interfaces, and generally worked over
the code style and comments.
There's still no non-code documentation to speak of, but I'll work on
that separately. Some contrib-module changes are also yet to come
(right now, point <-> point is the only KNN-ified operator).
Teodor Sigaev and Tom Lane
This eliminates some crufty, special-purpose code and, as a non-trivial
side benefit, allows recovery.conf parameters to be unquoted.
Dimitri Fontaine, with review and cleanup by Alvaro Herrera, Itagaki
Takahiro, and me.
This is a heavily revised version of builtin_knngist_core-0.9. The
ordering operators are no longer mixed in with actual quals, which would
have confused not only humans but significant parts of the planner.
Instead, ordering operators are carried separately throughout planning and
execution.
Since the API for ambeginscan and amrescan functions had to be changed
anyway, this commit takes the opportunity to rationalize that a bit.
RelationGetIndexScan no longer forces a premature index_rescan call;
instead, callers of index_beginscan must call index_rescan too. Aside from
making the AM-side initialization logic a bit less peculiar, this has the
advantage that we do not make a useless extra am_rescan call when there are
runtime key values. AMs formerly could not assume that the key values
passed to amrescan were actually valid; now they can.
Teodor Sigaev and Tom Lane
Formerly we looked up the operators associated with each index (caching
them in relcache) and then the planner looked up the btree opfamily
containing such operators in order to build the btree-centric pathkey
representation that describes the index's sort order. This is quite
pointless for btree indexes: we might as well just use the index's opfamily
information directly. That saves syscache lookup cycles during planning,
and furthermore allows us to eliminate the relcache's caching of operators
altogether, which may help in reducing backend startup time.
I added code to plancat.c to perform the same type of double lookup
on-the-fly if it's ever faced with a non-btree amcanorder index AM.
If such a thing actually becomes interesting for production, we should
replace that logic with some more-direct method for identifying the
corresponding btree opfamily; but it's not worth spending effort on now.
There is considerably more to do pursuant to my recent proposal to get rid
of sort-operator-based representations of sort orderings, but this patch
grabs some of the low-hanging fruit. I'll look at the remainder of that
work after the current commitfest.
removing an infrequently occurring race condition in Hot Standby.
An xid must be assigned before a lock appears in shared memory,
rather than immediately after, else GetRunningTransactionLocks()
may see InvalidTransactionId, causing assertion failures during
lock processing on standby.
Bug report and diagnosis by Fujii Masao, fix by me.
This adds support for changing the schema of a conversion, operator,
operator class, operator family, text search configuration, text search
dictionary, text search parser, or text search template.
Dimitri Fontaine, with assorted corrections and other kibitzing.
After a SQL object is created, we provide an opportunity for security
or logging plugins to get control; for example, a security label provider
could use this to assign an initial security label to newly created
objects. The basic infrastructure is (hopefully) reusable for other types
of events that might require similar treatment.
KaiGai Kohei, with minor adjustments.
supplied, also print the IP address. This allows IPv4 and IPv6 failures
to be distinguished. Also useful when a hostname resolves to multiple
IP addresses.
Also, remove use of inet_ntoa() and use our own inet_net_ntop() in all
places, including in libpq, because it is thread-safe.
This commit adds columns amoppurpose and amopsortfamily to pg_amop, and
column amcanorderbyop to pg_am. For the moment all the entries in
amcanorderbyop are "false", since the underlying support isn't there yet.
Also, extend the CREATE OPERATOR CLASS/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands with
[ FOR SEARCH | FOR ORDER BY sort_operator_family ] clauses to allow the new
columns of pg_amop to be populated, and create pg_dump support for dumping
that information.
I also added some documentation, although it's perhaps a bit premature
given that the feature doesn't do anything useful yet.
Teodor Sigaev, Robert Haas, Tom Lane
Any flavor of ALTER <whatever> .. SET SCHEMA fails if (1) the object
is already in the new schema, (2) either the old or new schema is
a temp schema, or (3) either the old or new schema is the TOAST schema.
Extraced from a patch by Dimitri Fontaine, with additional hacking by me.
Currently, three conversion format specifiers are supported: %s for a
string, %L for an SQL literal, and %I for an SQL identifier. The latter
two are deliberately designed not to overlap with what sprintf() already
supports, in case we want to add more of sprintf()'s functionality here
later.
Patch by Pavel Stehule, heavily revised by me. Reviewed by Jeff Janes
and, in earlier versions, by Itagaki Takahiro and Tom Lane.
We no longer need the terminating zero entry in opfamily[], so get rid of
it. Also replace assorted ad-hoc looping logic with simple for and foreach
constructs. This code is now noticeably more readable than it was an hour
ago; credit to Robert for seeing that it could be simplified.
This eliminates the need for inefficient implementions of this
functionality in both contrib/dblink and contrib/tablefunc, so remove
them. The upcoming patch implementing an in-core format() function
will also require this functionality.
In passing, add some regression tests.
A hand-coded implementation turns out to be much faster than calling
printf(). In passing, add a few more regresion tests.
Andres Freund, with assorted, mostly cosmetic changes.
As per the ancient comment for set_rel_width, it really wasn't much good
for relations that aren't plain tables: it would never find any stats and
would always fall back on datatype-based estimates, which are often pretty
silly. Fix that by copying up width estimates from the subquery planning
process.
At some point we might want to do this for CTEs too, but that would be a
significantly more invasive patch because the sub-PlannerInfo is no longer
accessible by the time it's needed. I refrained from doing anything about
that, partly for fear of breaking the unmerged CTE-related patches.
In passing, also generate less bogus width estimates for whole-row Vars.
Per a gripe from Jon Nelson.
Fix things so that top-N sorting can be used in child Sort nodes of a
MergeAppend node, when there is a LIMIT and no intervening joins or
grouping. Actually doing this on the executor side isn't too bad,
but it's a bit messier to get the planner to cost it properly.
Per gripe from Robert Haas.
In passing, fix an oversight in the original top-N-sorting patch:
query_planner should not assume that a LIMIT can be used to make an
explicit sort cheaper when there will be grouping or aggregation in
between. Possibly this should be back-patched, but I'm not sure the
mistake is serious enough to be a real problem in practice.
In the previous coding, we simply issued ALTER SEQUENCE RESTART commands,
which do not roll back on error. This meant that an error between
truncating and committing left the sequences out of sync with the table
contents, with potentially bad consequences as were noted in a Warning on
the TRUNCATE man page.
To fix, create a new storage file (relfilenode) for a sequence that is to
be reset due to RESTART IDENTITY. If the transaction aborts, we'll
automatically revert to the old storage file. This acts just like a
rewriting ALTER TABLE operation. A penalty is that we have to take
exclusive lock on the sequence, but since we've already got exclusive lock
on its owning table, that seems unlikely to be much of a problem.
The interaction of this with usual nontransactional behaviors of sequence
operations is a bit weird, but it's hard to see what would be completely
consistent. Our choice is to discard cached-but-unissued sequence values
both when the RESTART is executed, and at rollback if any; but to not touch
the currval() state either time.
In passing, move the sequence reset operations to happen before not after
any AFTER TRUNCATE triggers are fired. The previous ordering was not
logically sensible, but was forced by the need to minimize inconsistency
if the triggers caused an error. Transactional rollback is a much better
solution to that.
Patch by Steve Singer, rather heavily adjusted by me.
temporary indexes are not WAL-logged. We used a constant LSN for temporary
indexes, on the assumption that we don't need to worry about concurrent page
splits in temporary indexes because they're only visible to the current
session. But that assumption is wrong, it's possible to insert rows and
split pages in the same session, while a scan is in progress. For example,
by opening a cursor and fetching some rows, and INSERTing new rows before
fetching some more.
Fix by generating fake increasing LSNs, used in place of real LSNs in
temporary GiST indexes.
This new field counts the number of times that a backend which writes a
buffer out to the OS must also fsync() it. This happens when the
bgwriter fsync request queue is full, and is generally detrimental to
performance, so it's good to know when it's happening. Along the way,
log a new message at level DEBUG1 whenever we fail to hand off an fsync,
so that the problem can also be seen in examination of log files
(if the logging level is cranked up high enough).
Greg Smith, with minor tweaks by me.
Having this in src/include/port.h makes no sense, now that copydir.c lives
in src/backend/strorage rather than src/port. Along the way, remove an
obsolete comment from contrib/pg_upgrade that makes reference to the old
location.
Formerly, we could convert a UNION ALL structure inside a subquery-in-FROM
into an appendrel, as a side effect of pulling up the subquery into its
parent; but top-level UNION ALL always caused use of plan_set_operations().
That didn't matter too much because you got an Append-based plan either
way. However, now that the appendrel code can do things with MergeAppend,
it's worthwhile to hack up the top-level case so it also uses appendrels.
This is a bit of a stopgap; but going much further than this will require
a major rewrite of the planner's set-operations support, which I'm not
prepared to undertake now. For the moment let's grab the low-hanging fruit.
Per my recent proposal, get rid of all the direct inspection of indexes
and manual generation of paths in planagg.c. Instead, set up
EquivalenceClasses for the aggregate argument expressions, and let the
regular path generation logic deal with creating paths that can satisfy
those sort orders. This makes planagg.c a bit more visible to the rest
of the planner than it was originally, but the approach is basically a lot
cleaner than before. A major advantage of doing it this way is that we get
MIN/MAX optimization on inheritance trees (using MergeAppend of indexscans)
practically for free, whereas in the old way we'd have had to add a whole
lot more duplicative logic.
One small disadvantage of this approach is that MIN/MAX aggregates can no
longer exploit partial indexes having an "x IS NOT NULL" predicate, unless
that restriction or something that implies it is specified in the query.
The previous implementation was able to use the added "x IS NOT NULL"
condition as an extra predicate proof condition, but in this version we
rely entirely on indexes that are considered usable by the main planning
process. That seems a fair tradeoff for the simplicity and functionality
gained.
and related routines.
We already had a redundant FunctionCallInfoData struct in FuncExprState,
but were using that copy only in set-returning-function cases, to avoid
keeping function evaluation state in the expression tree for the benefit
of plpgsql's "simple expression" logic. But of course that didn't work
anyway. Given the recent fixes in plpgsql there is no need to have two
separate behaviors here. Getting rid of the local FunctionCallInfoData
structs should make things a little faster (because we don't need to do
InitFunctionCallInfoData each time), and it also makes for a noticeable
reduction in stack space consumption during recursive calls.
The core of this patch is hash_array() and associated typcache
infrastructure, which works just about exactly like the existing support
for array comparison.
In addition I did some work to ensure that the planner won't think that an
array type is hashable unless its element type is hashable, and similarly
for sorting. This includes adding a datatype parameter to op_hashjoinable
and op_mergejoinable, and adding an explicit "hashable" flag to
SortGroupClause. The lack of a cross-check on the element type was a
pre-existing bug in mergejoin support --- but it didn't matter so much
before, because if you couldn't sort the element type there wasn't any good
alternative to failing anyhow. Now that we have the alternative of hashing
the array type, there are cases where we can avoid a failure by being picky
at the planner stage, so it's time to be picky.
The issue of exactly how to combine the per-element hash values to produce
an array hash is still open for discussion, but the rest of this is pretty
solid, so I'll commit it as-is.
Zoltan Boszormenyi exhibited a test case in which planning time was
dominated by construction of EquivalenceClasses and PathKeys that had no
actual relevance to the query (and in fact got discarded immediately).
This happened because we generated PathKeys describing the sort ordering of
every index on every table in the query, and only after that checked to see
if the sort ordering was relevant. The EC/PK construction code is O(N^2)
in the number of ECs, which is all right for the intended number of such
objects, but it gets out of hand if there are ECs for lots of irrelevant
indexes.
To fix, twiddle the handling of mergeclauses a little bit to ensure that
every interesting EC is created before we begin path generation. (This
doesn't cost anything --- in fact I think it's a bit cheaper than before
--- since we always eventually created those ECs anyway.) Then, if an
index column can't be found in any pre-existing EC, we know that that sort
ordering is irrelevant for the query. Instead of creating a useless EC,
we can just not build a pathkey for the index column in the first place.
The index will still be considered if it's useful for non-order-related
reasons, but we will think of its output as unsorted.
Split the old typenameTypeId() into two functions: A new typenameTypeId() that
returns only a type OID, and typenameTypeIdAndMod() that returns type OID and
typmod. This isolates call sites better that actually care about the typmod.
After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the
performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases.
Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
as a variable or column name, and it's not reserved in recent versions of
the SQL spec either. This became particularly annoying in 9.0, before that
PL/pgSQL replaced variable names in queries with parameter markers, so
it was possible to use OFF and many other backend parser keywords as
variable names. Because of that, backpatch to 9.0.
This patch eliminates various bizarre behaviors caused by sloppy thinking
about the difference between a domain type and its underlying array type.
In particular, the operation of updating one element of such an array
has to be considered as yielding a value of the underlying array type,
*not* a value of the domain, because there's no assurance that the
domain's CHECK constraints are still satisfied. If we're intending to
store the result back into a domain column, we have to re-cast to the
domain type so that constraints are re-checked.
For similar reasons, such a domain can't be blindly matched to an ANYARRAY
polymorphic parameter, because the polymorphic function is likely to apply
array-ish operations that could invalidate the domain constraints. For the
moment, we just forbid such matching. We might later wish to insert an
automatic downcast to the underlying array type, but such a change should
also change matching of domains to ANYELEMENT for consistency.
To ensure that all such logic is rechecked, this patch removes the original
hack of setting a domain's pg_type.typelem field to match its base type;
the typelem will always be zero instead. In those places where it's really
okay to look through the domain type with no other logic changes, use the
newly added get_base_element_type function in place of get_element_type.
catversion bumped due to change in pg_type contents.
Per bug #5717 from Richard Huxton and subsequent discussion.
A couple of places in the planner need to generate whole-row Vars, and were
cutting corners by setting vartype = RECORDOID in the Vars, even in cases
where there's an identifiable named composite type for the RTE being
referenced. While we mostly got away with this, it failed when there was
also a parser-generated whole-row reference to the same RTE, because the
two Vars weren't equal() due to the difference in vartype. Fix by
providing a subroutine the planner can call to generate whole-row Vars
the same way the parser does.
Per bug #5716 from Andrew Tipton. Back-patch to 9.0 where one of the bogus
calls was introduced (the other one is new in HEAD).
The GIN code has absolutely no business exporting GIN-specific functions
with names as generic as compareItemPointers() or newScanKey(); that's
just trouble waiting to happen. I got annoyed about this again just now
and decided to fix it. This commit ensures that all global symbols
defined in access/gin/ have names including "gin" or "Gin". There were a
couple of cases, like names involving "PostingItem", where arguably the
names were already sufficiently nongeneric; but I figured as long as I was
risking creating merge problems for unapplied GIN patches I might as well
impose a uniform policy.
I didn't touch any static symbol names. There might be some places
where it'd be appropriate to rename some static functions to match
siblings that are exported, but I'll leave that for another time.
The better estimate requires more statistics than we previously stored:
in particular, counts of "entry" versus "data" pages within the index,
as well as knowledge of the number of distinct key values. We collect
this information during initial index build and update it during VACUUM,
storing the info in new fields on the index metapage. No initdb is
required because these fields will read as zeroes in a pre-existing
index, and the new gincostestimate code is coded to behave (reasonably)
sanely if they are zeroes.
Teodor Sigaev, reviewed by Jan Urbanski, Tom Lane, and Itagaki Takahiro.
This is not the hoped-for facility of using INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE inside
a WITH, but rather the other way around. It seems useful in its own
right anyway.
Note: catversion bumped because, although the contents of stored rules
might look compatible, there's actually a subtle semantic change.
A single Query containing a WITH and INSERT...VALUES now represents
writing the WITH before the INSERT, not before the VALUES. While it's
not clear that that matters to anyone, it seems like a good idea to
have it cited in the git history for catversion.h.
Original patch by Marko Tiikkaja, with updating and cleanup by
Hitoshi Harada.
This patch eliminates the former need to sort the output of an Append scan
when an ordered scan of an inheritance tree is wanted. This should be
particularly useful for fast-start cases such as queries with LIMIT.
Original patch by Greg Stark, with further hacking by Hans-Jurgen Schonig,
Robert Haas, and Tom Lane.
We may as well make pgstat_count_heap_scan() and related macros just count
whenever rel->pgstat_info isn't null. Testing pgstat_track_counts buys
nothing at all in the normal case where that flag is ON; and when it's OFF,
the pgstat_info link will be null, so it's still a useless test.
This change is unlikely to buy any noticeable performance improvement,
but a cycle shaved is a cycle earned; and my investigations earlier today
convinced me that we're down to the point where individual instructions in
the inner execution loops are starting to matter.
This patch merges the responsibility for NOT-flattening into
eval_const_expressions' processing. It wasn't done that way originally
because prepqual.c is far older than eval_const_expressions. But putting
this work into eval_const_expressions saves one pass over the qual trees,
and in fact saves even more than that because we can exploit the knowledge
that the subexpressions have already been recursively simplified. Doing it
this way also lets us do it uniformly over all expressions, whereas
prepqual.c formerly just did it at top level to save cycles. That should
improve the planner's ability to recognize logically-equivalent constructs.
While at it, also add the ability to fold a NOT into BooleanTest and
NullTest constructs (the latter only for the scalar-datatype case).
Per discussion of bug #5702.
This patch adds the SQL-standard concept of an INSTEAD OF trigger, which
is fired instead of performing a physical insert/update/delete. The
trigger function is passed the entire old and/or new rows of the view,
and must figure out what to do to the underlying tables to implement
the update. So this feature can be used to implement updatable views
using trigger programming style rather than rule hacking.
In passing, this patch corrects the names of some columns in the
information_schema.triggers view. It seems the SQL committee renamed
them somewhere between SQL:99 and SQL:2003.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Bernd Helmle; some additional hacking by me.
This patch resurrects some of the information that could be logged by the
old, now-dead implementation of VACUUM FULL, in particular counts of live
and dead tuples and the time taken for the table rebuild proper. There's
still no logging about the ensuing index rebuilds, though.
Itagaki Takahiro
This patch eliminates per-chunk palloc overhead for most small allocations
needed in the representation of an ispell dictionary. This saves close to
a factor of 2 on the current Czech ispell data. While it doesn't cover
every last small allocation in the ispell code, we are at the point of
diminishing returns, because about 95% of the allocations are covered
already.
Pavel Stehule, rather heavily revised by Tom
Add explicit initialization and cleanup functions to spell.c, and keep
all working state in the already-existing ISpellDict struct. This lets us
get rid of a static variable along with some extremely shaky assumptions
about usage of child memory contexts.
This commit is just code beautification and has no impact on functionality
or performance, but it opens the way to a less-grotty implementation of
Pavel's memory-saving hack, which will follow shortly.
The point of a PlaceHolderVar is to allow a non-strict expression to be
evaluated below an outer join, after which its value bubbles up like a Var
and can be forced to NULL when the outer join's semantics require that.
However, there was a serious design oversight in that, namely that we
didn't ensure that there was actually a correct place in the plan tree
to evaluate the placeholder :-(. It may be necessary to delay evaluation
of an outer join to ensure that a placeholder that should be evaluated
below the join can be evaluated there. Per recent bug report from Kirill
Simonov.
Back-patch to 8.4 where the PlaceHolderVar mechanism was introduced.
This is intended as infrastructure to support integration with label-based
mandatory access control systems such as SE-Linux. Further changes (mostly
hooks) will be needed, but this is a big chunk of it.
KaiGai Kohei and Robert Haas
new WAL arrives via streaming replication. This reduces the latency, and
also allows us to use a longer polling interval, which is good for energy
efficiency.
We still need to poll to check for the appearance of a trigger file, but
the interval is now 5 seconds (instead of 100ms), like when waiting for
a new WAL segment to appear in WAL archive.
dynamic pool of event handles, we can permanently assign one for each
shared latch. Thanks to that, we no longer need a separate shared memory
block for latches, and we don't need to know in advance how many shared
latches there is, so you no longer need to remember to update
NumSharedLatches when you introduce a new latch to the system.
In these cases a qual can get marked with the removable rel in its
required_relids, but this is just to schedule its evaluation correctly, not
because it really depends on the rel. We were assuming that, in effect,
we could throw away *all* quals so marked, which is nonsense. Tighten up
the logic to be a little more paranoid about which quals belong to the
outer join being considered for removal, and arrange for all quals that
don't belong to be updated so they will still get evaluated correctly.
Also fix another problem that happened to be exposed by this test case,
which was that make_join_rel() was failing to notice some cases where
a constant-false qual could be used to prove a join relation empty. If it's
a pushed-down constant false, then the relation is empty even if it's an
outer join, because the qual applies after the outer join expansion.
Per report from Nathan Grange. Back-patch into 9.0.
transaction snapshots, i.e. a snapshot registered at the beginning of
a transaction. Change variable naming and comments to reflect this reality
in preparation for a future, truly serializable mode, e.g.
Serializable Snapshot Isolation (SSI).
For the moment transaction snapshots are still used to implement
SERIALIZABLE, but hopefully not for too much longer. Patch by Kevin
Grittner and Dan Ports with review and some minor wording changes by me.
wait until it is set. Latches can be used to reliably wait until a signal
arrives, which is hard otherwise because signals don't interrupt select()
on some platforms, and even when they do, there's race conditions.
On Unix, latches use the so called self-pipe trick under the covers to
implement the sleep until the latch is set, without race conditions. On
Windows, Windows events are used.
Use the new latch abstraction to sleep in walsender, so that as soon as
a transaction finishes, walsender is woken up to immediately send the WAL
to the standby. This reduces the latency between master and standby, which
is good.
Preliminary work by Fujii Masao. The latch implementation is by me, with
helpful comments from many people.
Since the code underlying pg_get_expr() is not secure against malformed
input, and can't practically be made so, we need to prevent miscreants
from feeding arbitrary data to it. We can do this securely by declaring
pg_get_expr() to take a new datatype "pg_node_tree" and declaring the
system catalog columns that hold nodeToString output to be of that type.
There is no way at SQL level to create a non-null value of type pg_node_tree.
Since the backend-internal operations that fill those catalog columns
operate below the SQL level, they are oblivious to the datatype relabeling
and don't need any changes.
SI invalidation events, rather than indirectly through the relcache.
In the previous coding, we had to flush a composite-type typcache entry
whenever we discarded the corresponding relcache entry. This caused problems
at least when testing with RELCACHE_FORCE_RELEASE, as shown in recent report
from Jeff Davis, and might result in real-world problems given the kind of
unexpected relcache flush that that test mechanism is intended to model.
The new coding decouples relcache and typcache management, which is a good
thing anyway from a structural perspective. The cost is that we have to
search the typcache linearly to find entries that need to be flushed. There
are a couple of ways we could avoid that, but at the moment it's not clear
it's worth any extra trouble, because the typcache contains very few entries
in typical operation.
Back-patch to 8.2, the same as some other recent fixes in this general area.
The patch could be carried back to 8.0 with some additional work, but given
that it's only hypothetical whether we're fixing any problem observable in
the field, it doesn't seem worth the work now.
There is no reason that proc.c should have to get involved in this dirty hack
for letting the postmaster know which children are walsenders. Revert that
file to the way it was, and confine the kluge to pmsignal.c and postmaster.c.
elsewhere.
Similarly rename the version in mbprint.c, not because this affects anything
but just to keep the two copies in exact sync. There was some discussion of
having only one copy in src/port/ instead, but this function is so small
and unlikely to change that that seems like overkill.
Slightly editorialized version of a patch by Joseph Adams. (The bug-fix
aspect of his patch was applied separately, and back-patched.)
The implicitly created sequence was created as owned by the current user,
who could be different from the table owner, eg if current user is a
superuser or some member of the table's owning role. This caused sanity
checks in the SEQUENCE OWNED BY code to spit up. Although possibly we
don't need those sanity checks, the safest fix seems to be to make sure
the implicit sequence is assigned the same owner role as the table has.
(We still do all permissions checks as the current user, however.)
Per report from Josh Berkus.
Back-patch to 9.0. The bug goes back to the invention of SEQUENCE OWNED BY
in 8.2, but the fix requires an API change for DefineRelation(), which seems
to have potential for breaking third-party code if done in a minor release.
Given the lack of prior complaints, it's probably not worth fixing in the
stable branches.
This allows us to reliably remove all leftover temporary relation
files on cluster startup without reference to system catalogs or WAL;
therefore, we no longer include temporary relations in XLOG_XACT_COMMIT
and XLOG_XACT_ABORT WAL records.
Since these changes require including a backend ID in each
SharedInvalSmgrMsg, the size of the SharedInvalidationMessage.id
field has been reduced from two bytes to one, and the maximum number
of connections has been reduced from INT_MAX / 4 to 2^23-1. It would
be possible to remove these restrictions by increasing the size of
SharedInvalidationMessage by 4 bytes, but right now that doesn't seem
like a good trade-off.
Review by Jaime Casanova and Tom Lane.
functions to the core XML code. Per discussion, the former depends on
XMLOPTION while the others do not. These supersede a version previously
offered by contrib/xml2.
Mike Fowler, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
better handling of NULL elements within the arrays. The third parameter
is a string that should be used to represent a NULL element, or should
be translated into a NULL element, respectively. If the third parameter
is NULL it behaves the same as the two-parameter form.
There are two incompatible changes in the behavior of the two-parameter form
of string_to_array. First, it will return an empty (zero-element) array
rather than NULL when the input string is of zero length. Second, if the
field separator is NULL, the function splits the string into individual
characters, rather than returning NULL as before. These two changes make
this form fully compatible with the behavior of the new three-parameter form.
Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Brendan Jurd
statistics counts. These numbers are being accumulated but haven't yet been
transmitted to the collector (and won't be, until the transaction ends).
For some purposes, though, it's handy to be able to look at them.
Joel Jacobson, reviewed by Itagaki Takahiro
other columns to be referenced without listing them in GROUP BY, so long as
the primary key column(s) are listed in GROUP BY.
Eventually we should also allow functional dependency on a UNIQUE constraint
when the columns are marked NOT NULL, but that has to wait until NOT NULL
constraints are represented in pg_constraint, because we need to have
pg_constraint OIDs for all the conditions needed to ensure functional
dependency.
Peter Eisentraut, reviewed by Alex Hunsaker and Tom Lane
functionality, while creating an ambiguity in usage with ORDER BY that at
least two people have already gotten seriously confused by. Also, add an
opr_sanity test to check that we don't in future violate the newly minted
policy of not having built-in aggregates with the same name and different
numbers of parameters. Per discussion of a complaint from Thom Brown.
- Rename TSParserGetPrsid to get_ts_parser_oid.
- Rename TSDictionaryGetDictid to get_ts_dict_oid.
- Rename TSTemplateGetTmplid to get_ts_template_oid.
- Rename TSConfigGetCfgid to get_ts_config_oid.
- Rename FindConversionByName to get_conversion_oid.
- Rename GetConstraintName to get_constraint_oid.
- Add new functions get_opclass_oid, get_opfamily_oid, get_rewrite_oid,
get_rewrite_oid_without_relid, get_trigger_oid, and get_cast_oid.
The name of each function matches the corresponding catalog.
Thanks to KaiGai Kohei for the review.
unqualified names.
- Add a missing_ok parameter to get_tablespace_oid.
- Avoid duplicating get_tablespace_od guts in objectNamesToOids.
- Add a missing_ok parameter to get_database_oid.
- Replace get_roleid and get_role_checked with get_role_oid.
- Add get_namespace_oid, get_language_oid, get_am_oid.
- Refactor existing code to use new interfaces.
Thanks to KaiGai Kohei for the review.
indexes when the index column type (the opclass opckeytype) is different from
the expression's datatype. When coded, this limitation wasn't worth worrying
about because we had no intelligence to speak of in stats collection for the
datatypes used by such opclasses. However, now that there's non-toy
estimation capability for tsvector queries, it amounts to a bug that ANALYZE
fails to do this.
The fix changes struct VacAttrStats, and therefore constitutes an API break
for custom typanalyze functions. Therefore we can't back-patch it into
released branches, but it was agreed that 9.0 isn't yet frozen hard enough
to make such a change unacceptable. Ergo, back-patch to 9.0 but no further.
The API break had better be mentioned in 9.0 release notes.
Although the key-combining code claimed to work correctly if its input
contained both lossy and exact pointers for a single page in a single TID
stream, in fact this did not work, and could not work without pretty
fundamental redesign. Modify keyGetItem so that it will not return such a
stream, by handling lossy-pointer cases a bit more explicitly than we did
before.
Per followup investigation of a gripe from Artur Dabrowski.
An example of a query that failed given his data set is
select count(*) from search_tab where
(to_tsvector('german', keywords ) @@ to_tsquery('german', 'ee:* | dd:*')) and
(to_tsvector('german', keywords ) @@ to_tsquery('german', 'aa:*'));
Back-patch to 8.4 where the lossy pointer code was introduced.
struct representing a tree entry, rather than being a separately allocated
piece of storage. This API is at least as clean as the old one (if not
more so --- there were some bizarre choices in there) and it permits a
very substantial memory savings, on the order of 2X in ginbulk.c's usage.
Also, fix minor memory leaks in code called by ginEntryInsert, in
particular in ginInsertValue and entryFillRoot, as well as ginEntryInsert
itself. These leaks resulted in the GIN index build context continuing
to bloat even after we'd filled it to maintenance_work_mem and started
to dump data out to the index.
In combination these fixes restore the GIN index build code to honoring
the maintenance_work_mem limit about as well as it did in 8.4. Speed
seems on par with 8.4 too, maybe even a bit faster, for a non-pathological
case in which HEAD was formerly slower.
Back-patch to 9.0 so we don't have a performance regression from 8.4.
routines to make them behave better in the presence of "lossy" index pointers.
The previous coding was outright incorrect for some cases, as recently
reported by Artur Dabrowski: scanGetItem would fail to return index entries in
cases where one index key had multiple exact pointers on the same page as
another key had a lossy pointer. Also, keyGetItem was extremely inefficient
for cases where a single index key generates multiple "entry" streams, such as
an @@ operator with a multiple-clause tsquery. The presence of a lossy page
pointer in any one stream defeated its ability to use the opclass
consistentFn, resulting in probing many heap pages that didn't really need to
be visited. In Artur's example case, a query like
WHERE tsvector @@ to_tsquery('a & b')
was about 50X slower than the theoretically equivalent
WHERE tsvector @@ to_tsquery('a') AND tsvector @@ to_tsquery('b')
The way that I chose to fix this was to have GIN call the consistentFn
twice with both TRUE and FALSE values for the in-doubt entry stream,
returning a hit if either call produces TRUE, but not if they both return
FALSE. The code handles this for the case of a single in-doubt entry stream,
but punts (falling back to the stupid behavior) if there's more than one lossy
reference to the same page. The idea could be scaled up to deal with multiple
lossy references, but I think that would probably be wasted complexity. At
least to judge by Artur's example, such cases don't occur often enough to be
worth trying to optimize.
Back-patch to 8.4. 8.3 did not have lossy GIN index pointers, so not
subject to these problems.
look through join alias Vars to avoid breaking join queries, and
move the test to someplace where it will catch more possible ways
of calling a function. We still ought to throw away the whole thing
in favor of a data-type-based solution, but that's not feasible in
the back branches.
This needs to be back-patched further than 9.0, but I don't have time
to do so today. Committing now so that the fix gets into 9.0beta4.
Transaction aborts now record their LSN to avoid corner case
behaviour in SR/HS, hence change of name of variables and functions.
As pointed out by Fujii Masao. Cosmetic changes only.
related functions. Per today's discussion, we will henceforth assume
that datatype I/O functions are either stable or immutable, never volatile.
(This implies in particular that domain CHECK constraint expressions shouldn't
be volatile, since domain_in executes them.) In turn, functions that execute
the I/O functions of arbitrary datatypes should always be labeled stable.
This affects the labeling of array_to_string, which was unsafely marked
immutable, and record_in, record_out, record_recv, record_send,
domain_in, domain_recv, which were over-conservatively marked volatile.
The array I/O functions were already marked stable, which is correct
per this policy but would have been wrong if we maintained domain_in
as volatile.
Back-patch to 9.0, along with an earlier fix to correctly mark cash_in
and cash_out as stable not immutable (since they depend on lc_monetary).
No catversion bump --- the implications of this are not currently
severe enough to justify a forced initdb.
Avoid hard-coding lockmode used for many altering DDL commands, allowing easier
future changes of lock levels. Implementation of initial analysis on DDL
sub-commands, so that many lock levels are now at ShareUpdateExclusiveLock or
ShareRowExclusiveLock, allowing certain DDL not to block reads/writes.
First of number of planned changes in this area; additional docs required
when full project complete.
a pass-by-reference datatype with a nontrivial projection step.
We were using the same memory context for the projection operation as for
the temporary context used by the hashtable routines in execGrouping.c.
However, the hashtable routines feel free to reset their temp context at
any time, which'd lead to destroying input data that was still needed.
Report and diagnosis by Tao Ma.
Back-patch to 8.1, where the problem was introduced by the changes that
allowed us to work with "virtual" tuples instead of materializing intermediate
tuple values everywhere. The earlier code looks quite similar, but it doesn't
suffer the problem because the data gets copied into another context as a
result of having to materialize ExecProject's output tuple.
I've added a quote_all_identifiers GUC which affects the behavior
of the backend, and a --quote-all-identifiers argument to pg_dump
and pg_dumpall which sets the GUC and also affects the quoting done
internally by those applications.
Design by Tom Lane; review by Alex Hunsaker; in response to bug #5488
filed by Hartmut Goebel.
Remove bespoke code in DoCopy and RI_Initial_Check, which now instead
fabricate call ExecCheckRTPerms with a manufactured RangeTblEntry.
This is intended to make it feasible for an enhanced security provider
to actually make use of ExecutorCheckPerms_hook, but also has the
advantage that RI_Initial_Check can allow use of the fast-path when
column-level but not table-level permissions are present.
KaiGai Kohei. Reviewed (in an earlier version) by Stephen Frost, and by me.
Some further changes to the comments by me.
Normally, we automatically restart after a backend crash, but in some
cases when PostgreSQL is invoked by clusterware it may be desirable to
suppress this behavior, so we provide an option which does this.
Since no existing GUC group quite fits, create a new group called
"error handling options" for this and the previously undocumented GUC
exit_on_error, which is now documented.
Review by Fujii Masao.
log files created by the syslogger process.
In passing, make unix_file_permissions display its value in octal, same
as log_file_mode now does.
Martin Pihlak
rather than just $N. This brings the display of nestloop-inner-indexscan
plans back to where it's been, and incidentally improves the display of
SubPlan parameters as well. In passing, simplify the EXPLAIN code by
having it deal primarily in the PlanState tree rather than separately
searching Plan and PlanState trees. This is noticeably cleaner for
subplans, and about a wash elsewhere.
One small difference from previous behavior is that EXPLAIN will no longer
qualify local variable references in inner-indexscan plan nodes, since it
no longer sees such nodes as possibly referencing multiple tables. Vars
referenced through PARAM_EXEC Params are still forcibly qualified, though,
so I don't think the display is any more confusing than before. Adjust a
couple of examples in the documentation to match this behavior.
relation using the general PARAM_EXEC executor parameter mechanism, rather
than the ad-hoc kluge of passing the outer tuple down through ExecReScan.
The previous method was hard to understand and could never be extended to
handle parameters coming from multiple join levels. This patch doesn't
change the set of possible plans nor have any significant performance effect,
but it's necessary infrastructure for future generalization of the concept
of an inner indexscan plan.
ExecReScan's second parameter is now unused, so it's removed.
This hook allows a loadable module to gain control when table permissions
are checked. It is expected to be used by an eventual SE-PostgreSQL
implementation, but there are other possible applications as well. A
sample contrib module can be found in the archives at:
http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2010-05/msg01095.php
Robert Haas and Stephen Frost
being used in a PL/pgSQL FOR loop is closed was inadequate, as Tom Lane
pointed out. The bug affects FOR statement variants too, because you can
close an implicitly created cursor too by guessing the "<unnamed portal X>"
name created for it.
To fix that, "pin" the portal to prevent it from being dropped while it's
being used in a PL/pgSQL FOR loop. Backpatch all the way to 7.4 which is
the oldest supported version.
max_standby_streaming_delay, and revise the implementation to avoid assuming
that timestamps found in WAL records can meaningfully be compared to clock
time on the standby server. Instead, the delay limits are compared to the
elapsed time since we last obtained a new WAL segment from archive or since
we were last "caught up" to WAL data arriving via streaming replication.
This avoids problems with clock skew between primary and standby, as well
as other corner cases that the original coding would misbehave in, such
as the primary server having significant idle time between transactions.
Per my complaint some time ago and considerable ensuing discussion.
Do some desultory editing on the hot standby documentation, too.
Backpatch to 8.3, which is as far back as we have opfamilies.
The opclass portion could probably be backpatched to 8.2, when
REASSIGN OWNED was added, but for now I have not done that.
Asko Tiidumaa, with minor adjustments by me.
master. Otherwise a subsequent crash could cause the master to lose WAL that
has already been applied on the slave, resulting in the slave being out of
sync and soon corrupt. Per recent discussion and an example from Robert Haas.
Fujii Masao
description for vacuum_defer_cleanup_age to the correct category.
Sections in postgresql.conf are also sorted in the same order with docs.
Per gripe by Fujii Masao, suggestion by Heikki Linnakangas, and patch by me.
and current server clock time to SR data messages. These are not currently
used on the slave side but seem likely to be useful in future, and it'd be
better not to change the SR protocol after release. Per discussion.
Also do some minor code review and cleanup on walsender.c, and improve the
protocol documentation.
immutable, but that is wrong in general because the cast from the polymorphic
argument to text could be stable or even volatile. Mark them volatile for
safety. In the typical case where the cast isn't volatile, the planner will
deduce the correct expression volatility after inlining the function, so
performance is not lost. The just-committed fix in CREATE INDEX also ensures
this won't break any indexing cases that ought to be allowed.
Per discussion, I'm not bumping catversion for this change, as it doesn't
seem critical enough to force an initdb on beta testers.
During Hot Standby we need to check for buffer pin deadlocks when the
Startup process begins to wait, in case it never wakes up again. We
previously made the deadlock check immediately on the basis it was
cheap, though clearer thinking and prima facie evidence shows that
was too simple. Refactor existing code to make it easy to add in
deferral of deadlock check until deadlock_timeout allowing a good
reduction in deadlock checks since far few buffer pins are held for
that duration. It's worth doing anyway, though major goal is to
prevent further reports of context switching with high numbers of
users on occasional tests.
of requirements and documentation on LogStandbySnapshot(). Fixes
two minor bugs reported by Tom Lane that would lead to an incorrect
snapshot after transaction wraparound. Also fix two other problems
discovered that would give incorrect snapshots in certain cases.
ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo() substantially rewritten. Some minor
refactoring of xact_redo_apply() and ExpireTreeKnownAssignedTransactionIds().
confusion with streaming-replication settings. Also, change its default
value to "off", because of concern about executing new and poorly-tested
code during ordinary non-replicating operation. Per discussion.
In passing do some minor editing of related documentation.
archival or hot standby should be WAL-logged, instead of deducing that from
other options like archive_mode. This replaces recovery_connections GUC in
the primary, where it now has no effect, but it's still used in the standby
to enable/disable hot standby.
Remove the WAL-logging of "unlogged operations", like creating an index
without WAL-logging and fsyncing it at the end. Instead, we keep a copy of
the wal_mode setting and the settings that affect how much shared memory a
hot standby server needs to track master transactions (max_connections,
max_prepared_xacts, max_locks_per_xact) in pg_control. Whenever the settings
change, at server restart, write a WAL record noting the new settings and
update pg_control. This allows us to notice the change in those settings in
the standby at the right moment, they used to be included in checkpoint
records, but that meant that a changed value was not reflected in the
standby until the first checkpoint after the change.
Bump PG_CONTROL_VERSION and XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC. Whack XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC back to
the sequence it used to follow, before hot standby and subsequent patches
changed it to 0x9003.
of parameters. Fix bug report by Robert Haas that error message and
hint was incorrect if wrong mode parameters specified on master.
Internal changes only. Proposals for parameter simplification on
master/primary still under way.
vacuum_log_cleanup_info() now generates log records with a valid
latestRemovedXid set in all cases. Also be careful not to zero the
value when we do a round of vacuuming part-way through lazy_scan_heap().
Incidentally, this reduces frequency of conflicts in Hot Standby.
database to connect to. This is necessary for the walsender code to work
properly (it was previously using an untenable assumption that template1 would
always be available to connect to). This also gets rid of a small security
shortcoming that was introduced in the original patch to eliminate the flat
authentication files: before, you could find out whether or not the requested
database existed even if you couldn't pass the authentication checks.
The changes needed to support this are mainly just to treat pg_authid and
pg_auth_members as nailed relations, so that we can read them without having
to be able to locate real pg_class entries for them. This mechanism was
already debugged for pg_database, but we hadn't recognized the value of
applying it to those catalogs too.
Since the current code doesn't have support for accessing toast tables before
we've brought up all of the relcache, remove pg_authid's toast table to ensure
that no one can store an out-of-line toasted value of rolpassword. The case
seems quite unlikely to occur in practice, and was effectively unsupported
anyway in the old "flatfiles" implementation.
Update genbki.pl to actually implement the same rules as bootstrap.c does for
not-nullability of catalog columns. The previous coding was a bit cheesy but
worked all right for the previous set of bootstrap catalogs. It does not work
for pg_authid, where rolvaliduntil needs to be nullable.
Initdb forced due to minor catalog changes (mainly the toast table removal).
Also, make the name of the GUC and the name of the backing variable match.
Alnong the way, clean up a couple of slight typographical errors in the
related docs.
The logic for determining whether to materialize has been significantly
overhauled for 9.0. In case there should be any doubt about whether
materialization is a win in any particular case, this should provide a
convenient way of seeing what happens without it; but even with enable_material
turned off, we still materialize in cases where it is required for
correctness.
Thanks to Tom Lane for the review.
through normal backends. Makes code clearer also, since we
avoid various Assert()s. Performance of snapshots taken
during recovery no longer depends upon number of read-only
backends.
after actually removing one, so that if we can't remove segments because
WAL archiving is lagging behind, we don't unnecessarily forbid streaming
the old not-yet-archived segments that are still perfectly valid. Per
suggestion from Fujii Masao.
doesn't take into account how far the WAL senders are. This way a hung
WAL sender doesn't prevent old WAL segments from being recycled/removed
in the primary, ultimately causing the disk to fill up. Instead add
standby_keep_segments setting to control how many old WAL segments are
kept in the primary. This also makes it more reliable to use streaming
replication without WAL archiving, assuming that you set
standby_keep_segments high enough.
be added during GRANT and can only be removed during REVOKE; and fix its
callers to not lie to it about the existing set of dependencies when
instantiating a formerly-default ACL. The previous coding accidentally failed
to malfunction so long as default ACLs contain only references to the object's
owning role, because that role is ignored by updateAclDependencies. However
this is obviously pretty fragile, as well as being an undocumented assumption.
The new coding is a few lines longer but IMO much clearer.
The error message now makes explicit reference to the GUC that must be changed
to fix the problem, using wording suggested by Tom Lane. Along the way,
rename the GUC from MaxWalSenders to max_wal_senders for consistency and
grep-ability.
constraint exclusion on an inheritance set that is the target of an UPDATE
or DELETE query. Per gripe from Marc Cousin. Back-patch to 8.4 where
the feature was introduced.
WAL record for btree delete contains a list of tids, even when backup
blocks are present. We follow the tids to their heap tuples, taking
care to follow LP_REDIRECT tuples. We ignore LP_DEAD tuples on the
understanding that they will always have xmin/xmax earlier than any
LP_NORMAL tuples referred to by killed index tuples. Iff all tuples
are LP_DEAD we return InvalidTransactionId. The heap relfilenode is
added to the WAL record, requiring API changes to pass down the heap
Relation. XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC updated.
by a superuser -- "ALTER USER f RESET setting" already disallows removing such a
setting.
Apply the same treatment to ALTER DATABASE d RESET ALL when run by a database
owner that's not superuser.
present since 8.0 was never fully meaningful, since two recovery targets
cannot be specified. Refactor recovery target type to make this change
and associated code easier to understand. No change in function.
Bug report arising from internal support question.
field into WAL record and reset it from there, rather than using
FrozenTransactionId which can lead to some corner case bugs.
Problem report and suggested route to a fix from Heikki, details by me.
to transformAggregateCall, instead of abusing fields in Aggref to carry them
temporarily. No change in functionality but hopefully the code is a bit
clearer now. Per gripe from Gokulakannan Somasundaram.
too, instead of duplicating the functionality (badly).
I renamed xml_init to pg_xml_init, because the former seemed just a bit too
generic to be safe as a global symbol. I considered likewise renaming
xml_ereport to pg_xml_ereport, but felt that the reference to ereport probably
made it sufficiently PG-centric already.
This operates in the same way as other CREATE OR REPLACE commands, ie,
it replaces everything but the ownership and ACL lists of an existing
entry, and requires the caller to have owner privileges for that entry.
While modifying an existing language has some use in development scenarios,
in typical usage all the "replaced" values come from pg_pltemplate so there
will be no actual change in the language definition. The reason for adding
this is mainly to allow programs to ensure that a language exists without
triggering an error if it already does exist.
This commit just adds and documents the new option. A followon patch
will use it to clean up some unpleasant cases in pg_dump and pg_regress.
Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make
real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did
they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with
the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to
become set in a slave session.)
Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences
in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for
table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a
temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported
by Erik Rijkers.
Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific
command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra
code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
enabled. Bypassing the kernel cache is counter-productive in that case,
because the archiver/walsender process will read from the WAL file
soon after it's written, and if it's not cached the read will cause
a physical read, eating I/O bandwidth available on the WAL drive.
Also, walreceiver process does unaligned writes, so disable O_DIRECT
in walreceiver process for that reason too.
In addition, add support for a "payload" string to be passed along with
each notify event.
This implementation should be significantly more efficient than the old one,
and is also more compatible with Hot Standby usage. There is not yet any
facility for HS slaves to receive notifications generated on the master,
although such a thing is possible in future.
Joachim Wieland, reviewed by Jeff Davis; also hacked on by me.
and use this in pq_getbyte_if_available.
It's only a limited implementation which swithes the whole emulation layer
no non-blocking mode, but that's enough as long as non-blocking is only
used during a short period of time, and only one socket is accessed during
this time.
all the data and using posix_fadvise to nudge the OS into flushing it
earlier. This also hopefully makes CREATE DATABASE avoid spamming the
cache.
Tests show a big speedup on Linux at least on some filesystems.
Idea and patch from Andres Freund.
The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller
of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists,
GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number
of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will
make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a
future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code
shorter, too.
Design and review by Tom Lane.
defined. Its reference to CurrentMemoryContext causes link failures on some
platforms, evidently because the inline function gets compiled despite lack of
use. Per buildfarm member warthog.
where a database has a non-default tablespaceid. Pass thru MyDatabaseId
and MyDatabaseTableSpace to allow file path to be re-created in
standby and correct invalidation to take place in all cases.
Update and rework xact_commit_desc() debug messages.
Bug report from Tom by code inspection. Fix by me.
compilers, by applying a configure check to see if the compiler will accept
an unreferenced "static inline foo ..." function without warnings. It is
believed that such warnings are the only reason not to declare inlined
functions in headers, if the compiler understands "inline" at all.
Kurt Harriman
process. If startup waits on a buffer pin we send a request to all
backends to cancel themselves if they are holding the buffer pin
required and they are also waiting on a lock. If not, startup waits
until max_standby_delay before cancelling any backend waiting for
the requested buffer pin.
This patch allows the frame to start from CURRENT ROW (in either RANGE or
ROWS mode), and it also adds support for ROWS n PRECEDING and ROWS n FOLLOWING
start and end points. (RANGE value PRECEDING/FOLLOWING isn't there yet ---
the grammar works, but that's all.)
Hitoshi Harada, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
several places, but for now only GIN uses it during index creation.
Using self-balanced tree greatly speeds up index creation in corner cases
with preordered data.
Move rd_targblock, rd_fsm_nblocks, and rd_vm_nblocks from relcache to the smgr
relation entries, so that they will get reset to InvalidBlockNumber whenever
an smgr-level flush happens. Because we now send smgr invalidation messages
immediately (not at end of transaction) when a relation truncation occurs,
this ensures that other backends will reset their values before they next
access the relation. We no longer need the unreliable assumption that a
VACUUM that's doing a truncation will hold its AccessExclusive lock until
commit --- in fact, we can intentionally release that lock as soon as we've
completed the truncation. This patch therefore reverts (most of) Alvaro's
patch of 2009-11-10, as well as my marginal hacking on it yesterday. We can
also get rid of assorted no-longer-needed relcache flushes, which are far more
expensive than an smgr flush because they kill a lot more state.
In passing this patch fixes smgr_redo's failure to perform visibility-map
truncation, and cleans up some rather dubious assumptions in freespace.c and
visibilitymap.c about when rd_fsm_nblocks and rd_vm_nblocks can be out of
date.
being called as aggregates, and to get the aggregate transition state memory
context if needed. Use it instead of poking directly into AggState and
WindowAggState in places that shouldn't know so much.
We should have done this in 8.4, probably, but better late than never.
Revised version of a patch by Hitoshi Harada.
needed by nothing else.
The restructuring I just finished doing on cache management exposed to me how
silly this routine was. Its function was to go into the catcache and blow
away all entries related to a given relation when there was a relcache flush
on that relation. However, there is no point in removing a catcache entry
if the catalog row it represents is still valid --- and if it isn't valid,
there must have been a catcache entry flush on it, because that's triggered
directly by heap_update or heap_delete on the catalog row. So this routine
accomplished nothing except to blow away valid cache entries that we'd very
likely be wanting in the near future to help reconstruct the relcache entry.
Dumb.
On top of which, it required a subtle and easy-to-get-wrong attribute in
syscache definitions, ie, the column containing the OID of the related
relation if any. Removing that is a very useful maintenance simplification.
VACUUM FULL INPLACE), along with a boatload of subsidiary code and complexity.
Per discussion, the use case for this method of vacuuming is no longer large
enough to justify maintaining it; not to mention that we don't wish to invest
the work that would be needed to make it play nicely with Hot Standby.
Aside from the code directly related to old-style VACUUM FULL, this commit
removes support for certain WAL record types that could only be generated
within VACUUM FULL, redirect-pointer removal in heap_page_prune, and
nontransactional generation of cache invalidation sinval messages (the last
being the sticking point for Hot Standby).
We still have to retain all code that copes with finding HEAP_MOVED_OFF and
HEAP_MOVED_IN flag bits on existing tuples. This can't be removed as long
as we want to support in-place update from pre-9.0 databases.
as per my recent proposal.
First, teach IndexBuildHeapScan to not wait for INSERT_IN_PROGRESS or
DELETE_IN_PROGRESS tuples to commit unless the index build is checking
uniqueness/exclusion constraints. If it isn't, there's no harm in just
indexing the in-doubt tuple.
Second, modify VACUUM FULL/CLUSTER to suppress reverifying
uniqueness/exclusion constraint properties while rebuilding indexes of
the target relation. This is reasonable because these commands aren't
meant to deal with corrupted-data situations. Constraint properties
will still be rechecked when an index is rebuilt by a REINDEX command.
This gets us out of the problem that new-style VACUUM FULL would often
wait for other transactions while holding exclusive lock on a system
catalog, leading to probable deadlock because those other transactions
need to look at the catalogs too. Although the real ultimate cause of
the problem is a debatable choice to release locks early after modifying
system catalogs, changing that choice would require pretty serious
analysis and is not something to be undertaken lightly or on a tight
schedule. The present patch fixes the problem in a fairly reasonable
way and should also improve the speed of VACUUM FULL/CLUSTER a little bit.
of shared or nailed system catalogs. This has two key benefits:
* The new CLUSTER-based VACUUM FULL can be applied safely to all catalogs.
* We no longer have to use an unsafe reindex-in-place approach for reindexing
shared catalogs.
CLUSTER on nailed catalogs now works too, although I left it disabled on
shared catalogs because the resulting pg_index.indisclustered update would
only be visible in one database.
Since reindexing shared system catalogs is now fully transactional and
crash-safe, the former special cases in REINDEX behavior have been removed;
shared catalogs are treated the same as non-shared.
This commit does not do anything about the recently-discussed problem of
deadlocks between VACUUM FULL/CLUSTER on a system catalog and other
concurrent queries; will address that in a separate patch. As a stopgap,
parallel_schedule has been tweaked to run vacuum.sql by itself, to avoid
such failures during the regression tests.
of old and new toast tables can be done either at the logical level (by
swapping the heaps' reltoastrelid links) or at the physical level (by swapping
the relfilenodes of the toast tables and their indexes). This is necessary
infrastructure for upcoming changes to support CLUSTER/VAC FULL on shared
system catalogs, where we cannot change reltoastrelid. The physical swap
saves a few catalog updates too.
We unfortunately have to keep the logical-level swap logic because in some
cases we will be adding or deleting a toast table, so there's no possibility
of a physical swap. However, that only happens as a consequence of schema
changes in the table, which we do not need to support for system catalogs,
so such cases aren't an obstacle for that.
In passing, refactor the cluster support functions a little bit to eliminate
unnecessarily-duplicated code; and fix the problem that while CLUSTER had
been taught to rename the final toast table at need, ALTER TABLE had not.
the relfilenode of currently-not-relocatable system catalogs.
1. Get rid of inval.c's dependency on relfilenode, by not having it emit
smgr invalidations as a result of relcache flushes. Instead, smgr sinval
messages are sent directly from smgr.c when an actual relation delete or
truncate is done. This makes considerably more structural sense and allows
elimination of a large number of useless smgr inval messages that were
formerly sent even in cases where nothing was changing at the
physical-relation level. Note that this reintroduces the concept of
nontransactional inval messages, but that's okay --- because the messages
are sent by smgr.c, they will be sent in Hot Standby slaves, just from a
lower logical level than before.
2. Move setNewRelfilenode out of catalog/index.c, where it never logically
belonged, into relcache.c; which is a somewhat debatable choice as well but
better than before. (I considered catalog/storage.c, but that seemed too
low level.) Rename to RelationSetNewRelfilenode.
3. Cosmetic cleanups of some other relfilenode manipulations.
All callers of FindConversionByName() already do suitable permissions
checking already apart from this function, but this is not just dead
code removal: the unnecessary permissions check can actually lead to
spurious failures - there's no reason why inability to execute the
underlying function should prohibit renaming the conversion, for example.
(The error messages in these cases were also rather poor:
FindConversion would return InvalidOid, eventually leading to a complaint
that the conversion "did not exist", which was not correct.)
KaiGai Kohei
When a column is renamed, we recursively rename the same column in
all descendent tables. But if one of those tables also inherits that
column from a table outside the inheritance hierarchy rooted at the
named table, we must throw an error. The previous coding correctly
prohibited the rename when the parent had inherited the column from
elsewhere, but overlooked the case where the parent was OK but a child
table also inherited the same column from a second, unrelated parent.
For now, not backpatched due to lack of complaints from the field.
KaiGai Kohei, with further changes by me.
Reviewed by Bernd Helme and Tom Lane.
We show the number of buckets, the number of batches (and also the original
number if it has changed), and the peak space used by the hash table. Minor
executor changes to track peak space used.
the input values into a string. The two argument version also does the same
thing, but inserts delimiters between elements.
Original patch by Pavel Stehule, reviewed by David E. Wheeler and me.
stage of required deadlock detection to allow re-enabling max_standby_delay
setting of -1, which is now essential in the absence of improved relation-
specific conflict resoluton. Requested by Greg Stark et al.
false positives during Hot Standby conflict processing. Simple
patch to enhance conflict processing, following previous discussions.
Controlled by parameter minimize_standby_conflicts = on | off, with
default off allows measurement of performance impact to see whether
it should be set on all the time.
records for heap and btree. Minor change, mostly API changes to
pass through the required values. This is a simple change though
also provides the refactoring required for further enhancements
to conflict processing using the relOid. Changes only have effect
during Hot Standby.
restore_command, if the connection to the primary server is lost. This
ensures that the standby can recover automatically, if the connection is
lost for a long time and standby falls behind so much that the required
WAL segments have been archived and deleted in the master.
This also makes standby_mode useful without streaming replication; the
server will keep retrying restore_command every few seconds until the
trigger file is found. That's the same basic functionality pg_standby
offers, but without the bells and whistles.
To implement that, refactor the ReadRecord/FetchRecord functions. The
FetchRecord() function introduced in the original streaming replication
patch is removed, and all the retry logic is now in a new function called
XLogReadPage(). XLogReadPage() is now responsible for executing
restore_command, launching walreceiver, and waiting for new WAL to arrive
from primary, as required.
This also changes the life cycle of walreceiver. When launched, it now only
tries to connect to the master once, and exits if the connection fails, or
is lost during streaming for any reason. The startup process detects the
death, and re-launches walreceiver if necessary.
default of "plpgsql". This is more reasonable than it was when the DO patch
was written, because we have since decided that plpgsql should be installed
by default. Per discussion, having a parameter for this doesn't seem useful
enough to justify the risk of application breakage if the value is changed
unexpectedly.
and implement OVERLAY() for bit strings and bytea.
In passing also convert text OVERLAY() to a true built-in, instead of
relying on a SQL function.
Leonardo F, reviewed by Kevin Grittner
woken by alarm we send SIGUSR1 to all backends requesting that they
check to see if they are blocking Startup process. If so, they throw
ERROR/FATAL as for other conflict resolutions. Deadlock stop gap
removed. max_standby_delay = -1 option removed to prevent deadlock.
Attributes can now have options, just as relations and tablespaces do, and
the reloptions code is used to parse, validate, and store them. For
simplicity and because these options are not performance critical, we store
them in a separate cache rather than the main relcache.
Thanks to Alex Hunsaker for the review.
that would've been WAL-logged if archiving was enabled. If we encounter
such records in archive recovery anyway, we know that some data is
missing from the log. A WARNING is emitted in that case.
Original patch by Fujii Masao, with changes by me.
binary, revert PGDLLIMPORT decoration of global variables. I'm not sure
if there's any real harm from unnecessary PGDLLIMPORTs, but these are all
internal variables that external modules really shouldn't be messing
with. ThisTimeLineID still needs PGDLLIMPORT.
walreceiver as whole into a dynamically loaded module, split the
libpq-specific parts of it into dynamically loaded module and keep the rest
in the main backend binary.
Although Tom fixed the Windows compilation problems with the old walreceiver
module already, this is a cleaner division of labour and makes the code
more readable. There's also the prospect of adding new transport methods
as pluggable modules in the future, which this patch makes easier, though for
now the API between libpqwalreceiver and walreceiver process should be
considered private.
The libpq-specific module is now in src/backend/replication/libpqwalreceiver,
and the part linked with postgres binary is in
src/backend/replication/walreceiver.c.
pg_constraint before searching pg_trigger. This allows saner handling of
corner cases; in particular we now say "constraint is not deferrable"
rather than "constraint does not exist" when the command is applied to
a constraint that's inherently non-deferrable. Per a gripe several months
ago from hubert depesz lubaczewski.
To make this work without breaking user-defined constraint triggers,
we have to add entries for them to pg_constraint. However, in return
we can remove the pgconstrname column from pg_constraint, which represents
a fairly sizable space savings. I also replaced the tgisconstraint column
with tgisinternal; the old meaning of tgisconstraint can now be had by
testing for nonzero tgconstraint, while there is no other way to get
the old meaning of nonzero tgconstraint, namely that the trigger was
internally generated rather than being user-created.
In passing, fix an old misstatement in the docs and comments, namely that
pg_trigger.tgdeferrable is exactly redundant with pg_constraint.condeferrable.
Actually, we mark RI action triggers as nondeferrable even when they belong to
a nominally deferrable FK constraint. The SET CONSTRAINTS code now relies on
that instead of hard-coding a list of exception OIDs.
Conflict reason is passed through directly to the backend, so we can
take decisions about the effect of the conflict based upon the local
state. No specific changes, as yet, though this prepares for later work.
CancelVirtualTransaction() sends signals while holding ProcArrayLock.
Introduce errdetail_abort() to give message detail explaining that the
abort was caused by conflict processing. Remove CONFLICT_MODE states
in favour of using PROCSIG_RECOVERY_CONFLICT states directly, for clarity.
parse analysis phase, rather than at execution time. This makes parameter
handling work the same as it does in ordinary plannable queries, and in
particular fixes the incompatibility that Pavel pointed out with plpgsql's
new handling of variable references. plancache.c gets a little bit
grottier, but the alternatives seem worse.
This includes two new kinds of postmaster processes, walsenders and
walreceiver. Walreceiver is responsible for connecting to the primary server
and streaming WAL to disk, while walsender runs in the primary server and
streams WAL from disk to the client.
Documentation still needs work, but the basics are there. We will probably
pull the replication section to a new chapter later on, as well as the
sections describing file-based replication. But let's do that as a separate
patch, so that it's easier to see what has been added/changed. This patch
also adds a new section to the chapter about FE/BE protocol, documenting the
protocol used by walsender/walreceivxer.
Bump catalog version because of two new functions,
pg_last_xlog_receive_location() and pg_last_xlog_replay_location(), for
monitoring the progress of replication.
Fujii Masao, with additional hacking by me
of this are to centralise the conflict code to allow further change,
as well as to allow passing through the full reason for the conflict
through to the conflicting backends. Backend state alters how we
can handle different types of conflict so this is now required.
As originally suggested by Heikki, no longer optional.
can upgrade clusters without renaming the tablespace directories. New
directory structure format is, e.g.:
$PGDATA/pg_tblspc/20981/PG_8.5_201001061/719849/83292814
Previously we only cancelled sessions that were in-transaction.
Simple fix is to just cancel all sessions without waiting. Doing
it this way avoids complicating common code paths, which would
not be worth the trouble to cover this rare case.
Problem report and fix by Andres Freund, edited somewhat by me
This silences some warnings on Win64. Not using the proper SOCKET datatype
was actually wrong on Win32 as well, but didn't cause any warnings there.
Also create define PGINVALID_SOCKET to indicate an invalid/non-existing
socket, instead of using a hardcoded -1 value.
Previously, fastgetattr() and heap_getattr() tested their fourth argument
against a null pointer, but any attempt to use them with a literal-NULL
fourth argument evaluated to *(void *)0, resulting in a compiler error.
Remove these NULL tests to avoid leading future readers of this code to
believe that this has a chance of working. Also clean up related legacy
code in nocachegetattr(), heap_getsysattr(), and nocache_index_getattr().
The new coding standard is that any code which calls a getattr-type
function or macro which takes an isnull argument MUST pass a valid
boolean pointer. Per discussion with Bruce Momjian, Tom Lane, Alvaro
Herrera.
deletion, so that we attempt to unlink the correct filepath. unlink()
errors are ignorable there, so lack of a DatabasePath initialization step
did not cause visible problems until a related bug showed up on Solaris.
Code refactored from xact_redo_commit() to
ProcessCommittedInvalidationMessages() in inval.c. Recovery may replay
shared invalidation messages for many databases, so we cannot
SetDatabasePath() once as we do in normal backends. Read the databaseid
from the shared invalidation messages, then set DatabasePath
temporarily before calling RelationCacheInitFileInvalidate().
Problem report by Robert Treat, analysis and fix by me.
we're not going to support that anymore.
I did keep the 64-bit-CRC-with-32-bit-arithmetic code, since it has a
performance excuse to live. It's a bit moot since that's all ifdef'd
out, of course.
Add missing varlena header to TableSpaceOpts structure. And, per
Tom Lane, instead of calling tablespace_reloptions in CacheMemoryContext,
call it in the caller's memory context and copy the value over
afterwards, to reduce the chances of a session-lifetime memory leak.
provide a working 64-bit integer datatype. As recently noted, we've been
broken on such platforms since early in the 8.4 development cycle. Since
it took nearly two years for anyone to even notice, it seems that the
rationale for continuing to support such platforms has reached the point
of non-existence. Rather than thrashing around to try to make it work
again, we'll just admit up front that this no longer works.
Back-patch to 8.4 since that branch is also broken.
We should go around to remove INT64_IS_BUSTED support, but just in HEAD,
so that seems like material for a separate commit.
VACUUM FULL was renamed to VACUUM FULL INPLACE. Also added a new
option -i, --inplace for vacuumdb to perform FULL INPLACE vacuuming.
Since the new VACUUM FULL uses CLUSTER infrastructure, we cannot
use it for system tables. VACUUM FULL for system tables always
fall back into VACUUM FULL INPLACE silently.
Itagaki Takahiro, reviewed by Jeff Davis and Simon Riggs.
peculiar variant of UNION ALL, and so wouldn't likely get written directly
as-is, it's possible for it to arise as a result of simplification of
less-obviously-silly queries. In particular, now that we can do flattening
of subqueries that have constant outputs and are underneath an outer join,
it's possible for the case to result from simplification of queries of the
type exhibited in bug #5263. Back-patch to 8.4 to avoid a functionality
regression for this type of query.
This patch only supports seq_page_cost and random_page_cost as parameters,
but it provides the infrastructure to scalably support many more.
In particular, we may want to add support for effective_io_concurrency,
but I'm leaving that as future work for now.
Thanks to Tom Lane for design help and Alvaro Herrera for the review.
pg_attribute, by having genbki.pl derive the information from the various
catalog header files. This greatly simplifies modification of the
"bootstrapped" catalogs.
This patch finally kills genbki.sh and Gen_fmgrtab.sh; we now rely entirely on
Perl scripts for those build steps. To avoid creating a Perl build dependency
where there was not one before, the output files generated by these scripts
are now treated as distprep targets, ie, they will be built and shipped in
tarballs. But you will need a reasonably modern Perl (probably at least
5.6) if you want to build from a CVS pull.
The changes to the MSVC build process are untested, and may well break ---
we'll soon find out from the buildfarm.
John Naylor, based on ideas from Robert Haas and others
recovery instead of reading the backup history file. This is more robust,
as it stops you from prematurely starting up an inconsisten cluster if the
backup history file is lost for some reason, or if the base backup was
never finished with pg_stop_backup().
This also paves the way for a simpler streaming replication patch, which
doesn't need to care about backup history files anymore.
The backup history file is still created and archived as before, but it's
not used by the system anymore. It's just for informational purposes now.
Bump PG_CONTROL_VERSION as the location of the backup startpoint is now
written to a new field in pg_control, and catversion because initdb is
required
Original patch by Fujii Masao per Simon's idea, with further fixes by me.
"column < constant", and the comparison value is in the first or last
histogram bin or outside the histogram entirely, try to fetch the actual
column min or max value using an index scan (if there is an index on the
column). If successful, replace the lower or upper histogram bound with
that value before carrying on with the estimate. This limits the
estimation error caused by moving min/max values when the comparison
value is close to the min or max. Per a complaint from Josh Berkus.
It is tempting to consider using this mechanism for mergejoinscansel as well,
but that would inject index fetches into main-line join estimation not just
endpoint cases. I'm refraining from that until we can get a better handle
on the costs of doing this type of lookup.
8.2beta but never carried out. This avoids repetitive tests of whether the
argument is of scalar or composite type. Also, be a bit more paranoid about
composite arguments in some places where we previously weren't checking.
to be just a minor extension of the previous patch that made "x IS NULL"
indexable, because we can treat the IS NOT NULL condition as if it were
"x < NULL" or "x > NULL" (depending on the index's NULLS FIRST/LAST option),
just like IS NULL is treated like "x = NULL". Aside from any possible
usefulness in its own right, this is an important improvement for
index-optimized MAX/MIN aggregates: it is now reliably possible to get
a column's min or max value cheaply, even when there are a lot of nulls
cluttering the interesting end of the index.
This is more in keeping with modern practice, and is a first step towards
porting to Win64 (which has sizeof(pointer) > sizeof(long)).
Tsutomu Yamada, Magnus Hagander, Tom Lane
decisions about when to auto-analyze.
The previous code depended on n_live_tuples + n_dead_tuples - last_anl_tuples,
where all three of these numbers could be bad estimates from ANALYZE itself.
Even worse, in the presence of a steady flow of HOT updates and matching
HOT-tuple reclamations, auto-analyze might never trigger at all, even if all
three numbers are exactly right, because n_dead_tuples could hold steady.
To fix, replace last_anl_tuples with an accurately tracked count of the total
number of committed tuple inserts + updates + deletes since the last ANALYZE
on the table. This can still be compared to the same threshold as before, but
it's much more trustworthy than the old computation. Tracking this requires
one more intra-transaction counter per modified table within backends, but no
additional memory space in the stats collector. There probably isn't any
measurable speed difference; if anything it might be a bit faster than before,
since I was able to eliminate some per-tuple arithmetic operations in favor of
adding sums once per (sub)transaction.
Also, simplify the logic around pgstat vacuum and analyze reporting messages
by not trying to fold VACUUM ANALYZE into a single pgstat message.
The original thought behind this patch was to allow scheduling of analyzes
on parent tables by artificially inflating their changes_since_analyze count.
I've left that for a separate patch since this change seems to stand on its
own merit.
find_inheritance_children(). This is a complete no-op in databases without
any inheritance. In databases where there are just a few entries in
pg_inherits, it could conceivably be a small loss. However, in databases with
many inheritance parents, it can be a big win.
and teach ANALYZE to compute such stats for tables that have subclasses.
Per my proposal of yesterday.
autovacuum still needs to be taught about running ANALYZE on parent tables
when their subclasses change, but the feature is useful even without that.
Modify pg_dump --binary-upgrade and add backend support routines to
support the preservation of pg_type oids when doing a binary upgrade.
This allows user-defined composite types and arrays to be binary
upgraded.
choose an index name the same as it would do for an unnamed index constraint.
(My recent changes to the index naming logic have helped to ensure that this
will be a reasonable choice.) Per a suggestion from Peter.
A necessary side-effect is to promote CONCURRENTLY to type_func_name_keyword
status, ie, it can't be a table/column/index name anymore unless quoted.
This is not all bad, since we have heard more than once of people typing
CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY ON foo (...) and getting a normal index build of
an index named "concurrently", which was not what they wanted. Now this
syntax will result in a concurrent build of an index with system-chosen
name; which they can rename afterwards if they want something else.
Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for
their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are
appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the
index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem
that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes
there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.)
Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column
names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice.
(Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also,
pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns
at all.)
An example of the results:
regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text,
regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =));
NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo"
CREATE TABLE
regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion
Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion"
Column | Type | Definition
--------+---------+------------
f1 | integer | f1
lower | text | lower(f2)
btree, for table "public.foo"
contents, and PG_CONTROL_VERSION to reflect the fact that it changed
pg_control contents. (I see we did at least remember to change
XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC for the WAL contents changes.)
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
This was possibly linked to a deadlock-like situation in glibc syslog code
invoked by the ereport call in quickdie(). In any case, a signal handler
should not unblock its own signal unless there is a specific reason to.
Behaves more or less unchanged compared to Python 2, but the new language
variant is called plpython3u. Documentation describing the naming scheme
is included.
non-kluge method for controlling the order in which values are fed to an
aggregate function. At the same time eliminate the old implementation
restriction that DISTINCT was only supported for single-argument aggregates.
Possibly release-notable behavioral change: formerly, agg(DISTINCT x)
dropped null values of x unconditionally. Now, it does so only if the
agg transition function is strict; otherwise nulls are treated as DISTINCT
normally would, ie, you get one copy.
Andrew Gierth, reviewed by Hitoshi Harada
This patch also removes buffer-usage statistics from the track_counts
output, since this (or the global server statistics) is deemed to be a better
interface to this information.
Itagaki Takahiro, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira.
we have to cope with the possibility that the declared result rowtype contains
dropped columns. This fails in 8.4, as per bug #5240.
While at it, be more paranoid about inserting binary coercions when inlining.
The pre-8.4 code did not really need to worry about that because it could not
inline at all in any case where an added coercion could change the behavior
of the function's statement. However, when inlining a SRF we allow sorting,
grouping, and set-ops such as UNION. In these cases, modifying one of the
targetlist entries that the sort/group/setop depends on could conceivably
change the behavior of the function's statement --- so don't inline when
such a case applies.
does a search for the user in the directory first, and then binds with
the DN found for this user.
This allows for LDAP logins in scenarios where the DN of the user cannot
be determined simply by prefix and suffix, such as the case where different
users are located in different containers.
The old way of authentication can be significantly faster, so it's kept
as an option.
Robert Fleming and Magnus Hagander
Without these functions, anyone outside of explain.c can't actually use
ExplainPrintPlan, because the ExplainState won't be initialized properly.
The user-visible result of this was a crash when using auto_explain with
the JSON output format.
Report by Euler Taveira de Oliveira. Analysis by Tom Lane. Patch by me.
an allegedly immutable index function. It was previously recognized that
we had to prevent such a function from executing SET/RESET ROLE/SESSION
AUTHORIZATION, or it could trivially obtain the privileges of the session
user. However, since there is in general no privilege checking for changes
of session-local state, it is also possible for such a function to change
settings in a way that might subvert later operations in the same session.
Examples include changing search_path to cause an unexpected function to
be called, or replacing an existing prepared statement with another one
that will execute a function of the attacker's choosing.
The present patch secures VACUUM, ANALYZE, and CREATE INDEX/REINDEX against
these threats, which are the same places previously deemed to need protection
against the SET ROLE issue. GUC changes are still allowed, since there are
many useful cases for that, but we prevent security problems by forcing a
rollback of any GUC change after completing the operation. Other cases are
handled by throwing an error if any change is attempted; these include temp
table creation, closing a cursor, and creating or deleting a prepared
statement. (In 7.4, the infrastructure to roll back GUC changes doesn't
exist, so we settle for rejecting changes of "search_path" in these contexts.)
Original report and patch by Gurjeet Singh, additional analysis by
Tom Lane.
Security: CVE-2009-4136
support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows
violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for
each of the columns in the constraint.
Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
Instead of expensive cross joins to resolve the ACL, add table-returning
function aclexplode() that expands the ACL into a useful form, and join
against that.
Also, implement the role_*_grants views as a thin layer over the respective
*_privileges views instead of essentially repeating the same code twice.
fixes bug #4596
by Joachim Wieland, with cleanup by me
in a subtransaction stays open even if the subtransaction is aborted, so
any temporary files related to it must stay alive as well. With the patch,
we use ResourceOwners to track open temporary files and don't automatically
close them at subtransaction end (though in the normal case temporary files
are registered with the subtransaction resource owner and will therefore be
closed).
At end of top transaction, we still check that there's no temporary files
marked as close-at-end-of-transaction open, but that's now just a debugging
cross-check as the resource owner cleanup should've closed them already.
locale-dependent character classification properly when the database encoding
is UTF8.
The previous coding worked okay in single-byte encodings, or in any case for
ASCII characters, but failed entirely on multibyte characters. The fix
assumes that the <wctype.h> functions use Unicode code points as the wchar
representation for Unicode, ie, wchar matches pg_wchar.
This is only a partial solution, since we're still stupid about non-ASCII
characters in multibyte encodings other than UTF8. The practical effect
of that is limited, however, since those cases are generally Far Eastern
glyphs for which concepts like case-folding don't apply anyway. Certainly
all or nearly all of the field reports of problems have been about UTF8.
A more general solution would require switching to the platform's wchar
representation for all regex operations; which is possible but would have
substantial disadvantages. Let's try this and see if it's sufficient in
practice.
by adding a requirement that build_join_rel add new join RelOptInfos to the
appropriate list immediately at creation. Per report from Robert Haas,
the list_concat_unique_ptr() calls that this change eliminates were taking
the lion's share of the runtime in larger join problems. This doesn't do
anything to fix the fundamental combinatorial explosion in large join
problems, but it should push out the threshold of pain a bit further.
Note: because this changes the order in which joinrel lists are built,
it might result in changes in selected plans in cases where different
alternatives have exactly the same costs. There is one example in the
regression tests.
be part of multixacts, so allocate a slot for each prepared transaction in
the "oldest member" array in multixact.c. On PREPARE TRANSACTION, transfer
the oldest member value from the current backends slot to the prepared xact
slot. Also save and recover the value from the 2pc state file.
The symptom of the bug was that after a transaction prepared, a shared lock
still held by the prepared transaction was sometimes ignored by other
transactions.
Fix back to 8.1, where both 2PC and multixact were introduced.
checked to determine whether the trigger should be fired.
For BEFORE triggers this is mostly a matter of spec compliance; but for AFTER
triggers it can provide a noticeable performance improvement, since queuing of
a deferred trigger event and re-fetching of the row(s) at end of statement can
be short-circuited if the trigger does not need to be fired.
Takahiro Itagaki, reviewed by KaiGai Kohei.
strength of database passwords, and create a sample implementation of
such a hook as a new contrib module "passwordcheck".
Laurenz Albe, reviewed by Takahiro Itagaki
adopted for EXPLAIN. This will allow additional options to be implemented
in future without having to make them fully-reserved keywords. The old syntax
remains available for existing options, however.
Itagaki Takahiro
mergejoin to shield it from doing mark/restore and refetches. Put an explicit
flag in MergePath so we can centralize the logic that knows about this,
and add costing logic that considers using Materialize even when it's not
forced by the previously-existing considerations. This is in response to
a discussion back in August that suggested that materializing an inner
indexscan can be helpful when the refetch percentage is high enough.
In VACUUM FULL, an interrupt after the initial transaction has been recorded
as committed can cause postmaster to restart with the following error message:
PANIC: cannot abort transaction NNNN, it was already committed
This problem has been reported many times.
In lazy VACUUM, an interrupt after the table has been truncated by
lazy_truncate_heap causes other backends' relcache to still point to the
removed pages; this can cause future INSERT and UPDATE queries to error out
with the following error message:
could not read block XX of relation 1663/NNN/MMMM: read only 0 of 8192 bytes
The window to this race condition is extremely narrow, but it has been seen in
the wild involving a cancelled autovacuum process.
The solution for both problems is to inhibit interrupts in both operations
until after the respective transactions have been committed. It's not a
complete solution, because the transaction could theoretically be aborted by
some other error, but at least fixes the most common causes of both problems.
of different parsers having different YYSTYPE unions that they want to use
with it. I defined a new union core_YYSTYPE that is just the (very short)
list of semantic values returned by the core scanner. I had originally
worried that this would require an extra interface layer, but actually we can
have parser.c's base_yylex (formerly filtered_base_yylex) take care of that at
no extra cost. Names associated with the core scanner are now "core_yy_foo",
with "base_yy_foo" being used in the core Bison parser and the parser.c
interface layer.
This solves the last serious stumbling block to eliminating plpgsql's separate
lexer. One restriction that will still be present is that plpgsql and the
core will have to agree on the token numbers assigned to tokens that can be
returned by the core lexer. Since Bison doesn't seem willing to accept
external assignments of those numbers, we'll have to live with decreeing that
core and plpgsql grammars declare these tokens first and in the same order.
it works just as well to have them be ordinary identifiers, and this gets rid
of a number of ugly special cases. Plus we aren't interfering with non-rule
usage of these names.
catversion bump because the names change internally in stored rules.
tarballs under 100 characters. This should avoid failures with certain
untarring tools (WinZip and Midnight Commander have been mentioned as
likely suspects). Per my proposal of yesterday.
catversion bumped since the initial contents of pg_proc change.
As proof of concept, modify plpgsql to use the hooks. plpgsql is still
inserting $n symbols textually, but the "back end" of the parsing process now
goes through the ParamRef hook instead of using a fixed parameter-type array,
and then execution only fetches actually-referenced parameters, using a hook
added to ParamListInfo.
Although there's a lot left to be done in plpgsql, this already cures the
"if (TG_OP = 'INSERT' and NEW.foo ...)" problem, as illustrated by the
changed regression test.
that it can scribble on scan->xs_ctup.t_self while following HOT chains,
so we can't rely on that to stay valid between hashgettuple() calls.
Introduce a private variable in HashScanOpaque, instead.
hash indexes keep entries sorted by hash value. First, the original plans for
concurrency assumed that insertions would happen only at the end of a page,
which is no longer true; this could cause scans to transiently fail to find
index entries in the presence of concurrent insertions. We can compensate
by teaching scans to re-find their position after re-acquiring read locks.
Second, neither the bucket split nor the bucket compaction logic had been
fixed to preserve hashvalue ordering, so application of either of those
processes could lead to permanent corruption of an index, in the sense
that searches might fail to find entries that are present.
This patch fixes the split and compaction logic to preserve hashvalue
ordering, but it cannot do anything about pre-existing corruption. We will
need to recommend reindexing all hash indexes in the 8.4.2 release notes.
To buy back the performance loss hereby induced in split and compaction,
fix them to use PageIndexMultiDelete instead of retail PageIndexDelete
operations. We might later want to do something with qsort'ing the
page contents rather than doing a binary search for each insertion,
but that seemed more invasive than I cared to risk in a back-patch.
Per bug #5157 from Jeff Janes and subsequent investigation.
recent proposal. As proof of concept, remove knowledge of Params from the
core parser, arranging for them to be handled entirely by parser hook
functions. It turns out we need an additional hook for that --- I had
forgotten about the code that handles inferring a parameter's type from
context.
This is a preliminary step towards letting plpgsql handle its variables
through parser hooks. Additional work remains to be done to expose the
facility through SPI, but I think this is all the changes needed in the core
parser.
when FOR UPDATE is propagated down into a sub-select expanded from a view.
Similar bug to parser's isLockedRel issue that I fixed yesterday; likewise
seems not quite worth the effort to back-patch.
underneath the Limit node, not atop it. This fixes the old problem that such
a query might unexpectedly return fewer rows than the LIMIT says, due to
LockRows discarding updated rows.
There is a related problem that LockRows might destroy the sort ordering
produced by earlier steps; but fixing that by pushing LockRows below Sort
would create serious performance problems that are unjustified in many
real-world applications, as well as potential deadlock problems from locking
many more rows than expected. Instead, keep the present semantics of applying
FOR UPDATE after ORDER BY within a single query level; but allow the user to
specify the other way by writing FOR UPDATE in a sub-select. To make that
work, track whether FOR UPDATE appeared explicitly in sub-selects or got
pushed down from the parent, and don't flatten a sub-select that contained an
explicit FOR UPDATE.
for example in
WITH w AS (SELECT * FROM foo) SELECT * FROM w, bar ... FOR UPDATE
the FOR UPDATE will now affect bar but not foo. This is more useful and
consistent than the original 8.4 behavior, which tried to propagate FOR UPDATE
into the WITH query but always failed due to assorted implementation
restrictions. Even though we are in process of removing those restrictions,
it seems correct on philosophical grounds to not let the outer query's
FOR UPDATE affect the WITH query.
In passing, fix isLockedRel which frequently got things wrong in
nested-subquery cases: "FOR UPDATE OF foo" applies to an alias foo in the
current query level, not subqueries. This has been broken for a long time,
but it doesn't seem worth back-patching further than 8.4 because the actual
consequences are minimal. At worst the parser would sometimes get
RowShareLock on a relation when it should be AccessShareLock or vice versa.
That would only make a difference if someone were using ExclusiveLock
concurrently, which no standard operation does, and anyway FOR UPDATE
doesn't result in visible changes so it's not clear that the someone would
notice any problem. Between that and the fact that FOR UPDATE barely works
with subqueries at all in existing releases, I'm not excited about worrying
about it.
those accepted by date_in(). I confused julian day numbers and number of
days since the postgres epoch 2000-01-01 in the original patch.
I just noticed that it's still easy to get such out-of-range values into
the database using to_date or +- operators, but this patch doesn't do
anything about those functions.
Per report from James Pye.
a lot of strange behaviors that occurred in join cases. We now identify the
"current" row for every joined relation in UPDATE, DELETE, and SELECT FOR
UPDATE/SHARE queries. If an EvalPlanQual recheck is necessary, we jam the
appropriate row into each scan node in the rechecking plan, forcing it to emit
only that one row. The former behavior could rescan the whole of each joined
relation for each recheck, which was terrible for performance, and what's much
worse could result in duplicated output tuples.
Also, the original implementation of EvalPlanQual could not re-use the recheck
execution tree --- it had to go through a full executor init and shutdown for
every row to be tested. To avoid this overhead, I've associated a special
runtime Param with each LockRows or ModifyTable plan node, and arranged to
make every scan node below such a node depend on that Param. Thus, by
signaling a change in that Param, the EPQ machinery can just rescan the
already-built test plan.
This patch also adds a prohibition on set-returning functions in the
targetlist of SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE. This is needed to avoid the
duplicate-output-tuple problem. It seems fairly reasonable since the
other restrictions on SELECT FOR UPDATE are meant to ensure that there
is a unique correspondence between source tuples and result tuples,
which an output SRF destroys as much as anything else does.
style by default. Per discussion, there seems to be hardly anything that
really relies on being able to change the regex flavor, so the ability to
select it via embedded options ought to be enough for any stragglers.
Also, if we didn't remove the GUC, we'd really be morally obligated to
mark the regex functions non-immutable, which'd possibly create performance
issues.
Per recent discussion, add_missing_from has been deprecated for long enough to
consider removing, and it's getting in the way of planned parser refactoring.
The system now always behaves as though add_missing_from were OFF.
are named in the UPDATE's SET list.
Note: the schema of pg_trigger has not actually changed; we've just started
to use a column that was there all along. catversion bumped anyway so that
this commit is included in the history of potentially interesting changes
to system catalog contents.
Itagaki Takahiro
execMain.c and into a new plan node type LockRows. Like the recent change
to put table updating into a ModifyTable plan node, this increases planning
flexibility by allowing the operations to occur below the top level of the
plan tree. It's necessary in any case to restore the previous behavior of
having FOR UPDATE locking occur before ModifyTable does.
This partially refactors EvalPlanQual to allow multiple rows-under-test
to be inserted into the EPQ machinery before starting an EPQ test query.
That isn't sufficient to fix EPQ's general bogosity in the face of plans
that return multiple rows per test row, though. Since this patch is
mostly about getting some plan node infrastructure in place and not about
fixing ten-year-old bugs, I will leave EPQ improvements for another day.
Another behavioral change that we could now think about is doing FOR UPDATE
before LIMIT, but that too seems like it should be treated as a followon
patch.
They are now handled by a new plan node type called ModifyTable, which is
placed at the top of the plan tree. In itself this change doesn't do much,
except perhaps make the handling of RETURNING lists and inherited UPDATEs a
tad less klugy. But it is necessary preparation for the intended extension of
allowing RETURNING queries inside WITH.
Marko Tiikkaja
Add a variant of pg_get_triggerdef with a second argument "pretty" that
causes the output to be formatted in the way pg_dump used to do. Use this
variant in pg_dump with server versions >= 8.5.
This insulates pg_dump from most future trigger feature additions, such as
the upcoming column triggers patch.
Author: Itagaki Takahiro <itagaki.takahiro@oss.ntt.co.jp>
friends). This code has all been ifdef'd out for many years, and doesn't
seem to have any prospect of becoming any more useful in the future.
EXPLAIN ANALYZE is what people use in practice, and I think if we did want
process-wide counters we'd be more likely to put in dtrace events for that
than try to resurrect this code. Get rid of it so as to have one less detail
to worry about while refactoring execMain.c.
Create a new catalog pg_db_role_setting where they are now stored, and better
encapsulate the code that deals with settings into its realm. The old
datconfig and rolconfig columns are removed.
psql has gained a \drds command to display the settings.
Backwards compatibility warning: while the backwards-compatible system views
still have the config columns, they no longer completely represent the
configuration for a user or database.
Catalog version bumped.
Partially revert the previous patch I installed and replace it with a more
general fix: any time a snapshot is pushed as Active, we need to ensure that it
will not be modified in the future. This means that if the same snapshot is
used as CurrentSnapshot, it needs to be copied separately. This affects
serializable transactions only, because CurrentSnapshot has already been copied
by RegisterSnapshot and so PushActiveSnapshot does not think it needs another
copy. However, CommandCounterIncrement would modify CurrentSnapshot, whereas
ActiveSnapshots must not have their command counters incremented.
I say "partially" because the regression test I added for the previous bug
has been kept.
(This restores 8.3 behavior, because before snapmgr.c existed, any snapshot set
as Active was copied.)
Per bug report from Stuart Bishop in
6bc73d4c0910042358k3d1adff3qa36f8df75198ecea@mail.gmail.com
inheritance parent tables are compared using equal(), instead of doing
strcmp() on the nodeToString representation. The old implementation was
always a tad cheesy, and it finally fails completely as of 8.4, now that the
node tree might contain syntax location information. equal() knows it's
supposed to ignore those fields, but strcmp() hardly can. Per recent
report from Scott Ribe.
the privileges that will be applied to subsequently-created objects.
Such adjustments are always per owning role, and can be restricted to objects
created in particular schemas too. A notable benefit is that users can
override the traditional default privilege settings, eg, the PUBLIC EXECUTE
privilege traditionally granted by default for functions.
Petr Jelinek
settings: avoid calling superuser() in contexts where it's not defined,
don't leak the transient copies of GetConfigOption output, and avoid the
whole exercise in postmaster child processes.
I found that actually no current caller of GetConfigOption has any use for
its internal check of GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY. But rather than just remove
that entirely, it seemed better to add a parameter indicating whether to
enforce the check.
Per report from Simon and subsequent testing.
tuple size limit. Improve the error message for index-tuple-too-large
so that it includes the actual size, the limit, and the index name.
Sync with the btree occurrences of the same error.
Back-patch to 8.4 because it appears that the out-of-sync problem
is occurring in the field.
Teodor and Tom
The old coding was using a regular snapshot, referenced elsewhere, that was
subject to having its command counter updated. Fix by creating a private copy
of the snapshot exclusively for the cursor.
Backpatch to 8.4, which is when the bug was introduced during the snapshot
management rewrite.
TupleTableSlot nodes. This eliminates the need to count in advance
how many Slots will be needed, which seems more than worth the small
increase in the amount of palloc traffic during executor startup.
The ExecCountSlots infrastructure is now all dead code, but I'll remove it
in a separate commit for clarity.
Per a comment from Robert Haas.
the strings seen during the bootstrap run. There might have been some
actual point to doing that, many years ago, but as far as I can see the only
value now is to conserve a bit of memory. Even if we cared about wasting
a megabyte or so during the initdb run, it'd be far more effective to
arrange to release memory at the end of each BKI command, instead of
intentionally hanging onto strings that might never be used again.
Not maintaining the table probably makes it faster too; but the main point
of this patch is to get rid of a couple hundred lines of unnecessary and
rather crufty code.
hand-assigned rowtype OIDs, even when they are not "bootstrapped" catalogs
that have handmade type rows in pg_type.h. Give pg_database such an OID.
Restore the availability of C macros for the rowtype OIDs of the bootstrapped
catalogs. (These macros are now in the individual catalogs' .h files,
though, not in pg_type.h.)
This commit doesn't do anything especially useful by itself, but it's
necessary infrastructure for reverting some ill-considered changes in
relcache.c.
to create a function for it.
Procedural languages now have an additional entry point, namely a function
to execute an inline code block. This seemed a better design than trying
to hide the transient-ness of the code from the PL. As of this patch, only
plpgsql has an inline handler, but probably people will soon write handlers
for the other standard PLs.
In passing, remove the long-dead LANCOMPILER option of CREATE LANGUAGE.
Petr Jelinek
is unique and is not referenced above the join. In this case the inner
side doesn't affect the query result and can be thrown away entirely.
Although perhaps nobody would ever write such a thing by hand, it's
a reasonably common case in machine-generated SQL.
The current implementation only recognizes the case where the inner side
is a simple relation with a unique index matching the query conditions.
This is enough for the use-cases that have been shown so far, but we
might want to try to handle other cases later.
Robert Haas, somewhat rewritten by Tom
append_history(), if libreadline is new enough to have those functions
(they seem to be present at least since 4.2; but libedit may not have them).
This gives significantly saner behavior when two or more sessions overlap in
their use of the history file; although having two sessions exit at just the
same time is still perilous to your history. The behavior of \s remains
unchanged, ie, overwrite whatever was there.
Per bug #5052 from Marek Wójtowicz.
an explicit model of rescan costs being different from first-time costs.
The costing of Material nodes in particular now has some visible relationship
to the actual runtime behavior, where before it was essentially fantasy.
This also fixes up a couple of places where different materialized plan types
were treated differently for no very good reason (probably just oversights).
A couple of the regression tests are affected, because the planner now chooses
to put the other relation on the inside of a nestloop-with-materialize.
So far as I can see both changes are sane, and the planner is now more
consistently following the expectation that it should prefer to materialize
the smaller of two relations.
Per a recent discussion with Robert Haas.
Before, PL/Python converted data between SQL and Python by going
through a C string representation. This broke for bytea in two ways:
- On input (function parameters), you would get a Python string that
contains bytea's particular external representation with backslashes
etc., instead of a sequence of bytes, which is what you would expect
in a Python environment. This problem is exacerbated by the new
bytea output format.
- On output (function return value), null bytes in the Python string
would cause truncation before the data gets stored into a bytea
datum.
This is now fixed by converting directly between the PostgreSQL datum
and the Python representation.
The required generalized infrastructure also allows for other
improvements in passing:
- When returning a boolean value, the SQL datum is now true if and
only if Python considers the value that was passed out of the
PL/Python function to be true. Previously, this determination was
left to the boolean data type input function. So, now returning
'foo' results in true, because Python considers it true, rather than
false because PostgreSQL considers it false.
- On input, we can convert the integer and float types directly to
their Python equivalents without having to go through an
intermediate string representation.
original patch by Caleb Welton, with updates by myself
code was already okay with this, but the hack that obtained the output
column types of a recursive union in advance of doing real parse analysis
of the recursive union forgot to handle the case where there was an inner
WITH clause available to the non-recursive term. Best fix seems to be to
refactor so that we don't need the "throwaway" parse analysis step at all.
Instead, teach the transformSetOperationStmt code to set up the CTE's output
column information after it's processed the non-recursive term normally.
Per report from David Fetter.
build actually attempts to advertise itself via Bonjour. Formerly it always
did so, which meant that packagers had to decide for their users whether
this behavior was wanted or not. The default is "off" to be on the safe
side, though this represents a change in the default behavior of a
Bonjour-enabled build. Per discussion.
input functions don't accept either. While the backend can handle such
values fine, they can cause trouble in clients and in pg_dump/restore.
This is followup to the original issue on time datatype reported by Andrew
McNamara a while ago. Like that one, none of these seem worth
back-patching.
functions.
This extends the previous patch that forbade SETting these variables inside
security-definer functions. RESET is equally a security hole, since it
would allow regaining privileges of the caller; furthermore it can trigger
Assert failures and perhaps other internal errors, since the code is not
expecting these variables to change in such contexts. The previous patch
did not cover this case because assign hooks don't really have enough
information, so move the responsibility for preventing this into guc.c.
Problem discovered by Heikki Linnakangas.
Security: no CVE assigned yet, extends CVE-2007-6600
that's generated for a whole-row Var referencing the subquery, when the
subquery is in the nullable side of an outer join. The previous coding
instead put PlaceHolderVars around the elements of the RowExpr. The effect
was that when the outer join made the subquery outputs go to null, the
whole-row Var produced ROW(NULL,NULL,...) rather than just NULL. There
are arguments afoot about whether those things ought to be semantically
indistinguishable, but for the moment they are not entirely so, and the
planner needs to take care that its machinations preserve the difference.
Per bug #5025.
Making this feasible required refactoring ResolveNew() to allow more caller
control over what is substituted for a Var. I chose to make ResolveNew()
a wrapper around a new general-purpose function replace_rte_variables().
I also fixed the ancient bogosity that ResolveNew might fail to set
a query's hasSubLinks field after inserting a SubLink in it. Although
all current callers make sure that happens anyway, we've had bugs of that
sort before, and it seemed like a good time to install a proper solution.
Back-patch to 8.4. The problem can be demonstrated clear back to 8.0,
but the fix would be too invasive in earlier branches; not to mention
that people may be depending on the subtly-incorrect behavior. The
8.4 series is new enough that fixing this probably won't cause complaints,
but it might in older branches. Also, 8.4 shows the incorrect behavior
in more cases than older branches do, because it is able to flatten
subqueries in more cases.
own database's datfrozenxid, if the current value is old enough to be
forcing autovacuums or warning messages. This ensures that a bogus
value is replaced as soon as possible. Per a comment from Heikki.
Recent commits have removed the various uses it was supporting. It was a
performance bottleneck, according to bug report #4919 by Lauris Ulmanis; seems
it slowed down user creation after a billion users.
to fix the problem that SetClientEncoding needs to be done before
InitializeClientEncoding, as reported by Zdenek Kotala. We get at least
the small consolation of being able to remove the bizarre API detail that
had InitPostgres returning whether user is a superuser.
via the "flat files" facility. This requires making it enough like a backend
to be able to run transactions; it's no longer an "auxiliary process" but
more like the autovacuum worker processes. Also, its signal handling has
to be brought into line with backends/workers. In particular, since it
now has to handle procsignal.c processing, the special autovac-launcher-only
signal conditions are moved to SIGUSR2.
Alvaro, with some cleanup from Tom
XID) in checkpoint records. This eliminates the need to recompute the value
from scratch during database startup, which is one of the two remaining
reasons for the flatfile code to exist. It should also simplify life for
hot-standby operation.
To avoid bloating the checkpoint records unreasonably, I switched from
tracking the oldest database by name to tracking it by OID. This turns
out to save cycles in general (everywhere but the warning-generating
paths, which we hardly care about) and also helps us deal with the case
that the oldest database got dropped instead of being vacuumed. The prior
coding might go for a long time without updating the wrap limit in that case,
which is bad because it might result in a lot of useless autovacuum activity.
(That flat file is now completely useless, but removal will come later.)
To do this, postpone client authentication into the startup transaction
that's run by InitPostgres. We still collect the startup packet and do
SSL initialization (if needed) at the same time we did before. The
AuthenticationTimeout is applied separately to startup packet collection
and the actual authentication cycle. (This is a bit annoying, since it
means a couple extra syscalls; but the signal handling requirements inside
and outside a transaction are sufficiently different that it seems best
to treat the timeouts as completely independent.)
A small security disadvantage is that if the given database name is invalid,
this will be reported to the client before any authentication happens.
We could work around that by connecting to database "postgres" instead,
but consensus seems to be that it's not worth introducing such surprising
behavior.
Processing of all command-line switches and GUC options received from the
client is now postponed until after authentication. This means that
PostAuthDelay is much less useful than it used to be --- if you need to
investigate problems during InitPostgres you'll have to set PreAuthDelay
instead. However, allowing an unauthenticated user to set any GUC options
whatever seems a bit too risky, so we'll live with that.
so that their elements are always taken as simple expressions over the
query's input columns. It originally seemed like a good idea to make them
act exactly like GROUP BY and ORDER BY, right down to the SQL92-era behavior
of accepting output column names or numbers. However, that was not such a
great idea, for two reasons:
1. It permits circular references, as exhibited in bug #5018: the output
column could be the one containing the window function itself. (We actually
had a regression test case illustrating this, but nobody thought twice about
how confusing that would be.)
2. It doesn't seem like a good idea for, eg, "lead(foo) OVER (ORDER BY foo)"
to potentially use two completely different meanings for "foo".
Accordingly, narrow down the behavior of window clauses to use only the
SQL99-compliant interpretation that the expressions are simple expressions.
Update install-sh to that from Autoconf 2.63, plus our Darwin-specific
changes (which I simplified a bit). install-sh is now able to install
multiple files in one run, so we could simplify our makefiles sometime.
install-sh also now has a -d option to create directories, so we don't need
mkinstalldirs anymore.
Use AC_PROG_MKDIR_P in configure.in, so we can use mkdir -p when available
instead of install-sh -d. For consistency with the rest of the world,
the corresponding make variable has been renamed from $(mkinstalldirs) to
$(MKDIR_P).
"all tuples visible" flag in heap page headers. The flag update *must*
be applied before calling XLogInsert, but heap_update and the tuple
moving routines in VACUUM FULL were ignoring this rule. A crash and
replay could therefore leave the flag incorrectly set, causing rows
to appear visible in seqscans when they should not be. This might explain
recent reports of data corruption from Jeff Ross and others.
In passing, do a bit of editorialization on comments in visibilitymap.c.
or previously truncated in the current (sub)transaction. This is safe since
if the (sub)transaction later rolls back, we'd just discard the rel's current
physical file anyway. This avoids unreasonable growth in the number of
transient files when a relation is repeatedly truncated. Per a performance
gripe a couple weeks ago from Todd Cook.
values before they get passed to the index access method. This avoids
repeated detoastings that will otherwise ensue as the comparison value
is examined by various index support functions. We have seen a couple of
reports of cases where repeated detoastings result in an order-of-magnitude
slowdown, so it seems worth adding a bit of extra logic to prevent this.
I had previously proposed trying to avoid duplicate detoastings in general,
but this fix takes care of what seems the most important case in practice
with very little effort or risk.
Back-patch to 8.4 so that the PostGIS folk won't have to wait a year to
have this fix in a production release. (The issue exists further back,
of course, but the code's diverged enough to make backpatching further a
higher-risk action. Also it appears that the possible gains may be limited
in prior releases because of different handling of lossy operators.)
To make this work in the base case, pg_database now has a nailed-in-cache
relation descriptor that is initialized using hardwired knowledge in
relcache.c. This means pg_database is added to the set of relations that
need to have a Schema_pg_xxx macro maintained in pg_attribute.h. When this
path is taken, we'll have to do a seqscan of pg_database to find the row
we need.
In the normal case, we are able to do an indexscan to find the database's row
by name. This is made possible by storing a global relcache init file that
describes only the shared catalogs and their indexes (and therefore is usable
by all backends in any database). A new backend loads this cache file,
finds its database OID after an indexscan on pg_database, and then loads
the local relcache init file for that database.
This change should effectively eliminate number of databases as a factor
in backend startup time, even with large numbers of databases. However,
the real reason for doing it is as a first step towards getting rid of
the flat files altogether. There are still several other sub-projects
to be tackled before that can happen.
by supporting conversions in places that used to demand exact rowtype match.
Since this issue is certain to come up elsewhere (in fact, already has,
in ExecEvalConvertRowtype), factor out the support code into new core
functions for tuple conversion. I chose to put these in a new source
file since heaptuple.c is already overly long.
Heavily revised version of a patch by Pavel Stehule.
fsync() fails, say "file" rather than "relation" when printing the filename.
This makes messages that display block numbers a bit confusing. For example,
in message 'could not read block 150000 of file "base/1234/5678.1"', 150000
is the block number from the beginning of the relation, ie. segment 0, not
150000th block within that segment. Per discussion, users aren't usually
interested in the exact location within the file, so we can live with that.
To ease constructing error messages, add FilePathName(File) function to
return the pathname of a virtual fd.
Both hex format and the traditional "escape" format are automatically
handled on input. The output format is selected by the new GUC variable
bytea_output.
As committed, bytea_output defaults to HEX, which is an *incompatible
change*. We will keep it this way for awhile for testing purposes, but
should consider whether to switch to the more backwards-compatible
default of ESCAPE before 8.5 is released.
Peter Eisentraut
already treating it as text anyway, to the point that I couldn't find anything
to change except the datatype markings in catalog/*.h. The only effect that
the bytea declaration had was to cause byteaout() to be invoked when pg_dump
(or another client program) inspected the column value. Since pg_dump wasn't
expecting that, but just treating what it got as text, the net result is that
dump and reload would mangle any backslashes or non-ASCII characters in the
filename string for a C-language function. That is a very long-standing bug,
but given the lack of field complaints it doesn't seem worth trying to find
a back-patchable fix. We'll just make this change to fix it going forward.
This change will also forestall problems after the planned change to let bytea
emit hex output instead of escaped characters.
Add family of functions that did not exist earlier,
mainly due to historical omission. Original patch by
Abhijit Menon-Sen, with review and modifications by
Joe Conway. catversion.h bumped.
values being complained of.
In passing, also remove the arbitrary length limitation in the similar
error detail message for foreign key violations.
Itagaki Takahiro
This patch gets us out from under the Unix limitation of two user-defined
signal types. We already had done something similar for signals directed to
the postmaster process; this adds multiplexing for signals directed to
backends and auxiliary processes (so long as they're connected to shared
memory).
As proof of concept, replace the former usage of SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2
for backends with use of the multiplexing mechanism. There are still some
hard-wired definitions of SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for other process types,
but getting rid of those doesn't seem interesting at the moment.
Fujii Masao
This was foreseen to be a good idea long ago, but nobody had got round
to doing it. The recent patch for deferred unique constraints made
transformConstraintAttrs() ugly enough that I decided it was time.
This change will also greatly simplify parsing of deferred CHECK constraints,
if anyone ever gets around to implementing that.
While at it, add a location field to Constraint, and use that to provide
an error cursor for some of the constraint-related error messages.
The current implementation fires an AFTER ROW trigger for each tuple that
looks like it might be non-unique according to the index contents at the
time of insertion. This works well as long as there aren't many conflicts,
but won't scale to massive unique-key reassignments. Improving that case
is a TODO item.
Dean Rasheed
conindid is the index supporting a constraint. We can use this not only for
unique/primary-key constraints, but also foreign-key constraints, which
depend on the unique index that constrains the referenced columns.
tgconstrindid is just copied from the constraint's conindid field, or is
zero for triggers not associated with constraints.
This is mainly intended as infrastructure for upcoming patches, but it has
some virtue in itself, since it exposes a relationship that you formerly
had to grovel in pg_depend to determine. I simplified one information_schema
view accordingly. (There is a pg_dump query that could also use conindid,
but I left it alone because it wasn't clear it'd get any faster.)
After a patch originally submitted by Nobuhiro Iwamatsu, but corrected
(I think) to match our guidelines for safe use of asm fragments.
This should be considered untested ...
The original syntax made it difficult to add options without making them
into reserved words. This change parenthesizes the options to avoid that
problem, and makes provision for an explicit (and perhaps non-Boolean)
value for each option. The original syntax is still supported, but only
for the two original options ANALYZE and VERBOSE.
As a test case, add a COSTS option that can suppress the planner cost
estimates. This may be useful for including EXPLAIN output in the regression
tests, which are otherwise unable to cope with cross-platform variations in
cost estimates.
Robert Haas
This is believed to not change the output at all, with one known exception:
"Subquery Scan foo" becomes "Subquery Scan on foo". (We can fix that if
anyone complains, but it would be a wart, because the old code was clearly
inconsistent.) The main intention is to remove duplicate coding and
provide a cleaner base for subsequent EXPLAIN patching.
Robert Haas
that memory allocated by starting third party DLLs doesn't end up
conflicting with it.
Hopefully this solves the long-time issue with "could not reattach
to shared memory" errors on Win32.
Patch from Tsutomu Yamada and me, based on idea from Trevor Talbot.
so it doesn't go through BuildTupleFromCStrings. This is more or less a
wash for current uses, but will avoid inefficiency for planned changes to
EXPLAIN.
Robert Haas
not forced out-of-line unless that is necessary to make the row fit on a
page. Previously, they were forced out-of-line if needed to get the row
down to the default target size (1/4th page).
Kevin Grittner
It appears that, for no particularly good reason, pg_listener.h deviates from
the usual convention for declaring attribute number constants. Normally, it's
#define Anum_{catalog-name}_{column-name} {attribute-number}
pg_listener.h, however substitutes a different string that is similar, but not
the same as, the column name. This change fixes that.
Author: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
The original coding was not dealing specially with this file being a symlink,
with the end result that it was not installed in VPATH builds. Oddly enough,
the clean target does know about it ...
foo <> false, along with its previous duties of simplifying foo = true
and foo = false. (All of these are equivalent to just foo or NOT foo
as the case may be.) It's not clear how often this is really useful;
but it costs almost nothing to do, and it seems some people think we
should be smart about such cases. Per recent bug report.
memory leakage in error recovery. We were calling FreeExprContext, and
therefore invoking ExprContextCallback callbacks, in both normal and error
exits from subtransactions. However this isn't very safe, as shown in
recent trouble report from Frank van Vugt, in which releasing a tupledesc
refcount failed. It's also unnecessary, since the resources that callbacks
might wish to release should be cleaned up by other error recovery mechanisms
(ie the resource owners). We only really want FreeExprContext to release
memory attached to the exprcontext in the error-exit case. So, add a bool
parameter to FreeExprContext to tell it not to call the callbacks.
A more general solution would be to pass the isCommit bool parameter on to
the callbacks, so they could do only safe things during error exit. But
that would make the patch significantly more invasive and possibly break
third-party code that registers ExprContextCallback callbacks. We might want
to do that later in HEAD, but for now I'll just do what seems reasonable to
back-patch.
random number seed each time. This is how it used to work years ago, but
we got rid of the seed reset because it was resetting the main random()
sequence and thus having undesirable effects on the rest of the system.
To fix, establish a private random number state for each execution of
geqo(), and initialize the state using the new GUC variable geqo_seed.
People who want to experiment with different random searches can do so
by changing geqo_seed, but you'll always get the same plan for the same
value of geqo_seed (if holding all other planner inputs constant, of course).
The new state is kept in PlannerInfo by adding a "void *" field reserved
for use by join_search hooks. Most of the rather bulky code changes in
this commit are just arranging to pass PlannerInfo around to all the GEQO
functions (many of which formerly didn't receive it).
Andres Freund, with some editorialization by Tom
and extend configure to test for it properly instead of hard-wiring
an assumption that everybody but Windows has the rand48 functions.
(We do cheat to the extent of assuming that probing for erand48 will do
for the entire rand48 family.)
erand48() is unused as of this commit, but a followon patch will cause
GEQO to depend on it.
Andres Freund, additional hacking by Tom
This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar
identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still
(probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers.
based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org>
Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the
future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
Changes:
Pass in the keyword lookup array instead of having it be hardwired.
(This incidentally allows elimination of some duplicate coding in ecpg.)
Re-order the token declarations in gram.y so that non-keyword tokens have
numbers that won't change when keywords are added or removed.
Add ".." and ":=" to the set of tokens recognized by scan.l. (Since these
combinations are nowhere legal in core SQL, this does not change anything
except the precise wording of the error you get when you write this.)
of features added to flex and bison since this code was originally written.
This change doesn't in itself offer any new capability, but it's needed
infrastructure for planned improvements in plpgsql.
Another feature now available in flex is the ability to make it use palloc
instead of malloc, so do that to avoid possible memory leaks. (We should
at some point change the other lexers likewise, but this commit doesn't
touch them.)
distinction between the external API (parser.h) and declarations that only
need to be visible within the raw parser code (gramparse.h, which now is only
included by parser.c, gram.y, scan.l, and keywords.c). This is in preparation
for the upcoming change to a reentrant lexer, which will require referencing
YYSTYPE in the declarations of base_yylex and filtered_base_yylex, hence
gram.h will have to be included by gramparse.h. We don't want any more files
than absolutely necessary to depend on gram.h, so some cleanup is called for.
For character types with typmod, character_octet_length columns in the
information schema now show the maximum character length times the
maximum length of a character in the server encoding, instead of some
huge value as before.
substituting a child rel's output expressions into the appendrel's restriction
clauses yields a pseudoconstant restriction. We might be able to skip scanning
that child rel entirely (if we get constant FALSE), or generate a one-time
filter. 8.3 more or less accidentally generated plans that weren't completely
stupid in these cases, but that was only because an extra recursive level of
subquery_planner() always occurred and allowed const-simplification to happen.
8.4's ability to pull up appendrel members with non-Var outputs exposes the
fact that we need to work harder here. Per gripe from Sergey Burladyan.
This upgrades the configure infrastructure to the latest Autoconf version.
Some notable news are:
- The workaround for the broken fseeko() test is gone.
- Checking for unknown options is now provided by Autoconf itself.
- Fixes for Mac OS X
archive recovery. Invent a separate state variable and inquiry function
for XLogInsertAllowed() to clarify some tests and make the management of
writing the end-of-recovery checkpoint less klugy. Fix several places
that were incorrectly testing InRecovery when they should be looking at
RecoveryInProgress or XLogInsertAllowed (because they will now be executed
in the bgwriter not startup process). Clarify handling of bad LSNs passed
to XLogFlush during recovery. Use a spinlock for setting/testing
SharedRecoveryInProgress. Improve quite a lot of comments.
Heikki and Tom
during it:
When bgwriter is active, the startup process can't perform mdsync() correctly
because it won't see the fsync requests accumulated in bgwriter's private
pendingOpsTable. Therefore make bgwriter responsible for the end-of-recovery
checkpoint as well, when it's active.
When bgwriter is active (= archive recovery), the startup process must not
accumulate fsync requests to its own pendingOpsTable, since bgwriter won't
see them there when it performs restartpoints. Make startup process drop its
pendingOpsTable when bgwriter is launched to avoid that.
Update minimum recovery point one last time when leaving archive recovery.
It won't be updated by the end-of-recovery checkpoint because XLogFlush()
sees us as out of recovery already.
This fixes bug #4879 reported by Fujii Masao.
types in CREATE TRIGGER. While at it, clean up the amazingly tedious and
inextensible way that the trigger event type list was handled. Per report
from Greg Sabino Mullane.
will throw an error, rather than possibly allowing someone to synthesize
a manual call to an internal-accepting function. As of CVS HEAD and existing
releases, all such functions are either STRICT or careful about null inputs,
so there is no current security issue here. But it seems like a good idea
to lock this down to protect against future mistakes.
In passing, similarly lock down trigger_in, language_handler_in, opaque_in,
and shell_in. These are not believed to present any security risk, but
there's still no good reason to allow nulls of these types to be created.
I left the polymorphic pseudotypes (anyelement etc) alone, since a null
of one of those types doesn't seem to be a problem --- the worst you can
say about it is that it doesn't have an underlying non-polymorphic type.
If we were to make this change during normal development, we'd just
automatically bump catversion for a pg_proc.h change. But since this doesn't
create a compatibility risk and isn't believed to be fixing a live bug, it
seems better not to force a catversion bump in late beta.
behavior in cases where we don't know the heap tuple count accurately; in
particular partial vacuum, but this also makes the API a bit more useful
for ANALYZE. This patch adds "estimated_count" flags to both structs so
that an approximate count can be flagged as such, and adjusts the logic
so that approximate counts are not used for updating pg_class.reltuples.
This fixes my previous complaint that VACUUM was putting ridiculous values
into pg_class.reltuples for indexes. The actual impact of that bug is
limited, because the planner only pays attention to reltuples for an index
if the index is partial; which probably explains why beta testers hadn't
noticed a degradation in plan quality from it. But it needs to be fixed.
The whole thing is a bit messy and should be redesigned in future, because
reltuples now has the potential to drift quite far away from reality when
a long period elapses with no non-partial vacuums. But this is as good as
it's going to get for 8.4.
is supposed to remove duplicate heap TIDs, we have to be sure to reduce the
tuple size and posting-item count accordingly in addItemPointersToTuple().
Failing to do so resulted in the effective injection of garbage TIDs into the
index contents, ie, whatever happened to be in the memory palloc'd for the
new tuple. I'm not sure that this fully explains the index corruption
reported by Tatsuo Ishii, but the test case I'm using no longer fails.
should use GinItemPointerGetBlockNumber/GinItemPointerGetOffsetNumber,
not ItemPointerGetBlockNumber/ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber, because the latter
will Assert() on ip_posid == 0, ie a "Min" pointer. (Thus, ItemPointerIsMin
has never worked at all, but it seems unused at present.) I'm not certain
that the case can occur in normal functioning, but it's blowing up on me
while investigating Tatsuo-san's data corruption problem. In any case it
seems like a problem waiting to bite someone.
Back-patch just in case this really is a problem for somebody in the field.
by extending the ereport() API to cater for pluralization directly. This
is better than the original method of calling ngettext outside the elog.c
code because (1) it avoids double translation, which wastes cycles and in
the worst case could give a wrong result; and (2) it avoids having to use
a different coding method in PL code than in the core backend. The
client-side uses of ngettext are not touched since neither of these concerns
is very pressing in the client environment. Per my proposal of yesterday.
YEAR, DECADE, CENTURY, or MILLENIUM fields, just as it always has done for
other types of fields. The previous behavior seems to have been a hack to
avoid defining bit-positions for all these field types in DTK_M() masks,
rather than something that was really considered to be desired behavior.
But there is room in the masks for these, and we really need to tighten up
at least the behavior of DAY and YEAR fields to avoid unexpected behavior
associated with the 8.4 changes to interpret ambiguous fields based on the
interval qualifier (typmod) value. Per my example and proposed patch.
redirecting libxml's allocations into a Postgres context. Instead, just let
it use malloc directly, and add PG_TRY blocks as needed to be sure we release
libxml data structures in error recovery code paths. This is ugly but seems
much more likely to play nicely with third-party uses of libxml, as seen in
recent trouble reports about using Perl XML facilities in pl/perl and bug
#4774 about contrib/xml2.
I left the code for allocation redirection in place, but it's only
built/used if you #define USE_LIBXMLCONTEXT. This is because I found it
useful to corral libxml's allocations in a palloc context when hunting
for libxml memory leaks, and we're surely going to have more of those
in the future with this type of approach. But we don't want it turned on
in a normal build because it breaks exactly what we need to fix.
I have not re-indented most of the code sections that are now wrapped
by PG_TRY(); that's for ease of review. pg_indent will fix it.
This is a pre-existing bug in 8.3, but I don't dare back-patch this change
until it's gotten a reasonable amount of field testing.
errors when tables are concurrently dropped. To do this we must take lock
on each relation before we check its privileges. The old code was trying
to do that the other way around, which is a bit pointless when there are lots
of other commands that lock relations before checking privileges. I did keep
it checking each relation's privilege before locking the next relation, which
is a detail that ALTER TABLE isn't too picky about.
ability to lock relations as they scan pg_inherits, and to ignore any
relations that have disappeared by the time we get lock on them. This
makes uses of these functions safe against concurrent DROP operations
on child tables: we will effectively ignore any just-dropped child,
rather than possibly throwing an error as in recent bug report from
Thomas Johansson (and similar past complaints). The behavior should
not change otherwise, since the code was acquiring those same locks
anyway, just a little bit later.
An exception is LockTableCommand(), which is still behaving unsafely;
but that seems to require some more discussion before we change it.
find_inheritance_children() and find_all_inheritors(). I got annoyed that
these are buried inside the planner but mostly used elsewhere. So, create
a new file catalog/pg_inherits.c and put them there, along with a couple
of other functions that search pg_inherits.
The code that modifies pg_inherits is (still) in tablecmds.c --- it's
kind of entangled with unrelated code that modifies pg_depend and other
stuff, so pulling it out seemed like a bigger change than I wanted to make
right now. But this file provides a natural home for it if anyone ever
gets around to that.
This commit just moves code around; it doesn't change anything, except
I succumbed to the temptation to make a couple of trivial optimizations
in typeInheritsFrom().
joins a bit better, ie, understand the differing cost functions for matched
and unmatched outer tuples. There is more that could be done in cost_hashjoin
but this already helps a great deal. Per discussions with Robert Haas.
a toast table to be built, even if the sum-of-column-widths calculation
indicates one isn't needed. This is needed by pg_migrator because if the
old table has a toast table, we have to migrate over the toast table since
it might contain some live data, even though subsequent column drops could
mean that no recently-added rows could require toasting.
a backend has done exit(0) or exit(1) without having disengaged itself
from shared memory. We are at risk for this whenever third-party code is
loaded into a backend, since such code might not know it's supposed to go
through proc_exit() instead. Also, it is reported that under Windows
there are ways to externally kill a process that cause the status code
returned to the postmaster to be indistinguishable from a voluntary exit
(thank you, Microsoft). If this does happen then the system is probably
hosed --- for instance, the dead session might still be holding locks.
So the best recovery method is to treat this like a backend crash.
The dead man switch is armed for a particular child process when it
acquires a regular PGPROC, and disarmed when the PGPROC is released;
these should be the first and last touches of shared memory resources
in a backend, or close enough anyway. This choice means there is no
coverage for auxiliary processes, but I doubt we need that, since they
shouldn't be executing any user-provided code anyway.
This patch also improves the management of the EXEC_BACKEND
ShmemBackendArray array a bit, by reducing search costs.
Although this problem is of long standing, the lack of field complaints
seems to mean it's not critical enough to risk back-patching; at least
not till we get some more testing of this mechanism.
PlaceHolderVar nodes in join quals appearing in or below the lowest
outer join that could null the subquery being pulled up. This improves
the planner's ability to recognize constant join quals, and probably
helps with detection of common sort keys (equivalence classes) as well.
fact that this is breaking the MSVC build, it's probably not really a good
idea to expand the dependencies of gram.h any further than the core parser;
for instance the value of SCONST might depend on which bison version you'd
built with. Better to expose an additional call point in parser.c, so
move what I had put into pl_funcs.c into parser.c. Also PGDLLIMPORT'ify
the reference to standard_conforming_strings, per buildfarm results.
Stefan Kaltenbrunner. The most reasonable behavior (at least for the near
term) seems to be to ignore the PlaceHolderVar and examine its argument
instead. In support of this, change the API of pull_var_clause() to allow
callers to request recursion into PlaceHolderVars. Currently
estimate_num_groups() is the only customer for that behavior, but where
there's one there may be others.
constants through full joins, as in
select * from tenk1 a full join tenk1 b using (unique1)
where unique1 = 42;
which should generate a fairly cheap plan where we apply the constraint
unique1 = 42 in each relation scan. This had been broken by my patch of
2008-06-27, which is now reverted in favor of a more invasive but hopefully
less incorrect approach. That patch was meant to prevent incorrect extraction
of OR'd indexclauses from OR conditions above an outer join. To do that
correctly we need more information than the outerjoin_delay flag can provide,
so add a nullable_relids field to RestrictInfo that records exactly which
relations are nulled by outer joins that are underneath a particular qual
clause. A side benefit is that we can make the test in create_or_index_quals
more specific: it is now smart enough to extract an OR'd indexclause into the
outer side of an outer join, even though it must not do so in the inner side.
The old coding couldn't distinguish these cases so it could not do either.
how this ought to behave for multi-dimensional arrays. Per discussion,
not having it at all seems better than having it with what might prove
to be the wrong behavior. We can always add it later when we have consensus
on the correct behavior.
already did that on Windows, but it's needed on other platforms too when
LC_CTYPE=C. With other locales, we enforce (or trust) that the codeset of
the locale matches the server encoding so we don't need to bind it
explicitly. It should do no harm in that case either, but I don't have
full faith in the PG encoding -> OS codeset mapping table yet. Per recent
discussion on pgsql-hackers.
the checkpoint in immediate or lazy mode. This is to address complaints
that pg_start_backup() takes a long time even when there's no need to minimize
its I/O consumption.
alias for array_length(v,1). The efficiency gain here is doubtless
negligible --- what I'm interested in is making sure that if we have
second thoughts about the definition, we will not have to force a
post-beta initdb to change the implementation.
are individually labeled, rather than just grouped under an "InitPlan"
or "SubPlan" heading. This in turn makes it possible for decompilation of
a subplan reference to usefully identify which subplan it's referencing.
I also made InitPlans identify which parameter symbol(s) they compute,
so that references to those parameters elsewhere in the plan tree can
be connected to the initplan that will be executed. Per a gripe from
Robert Haas about EXPLAIN output of a WITH query being inadequate,
plus some longstanding pet peeves of my own.
are using our own ports of getopt or getopt_long, those will define
the variable for themselves; and if not, we don't need these, because
we never touch the variable anyway.
provides optreset. Current mastodon results prove that in fact it
does not; it was only because getopt.c defined the variable anyway
that things failed to fall over.
of adding optional namespace and action fields to DefElem. Having three
node types that do essentially the same thing bloats the code and leads
to errors of confusion, such as in yesterday's bug report from Khee Chin.
when we are waiting for old snapshots to go away during a concurrent index
build. In particular, this rule lets us avoid waiting for
idle-in-transaction sessions.
This logic could be improved further if we had some way to wake up when
the session we are currently waiting for goes idle-in-transaction. However
that would be a significantly more complex/invasive patch, so it'll have to
wait for some other day.
Simon Riggs, with some improvements by Tom.
To implement this without almost duplicating the reloption table, treat
relopt_kind as a bitmask instead of an integer value. This decreases the
range of allowed values, but it's not clear that there's need for that much
values anyway.
This patch also makes heap_reloptions explicitly a no-op for relation kinds
other than heap and TOAST tables.
Patch by ITAGAKI Takahiro with minor edits from me. (In particular I removed
the bit about adding relation kind to an error message, which I intend to
commit separately.)
for simple Var targetlist entries all the time, even when there are other
entries that are not simple Vars. Also, ensure that we prefetch attributes
(with slot_getsomeattrs) for all Vars in the targetlist, even those buried
within expressions. In combination these changes seem to significantly
reduce the runtime for cases where tlists are mostly but not exclusively
Vars. Per my proposal of yesterday.
conversion functions. This allows transaction rollback to revert to a
previous client_encoding setting without doing fresh catalog lookups.
I believe that this explains and fixes the recent report of "failed to commit
client_encoding" failures.
This bug is present in 8.3.x, but it doesn't seem prudent to back-patch
the fix, at least not till it's had some time for field testing in HEAD.
In passing, remove SetDefaultClientEncoding(), which was used nowhere.
temp relations; this is no more expensive than before, now that we have
pg_class.relistemp. Insert tests into bufmgr.c to prevent attempting
to fetch pages from nonlocal temp relations. This provides a low-level
defense against bugs-of-omission allowing temp pages to be loaded into shared
buffers, as in the contrib/pgstattuple problem reported by Stuart Bishop.
While at it, tweak a bunch of places to use new relcache tests (instead of
expensive probes into pg_namespace) to detect local or nonlocal temp tables.
relations (including a temp table's indexes and toast table/index), and
false for normal relations. For ease of checking, this commit just adds
the column and fills it correctly --- revising the relation access machinery
to use it will come separately.
TupleTableSlots. We have functions for retrieving a minimal tuple from a slot
after storing a regular tuple in it, or vice versa; but these were implemented
by converting the internal storage from one format to the other. The problem
with that is it invalidates any pass-by-reference Datums that were already
fetched from the slot, since they'll be pointing into the just-freed version
of the tuple. The known problem cases involve fetching both a whole-row
variable and a pass-by-reference value from a slot that is fed from a
tuplestore or tuplesort object. The added regression tests illustrate some
simple cases, but there may be other failure scenarios traceable to the same
bug. Note that the added tests probably only fail on unpatched code if it's
built with --enable-cassert; otherwise the bug leads to fetching from freed
memory, which will not have been overwritten without additional conditions.
Fix by allowing a slot to contain both formats simultaneously; which turns out
not to complicate the logic much at all, if anything it seems less contorted
than before.
Back-patch to 8.2, where minimal tuples were introduced.
mode while callers hold pointers to in-memory tuples. I reported this for
the case of nodeWindowAgg's primary scan tuple, but inspection of the code
shows that all of the calls in nodeWindowAgg and nodeCtescan are at risk.
For the moment, fix it with a rather brute-force approach of copying
whenever one of the at-risk callers requests a tuple. Later we might
think of some sort of reference-count approach to reduce tuple copying.
In the backend, I changed only a handful of exemplary or important-looking
instances to make use of the plural support; there is probably more work
there. For the rest of the source, this should cover all relevant cases.
"physical tlist" optimization on the outer relation (ie, force a projection
step to occur in its scan). This avoids storing useless column values when
the outer relation's tuples are written to temporary batch files.
Modified version of a patch by Michael Henderson and Ramon Lawrence.
method to pass extra data to the consistent() and comparePartial() methods.
This is the core infrastructure needed to support the soon-to-appear
contrib/btree_gin module. The APIs are still upward compatible with the
definitions used in 8.3 and before, although *not* with the previous 8.4devel
function definitions.
catversion bump for changes in pg_proc entries (although these are just
cosmetic, since GIN doesn't actually look at the function signature before
calling it...)
Teodor Sigaev and Oleg Bartunov
them from degrading badly when the input is sorted or nearly so. In this
scenario the tree is unbalanced to the point of becoming a mere linked list,
so insertions become O(N^2). The easiest and most safely back-patchable
solution is to stop growing the tree sooner, ie limit the growth of N. We
might later consider a rebalancing tree algorithm, but it's not clear that
the benefit would be worth the cost and complexity. Per report from Sergey
Burladyan and an earlier complaint from Heikki.
Back-patch to 8.2; older versions didn't have GIN indexes.
multiple index entries in a holding area before adding them to the main index
structure. This helps because bulk insert is (usually) significantly faster
than retail insert for GIN.
This patch also removes GIN support for amgettuple-style index scans. The
API defined for amgettuple is difficult to support with fastupdate, and
the previously committed partial-match feature didn't really work with
it either. We might eventually figure a way to put back amgettuple
support, but it won't happen for 8.4.
catversion bumped because of change in GIN's pg_am entry, and because
the format of GIN indexes changed on-disk (there's a metapage now,
and possibly a pending list).
Teodor Sigaev
distribution, by creating a special fast path for the (first few) most common
values of the outer relation. Tuples having hashvalues matching the MCVs
are effectively forced to be in the first batch, so that we never write
them out to the batch temp files.
Bryce Cutt and Ramon Lawrence, with some editorialization by me.
for consistency with the (relatively) recent addition of typmod to SubLink.
An example of why it's a good idea is to be seen in the recent "failed to
locate grouping columns" bug, which wouldn't have happened if a SubPlan
exposed the same typmod info as the SubLink it was derived from.
This could be back-patched, since it doesn't affect any on-disk data format,
but for the moment it doesn't seem necessary to do so.
kwlist.h, to avoid having to link the backend object file into other programs
like pg_dump. We can now simply symlink a single source file from the backend
(kwlookup.c, containing the shared routine ScanKeywordLookup) and compile it
locally, which is a lot cleaner.
amgettuple or only implement amgetbitmap, instead of the former assumption
that every AM supports both APIs. Extracted with minor editorialization
from Teodor's fast-GIN-insert patch; whatever becomes of that, this seems
like a simple and reasonable generalization of the index AM interface spec.
As pointed out by ITAGAKI Takahiro, we split SInvalLock into two in 8.4,
so to keep the numbers of the rest of the locks unchanged from 8.3, we
don't need a placeholder.
encoding conversion of any elog/ereport message being sent to the frontend.
This generalizes a patch that I put in last October, which suppressed
translation of only specific messages known to be associated with recursive
can't-translate-the-message behavior. As shown in bug #4680, we need a more
general answer in order to have some hope of coping with broken encoding
conversion setups. This approach seems a good deal less klugy anyway.
Patch in all supported branches.
making pull_up_sublinks() construct a full-blown JoinExpr tree representation
of IN/EXISTS SubLinks that it is able to convert to semi or anti joins.
This makes pull_up_sublinks() a shade more complex, but the gain in semantic
clarity is worth it. I still have more to do in this area to address the
previously-discussed problems, but this commit in itself fixes at least one
bug in HEAD, as shown by added regression test case.
wrappers (similar to procedural languages). This way we don't need to retain
the nearly empty libraries, and we are more free in how to implement the
wrapper API in the future.
TABLE: if the command is executed by someone other than the table owner (eg,
a superuser) and the table has a toast table, the toast table's pg_type row
ends up with the wrong typowner, ie, the command issuer not the table owner.
This is quite harmless for most purposes, since no interesting permissions
checks consult the pg_type row. However, it could lead to unexpected failures
if one later tries to drop the role that issued the command (in 8.1 or 8.2),
or strange warnings from pg_dump afterwards (in 8.3 and up, which will allow
the DROP ROLE because we don't create a "redundant" owner dependency for table
rowtypes). Problem identified by Cott Lang.
Back-patch to 8.1. The problem is actually far older --- the CLUSTER variant
can be demonstrated in 7.0 --- but it's mostly cosmetic before 8.1 because we
didn't track ownership dependencies before 8.1. Also, fixing it before 8.1
would require changing the call signature of heap_create_with_catalog(), which
seems to carry a nontrivial risk of breaking add-on modules.
its usual buffer cleaning duties during archive recovery, and it's responsible
for performing restartpoints.
This requires some changes in postmaster. When the startup process has done
all the initialization and is ready to start WAL redo, it signals the
postmaster to launch the background writer. The postmaster is signaled again
when the point in recovery is reached where we know that the database is in
consistent state. Postmaster isn't interested in that at the moment, but
that's the point where we could let other backends in to perform read-only
queries. The postmaster is signaled third time when the recovery has ended,
so that postmaster knows that it's safe to start accepting connections.
The startup process now traps SIGTERM, and performs a "clean" shutdown. If
you do a fast shutdown during recovery, a shutdown restartpoint is performed,
like a shutdown checkpoint, and postmaster kills the processes cleanly. You
still have to continue the recovery at next startup, though.
Currently, the background writer is only launched during archive recovery.
We could launch it during crash recovery as well, but it seems better to keep
that codepath as simple as possible, for the sake of robustness. And it
couldn't do any restartpoints during crash recovery anyway, so it wouldn't be
that useful.
log_restartpoints is gone. Use log_checkpoints instead. This is yet to be
documented.
This whole operation is a pre-requisite for Hot Standby, but has some value of
its own whether the hot standby patch makes 8.4 or not.
Simon Riggs, with lots of modifications by me.
get rid of the OID column. This eliminates the problem discovered by Heikki
back in November that 8.4's suppression of "unnecessary" junk filtering in
INSERT/SELECT could lead to an Assert failure, or storing of oids into a table
that shouldn't have them if Asserts are off. While that particular problem
could have been solved in other ways, it seems likely to be just a forerunner
of things to come if we continue to allow tables to contain rows that disagree
with the pg_class.relhasoids setting. It's better to make this operation slow
than to sacrifice performance or risk bugs in more common code paths.
Also, add ALTER TABLE SET WITH OIDS to rewrite the table to add oids.
This was a bit more controversial, but in view of the very small amount of
extra code needed given the current ALTER TABLE infrastructure, it seems best
to eliminate the asymmetry in features.
per-table overrides of parameters.
This removes a whole class of problems related to misusing the catalog,
and perhaps more importantly, gives us pg_dump support for the parameters.
Based on a patch by Euler Taveira de Oliveira, heavily reworked by me.
keys when considering a semi or anti join. This requires estimating the
selectivity of the merge qual as though it were a regular inner join condition.
To allow caching both that and the real outer-join-aware selectivity, split
RestrictInfo.this_selec into two fields.
This fixes one of the problems reported by Kevin Grittner.
has_column_privilege and has_any_column_privilege SQL functions; fix the
information_schema views that are supposed to pay attention to column
privileges; adjust pg_stats to show stats for any column you have select
privilege on; and fix COPY to allow copying a subset of columns if the user
has suitable per-column privileges for all the columns.
To improve efficiency of some of the information_schema views, extend the
has_xxx_privilege functions to allow inquiring about the OR of a set of
privileges in just one call. This is just exposing capability that already
existed in the underlying aclcheck routines.
In passing, make the information_schema views report the owner's own
privileges as being grantable, since Postgres assumes this even when the grant
option bit is not set in the ACL. This is a longstanding oversight.
Also, make the new has_xxx_privilege functions for foreign data objects follow
the same coding conventions used by the older ones.
Stephen Frost and Tom Lane
qualifier, and add support for this in pg_dump.
This allows TOAST tables to have user-defined fillfactor, and will also
enable us to move the autovacuum parameters to reloptions without taking
away the possibility of setting values for TOAST tables.
encoding conversion functions. These are not can't-happen cases because
it's possible to create a conversion with the wrong conversion function
for the specified encoding pair. That would lead to an Assert crash in
an Assert-enabled build, or incorrect conversion otherwise, neither of
which is desirable. This would be a DOS issue if production databases
were customarily built with asserts enabled, but fortunately that's not so.
Per an observation by Heikki.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
refactor the relcache code that used to do that. This allows other callers
(particularly autovacuum) to do the same without necessarily having to open
and lock a table.
case that the command is rewritten into another type of command. The old
behavior to return the command tag of the last executed command was
pretty surprising. In PL/pgSQL, for example, it meant that if a command
was rewritten to a utility statement, FOUND wasn't set at all.
Also, if linked against other versions than the default MSVCRT library
(for example the MSVC build which links against MSVCRT80), also update
the cache in the default MSVCRT at the same time.
This should fix the issues with setting LC_MESSAGES on the MSVC build.
Original patch from Hiroshi Inoue and Hiroshi Saito, much rewritten
by me.
be used instead of the normal exclusive lock, and make WAL redo functions
responsible for calling RestoreBkpBlocks(). They know better what kind of a
lock they need.
At the moment, this just moves things around with no functional change, but
makes the hot standby patch that's under review cleaner.
fillRelOptions routine that stores the parsed values in the struct using a
table-based approach. Per Tom suggestion. Also remove the "continue"
in HANDLE_*_RELOPTION macros, which were useless and in spirit they were
assuming too much of how the macros were going to be used. (Note that these
macros are now unused, but the intention is to introduce some usage in a
future autovacuum patch, which is why they weren't completely removed.)
Also, do not call the string validation routine when not validating. It seems
less error-prone this way, per commentary on the amoptions SGML docs.
GUC variable effective_io_concurrency controls how many concurrent block
prefetch requests will be issued.
(The best way to handle this for plain index scans is still under debate,
so that part is not applied yet --- tgl)
Greg Stark
we can get some buildfarm feedback about whether that function is still
problematic. (Note that the planned async-preread patch will not really
prove anything one way or the other in buildfarm testing, since it will
be inactive with default GUC settings.)
bitmap. This is extracted from Greg Stark's posix_fadvise patch; it seems
worth committing separately, since it's potentially useful independently of
posix_fadvise.
that are set up for execution with ExecPrepareExpr rather than going through
the full planner process. By introducing an explicit notion of "expression
planning", this patch also lays a bit of groundwork for maybe someday
allowing sub-selects in standalone expressions.
the default. This setting enables constraint exclusion checks only for
appendrel members (ie, inheritance children and UNION ALL arms), which are
the cases in which constraint exclusion is most likely to be useful. Avoiding
the overhead for simple queries that are unlikely to benefit should bring
the cost down to the point where this is a reasonable default setting.
Per today's discussion.
OutputFunctionCall, and friends. This allows SPI-using functions to invoke
datatype I/O without concern for the possibility that a SPI-using function
will be called (which could be either the I/O function itself, or a function
used in a domain check constraint). It's a tad ugly, but not nearly as ugly
as what'd be needed to make this work via retail insertion of push/pop
operations in all the PLs.
This reverts my patch of 2007-01-30 that inserted some retail SPI_push/pop
calls into plpgsql; that approach only fixed plpgsql, and not any other PLs.
But the other PLs have the issue too, as illustrated by a recent gripe from
Christian Schröder.
Back-patch to 8.2, which is as far back as this solution will work. It's
also as far back as we need to worry about the domain-constraint case, since
earlier versions did not attempt to check domain constraints within datatype
input. I'm not aware of any old I/O functions that use SPI themselves, so
this should be sufficient for a back-patch.
not include postgres.h nor anything else it doesn't directly need. Add
#includes to calling files as needed to compensate. Per my proposal of
yesterday.
This should be noted as a source code change in the 8.4 release notes,
since it's likely to require changes in add-on modules.
to pass the full username@realm string to the authentication instead of
just the username. This makes it possible to use pg_ident.conf to authenticate
users from multiple realms as different database users.
particular this allows EmitWarningsOnPlaceholders messages to show up in the
postmaster log by default. Update elog.h comment to make it clearer what INFO
is for, and fix one example in the SGML docs that was misusing it. Per my
gripe of yesterday.
